Issuu on Google+

Welcome to

Mt. Hood Community College 26000 SE Stark Street Gresham, Oregon 97030

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Located in the shadow of majestic Mount Hood, MHCC enrolls over 30,000 people annually. Classes are offered on the 200-acre main campus in Gresham, Oregon, as well as satellite campuses throughout the district.

HOW TO ENROLL ............................................... 3-6 DEGREE REQUIREMENTS .................................... 7-14 EDUCATIONAL OFFERINGS Professional-Technical Programs................... 16-61 Special Studies .......................................... 62-66

The MHCC district comprises an area of about 950 square miles with a population of more than 216,000.

Transfer Information .................................. 67-69 Transfer Curricula ....................................... 70-98 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ................................ 101-192 GENERAL & STUDENT INFORMATION Academic Regulation ...............................194-201 Student & Community Resources ...............202-206 Special Programs.................................... 206-208 Student Rights........................................209-211 College Mission & Facts ........................... 211-212 EXECUTIVE STAFF .............................................. 213 PROFESSIONAL STAFF ..................................214-218 INDEX .......................................................219-223

VISIT US ON THE INTERNET

For a world of information about Mt. Hood Community College, visit our home page on the World Wide Web:

www.mhcc.edu 1


Equal Opportunity Bienvenido!

It is the policy of MHCC to provide equal educational and employment opportunities and to provide service benefits to all students and employees without regard to race, color, religion, national origin, sex, age, disability or any other status or characteristic protected by applicable state or federal law. This policy is in accordance with the laws enforced by the Department of Education and Department of Labor, including Presidential Executive Order 11246, as amended, Title VI and Title VII of the 1964 Civil Rights Act as amended by the Civil Rights Act of 1991, Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, the Veteran’s Readjustment Act of 1973, the Age Discrimination Acts of 1974-75. the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 and Oregon Revised Statute 659.030. Inquiries regarding application of these and other regulations should be directed to either the college’s Human Resources Office 503-491-7200, the office of the Vice President of Student Development and Services 503-491-7317, or TDD 503-491-7202; the Office of Civil Rights, Department of Education Office, Seattle, Washington; or to the office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Department of Labor, San Francisco, CA.

Mt. Hood Community College se enorgullece de contra con la preferencia de la comunidad latina. MHCC ofrece los recursos necesarios para aquellos que quieran enriquecer su experiencia universitaria y provee los instrumentos para una educación y vida exitosa a los estudiantes latinos a través de su personal bilingüe, asesorías académicas, orientación vocacional y programas para el desarrollo de liderazgo.

Programa de Transiciones Respondiendo a las necesidades de la comunidad Latina, el Programa de Transiciones asiste a padres solteros y amas de casa a continuar su educación y explorar opciones de carrera. Para más información llama al 503-491-6972.

Asesoramiento Académico El collegion tiene personal bilingüe para asistir a los estudiantes a matricularse en clases y a desarrollar planes de estudios de acuerdo a sus intereses. Para más información comuniquese con Cecilia Sattergren at 503-491-7376 para asesoramiento académico o Susana Godoy para ayuda financiera al 503-491-7345.

Clases de Inglés como Segunda Lengua y GED. El colegio ofrece numerosas clases para el aprendizaje del inglés, clases en español para el GED y clases de civismo para prepararse para obtener la ciudadania en los Estados Unidos.. Para más información comuniquese llama al 503-491-7675.

The information provided in this catalog is available in alternative format for persons with disabilities. For information call 503-491-6923 (503-491-7670 TDD).

MEChA Club El Club MEChA es una de las las organizaciones más activas en el colegio. El club toma parte en varias actividades, organiza la celebración anual del Cinco de Mayo, patrociana eventos para recaudar fondos y es un gran medio para que los estudiantes hagan nuevas amistades. Para más información comuniquese con Al Sigala, Consejero del Club al 503-491-7213.

While every effort is made to ensure the accuracy of the information in this catalog, Mt. Hood Community College has the right to make changes at any time without prior notice. This catalog is not a contract between

2


How to Enroll Step 1. Apply for Admission

The above information will be considered in the Executive Dean’s decisionmaking process. The Executive Dean’s decision as to whether the student will be allowed to enroll will be final. The Executive Dean will notify the instructor(s) in the division(s) in which the student is taking classes.

Admissions, Registration and Records Office/Student Services Center Room AC 2253 503-491-7393 www.mhcc.edu/admissions

Returning Enrollment Students will need to obtain an advisor’s signature on each registration form before they may register. These returning students do not have to see the Executive Dean unless the student is not making satisfactory academic progress as defined by the college.

Admission of all students is centralized in the Admissions, Registration and Records Office. New students registering for credit bearing coursework must pay a one-time, nonrefundable admission fee. This fee may be paid at time of application or it will be added to the student’s first billing statement.

Students Age 16 and 17 Initial Enrollment

General

Students who have not graduated from high school or have not been released from compulsory attendance must do the following: • Meet with an academic advisor in the Academic Advising and Transfer Center inside the Student Services Center prior to registration in any class

Mt. Hood Community College has an open-entry general admission policy and welcomes all students who can benefit from instruction regardless of their educational background. Some programs have additional admission requirements. See Limited/Restricted-Entry Programs at the end of Step 1.

• Take the College Placement Test if deemed necessary by the advisor

Initial Enrollment

• Complete the “High School Permission Form”. This form includes the “Release Agreement for Potential Injury and Liability” and is valid for 12 months.

The first step to enroll at MHCC is to complete a Student Admission Form. The form is available: • on the MHCC website at www.mhcc.edu/admissions/applications • in the printed schedule of classes each term • in the Admissions, Registration and Records Office inside the Student Services Center

Returning Enrollment These students follow the same guidelines for registration as students 18 years of age and older. See Step 5.

Home-Schooled Students Under Age 18

You may submit the form by: 503-491-7388 • fax • in person

Admissions, Registration and Records Office

• mail

Mt. Hood Community College Admissions, Registration and Records Office 26000 SE Stark St. Gresham, OR 97030

Home-schooled students will follow one of the specific procedures as outlined for ‘Students Age 15’ and Under’ or for ‘Students Age 16 and 17’.

Students under Age 18 and Released from compulsory attendance Students, who have been released from compulsory attendance, must: • Submit the “Release from compulsory Attendance Form” to the Admissions, Registration and Records Office. This form is obtained from the student’s resident high school district.

Returning Enrollment See Step 5.

Note: These students follow the same guidelines for ‘General’ admissions.

Underage Students – credit coursework

Financial Aid Eligibility of Under-Age Students

Persons under 18 years of age who have not graduated from high school, have not been released from compulsory attendance, or have not obtained a GED, must follow special admissions procedures to enroll.

For the purposes of financial aid eligibility, “underage” students are not “regular” students and are therefore not aid eligible. Regular students are defined as degree seeking students. Students concurrently enrolled in high school and MHCC are by federal regulation ineligible for financial aid. If a student is age 16 or older, has been released from compulsory high school attendance, and has completed a GED and/or completes the College Placement Test to meet the “Ability to Benefit” requirements, they may be aid eligible. The Office of Financial Aid will make the final determination of aid eligibility status based on documentation provided by the student.

Students Age 15 and Under Initial Enrollment New students age 15 and under, must see the Executive Dean of Student Development and Services, prior to initial registration. To make an appointment and obtain the necessary forms, contact the Administrative Assistant at 503-491-7317. When meeting with the Executive Dean of Student Development and Services, bring the following: • letter of request from student

Under-Age Students - non-credit coursework Any student under the age of 18 may take “Continuing Education” classes, regardless of age, without special approval of MHCC staff. However, their parent or guardian must sign a “Release Agreement for Potential Injury or Liability Form”. This form is available in the Admissions, Registration and Records Office, Academic Advising and Transfer Center or the web site. This form will be kept on file in the Admissions, Registration and Records Office.

• letter of support from high school counselor (or ESD for home-schooled students) addressing the student’s maturity and readiness for college experiences • High School Permission Form • completed application for Underage Student Admission Checklist form • College Placement Test (CPT) scores

3


International Students

the applicant has satisfied minimum criteria. The Admissions, Registration and Records Office will notify applicants of their status within 30 days after the completion of the selection process.

To be considered for admission to Mt. Hood Community College, international students must submit the following to the Admissions, Registration and Records Office: • an International Student Application, MHCC Student Admission Form, and the non-refundable application fee

Limited-Entry Programs Limited-Entry Programs generally begin once a year in the fall term. Applicants are admitted on a space available basis after academic criteria has been met. Application packets for these programs are available on our web site at www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions.

• Financial Statement, Affidavit of Support, and official supporting financial documents (such as a bank statement) See http://mhcc.edu/international

Restricted-Entry Programs

• documentation of Measles vaccination and Tuberculosis testing

Applicants for a restricted-entry program must complete the admissions application procedures and meet program criteria before being considered for acceptance into the program. In addition, each restricted-entry program has a non-refundable application fee due at time of application. Application packets for these programs are available on our web site at www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions.

• photocopies of the passport ID page • proof of English proficiency in one of the following ways: - Submit an official TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) score of at least 450 (paper-based test) or 133 (computer-based test). - graduation from an American high school with attendance at that school for at least one year with a 2.00 grade point average (GPA) and successful completion of the Mt. Hood Community College Placement Test (CPT) - successful completion of an English Language Program with a minimum GPA of 2.00 - transfer students from an accredited United States college or university that have completed a minimum of 12 credit hours with the minimum GPA of 2.00

Further information regarding Limited or Restricted-Entry programs is available on page 194.

Step 2. Arrange for Financial Aid The Office of Student Financial Aid Room AC 2253 503-491-7262 www.mhcc.edu/academics/student_services/finaid

• Students transferring from another US institution must submit a Transfer Clearance form from the current school, a copy of their I-20, and official transcripts.

The Office of Financial Aid at Mt. Hood Community College helps students apply for and receive all major types of Title IV federal and State of Oregon financial aid, including grants, work, loans and scholarships. Additional information regarding the specific types of grants, work, loans and scholarships are described on page 203.

• All international students holding an F-1 visa must provide proof of health and accident insurance before being enrolled at Mt. Hood Community College.

The Office of Financial Aid provides materials, resources and helpful staff to guide students through the application process.

Co-Admission – Mt. Hood Community College/ Portland State University

General Eligibility Requirements To apply for aid, applicants must:

Through a special admission process, students can be admitted to both institutions as they pursue their freshman and sophomore years at MHCC. Co-admitted students enjoy:

• be at least 16 years old • be a U.S. citizen or an eligible non-citizen • have earned a high school diploma or a GED

• one application for co-admission

• have “adequate” placement test scores if they are without a high school diploma or a GED and are at least 18 years old

• academic advising from both institutions • library privileges at both institutions

• be in pursuit of a degree or certificate in an eligible program (at least 24 credits or six months in length) listed in this catalog

• coordinated financial aid and scholarships

• be registered with the Selective Service if they are male and at least 18 years old

Applications and information are available at Mt. Hood Community College, 503-491-7315; Portland State University, 503-725-9546; or at our website, http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/programs/classes_programs_c.

How to Apply First time financial aid applicants:

Other Programs Similar programs are available with Eastern Oregon University and Marylhurst University. The application materials are being developed and should soon be available on the MHCC web site.

• On-line: on the internet at www.fafsa.ed.gov Personal Identification Numbers (PIN) must be requested and received before filing electronically. If the PIN is not supplied at the time of electronic filing, the information can be saved while waiting for the PIN or a physical signature page must be printed, signed and submitted by regular, surface mail.

Limited or Restricted-Entry Programs Some of our programs have enrollment limits and/or other requirements before a student may register. The entry type of each program is listed at the top of each program description page. These programs require special application procedures.

or

• Paper: complete a paper FAFSA (Free Application for Federal Student Aid). Forms for this option are available in any financial aid office, in most high school counseling offices and some public libraries.

Application packets for limited and restricted programs are available on the web site at www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Each packet includes the information and forms necessary for applicants to apply for the program in which they are interested. The packet must be completed accurately and returned. Only completed packets meeting minimum criteria will be considered. The deadline for submitting a completed packet varies for each program, so it is important to check the specified deadline date for each program. The return of an admission packet does not guarantee that

Previous financial aid recipients: Students will usually receive a “Renewal Application” by mail sometime before January 1 of each year. The applicant, to ensure that the FAFSA results are sent to all colleges desired, must enter school codes or complete addresses for prospective colleges. The Mt. Hood Community College school code is 003204.

4


Conditions for Awards

Beyond the first term, the Academic Advising and Transfer Center remains the place to come for advising for those students completing skill-building courses (e.g. RD90, WR90, MTH10, MTH20), those exploring program options, and those preparing to enter one of MHCC’s limited or restricted entry programs. Students may make an appointment with an advisor to develop an educational plan, review degree progress, or receive an unofficial evaluation of transfer credit. Students may also drop in and utilize resources located in the Transfer Center. The Transfer Center includes a library of college catalogs, advising guides for popular college majors, and internet access to transfer schools and programs nationwide.

The following three items are the key conditions reviewed when awarding financial aid: 1. The size of the Expected Family Contribution (EFC) The FAFSA data is used to calculate this number. This number is used to determine eligibility for most types of financial aid. 2. The budget of the student while in college 3. Availability of the types of aid

Application Verification

Continuing students who have declared a major should seek information and assistance primarily from their faculty advisor. Meet with your faculty advisor periodically to make sure you are on the right track to meet your goals. Contact information for faculty advisors is available at www.mhcc. edu/advising and on specific program pages of this catalog.

All schools and colleges must verify some of the data on a percentage of FAFSA applications. All students must submit at least unofficial grade transcripts from all colleges previously attended before the review process will be considered complete. The Financial Aid office must be notified of official transcripts already submitted to the Admissions, Registration and Records Office.

Step 5. Register for Classes

Aid Disbursement

Admissions, Registration and Records Office/Student Services Center Room AC 2253 503-491-7393 www.mhcc.edu/admissions/registration

After the student accepts their financial aid award, it is posted to their account (except bank loans) and will be used directly to pay their tuition and fees. Any remaining aid will be disbursed as a check that can be used to buy books, pay for room and board, transportation and miscellaneous supplies and personal items.

Registration is available for currently enrolled, returning and new students via Touch Tone, Web, and in person as explained in our quarterly schedule of classes. Mail in registration is accepted for Continuing Education courses only.

Step 3. Visit the Testing/ Assessment Center Testing Services 503-491-7678

The quarterly schedule of classes is mailed to all in-district residents and is available on our campus and on the MHCC web site at www.mhcc.edu.

Room AC 2335 www.mhcc.edu/academics/advising/testing

Please use the following checklist to review required steps prior to registration: ❑ Complete the Student Admission Form and submit it to the Admissions, Registration and Records Office.

Testing Services is often one of the first stops for potential students. To be properly placed into courses, new students must take a College Placement Test (CPT). This test, which covers reading, writing and mathematics, helps to assess your academic readiness and will help you choose classes that fit your present skill level.

❑ Take the College Placement Test (CPT) if you plan to take six or more credit hours or if you plan to take any course in reading, English composition, mathematics or chemistry; or selected courses in engineering technology.

You may not have to take the placement test if: • You have transcripted coursework in reading, writing, and/or mathematics. Bring a copy of your transcript to the Academic Advising and Transfer Center for assistance.

OR ❑ Bring college transcripts if you have completed English composition and a mathematics course, both with a grade of “C” or higher to the Academic Advising and Transfer Center or fax to 503-491-7388 so that the CPT may be waived.

• You have taken a college placement test at another college within the last 12 months. Bring a copy of your score report to Testing Services to have your scores evaluated. Students may be asked to take only the Math part of the CPT.

❑ Update your student record with the Admissions, Registration and Records Office if changes have occurred to your name, address, phone number and/or major.

• You are taking fewer than 6 credits that do not include reading, writing, mathematics, chemistry courses, or selected courses in engineering technology.

❑ Complete an education plan by meeting with a staff member in the Academic Advising and Transfer Center or a faculty advisor. ❑ Review a current schedule of classes to select courses and to learn policies, procedures and important dates. Including registration dates and refund dates.

Step 4. Talk to an Advisor

❑ Complete a registration form or Touch Tone or web worksheet with the courses you have selected.

Academic Advising and Transfer Center Room AC 2253 503- 491-7315 www.mhcc.edu/academics/advising

❑ Register via Touch Tone, Web, or in person. Mail in registration is available for Continuing Education classes only.

The next stop for most new students is the Academic Advising and Transfer Center (AATC). Prior to sitting down with an advisor, students should complete the on-line orientation, www.mhcc.edu/orientation. Students may complete the on-line orientation in the Testing Center, the Academic Advising and Transfer Center, or from their home computer. The orientation provides students with key information about the college, degree options, and the registration process.

❑ Make arrangements to pay tuition and fees with the Cashier’s Office. Registration assistance is available in the Academic Advising and Transfer Center or in the Admissions, Registration and Records Office. Please see the Academic Regulations section of this catalog for important information regarding adding, dropping, withdrawal from school, waiting lists, attendance and no-show drop policy.

Once orientation is completed, new students will work with an academic advisor to create a schedule of classes.

5


Step 6. Pay for Classes

Student Financial Responsibility By enrolling or having enrolled as a student at Mt. Hood Community College, you agree to be responsible for all charges on your student account and abide by the student account practices and policies. Students will be held accountable for understanding the practices and policies of college billing and collections. Detailed descriptions are provided on pages 195-197 of this catalog. They include: • Types of Fees • Definition of Terms

Business Office – Student Billing Accounts Receivable Room AC 2253 503-491-6981 or 503-491-7276 www.mhcc.edu/admissions/financial_matters

College Tuition and Fees The MHCCD Board of Education sets tuition rates and reserves the right to make changes without notice. The amount of tuition you pay is determined by your residency and by the number of credit hours you are taking. Some classes require an additional course fee. There may be other types of fees assessed as well. A full description of tuition and fees are listed in the quarterly schedule of classes or on the web.

• Student Account Statements

• Past Due Accounts

• Collections

• Refunds

• Billing and Collection Rights and Responsibilities

Payment Due Date

This information is also available:

Payment for all tuition and fees is due on or before the published due date, usually the first day of the term. All charges on your student account must be paid in full before you can register for another term.

• in the applicable student handbook and brochures • in the quarterly schedule of classes • on the MHCC website.

Payment Options The college has four options available for payment. No other payment arrangements are available. 1. Pay all tuition and fees by the first day of the term. If a student registers after the term begins, payment is due the day of registration. This includes courses added from wait lists.

Step 7. Plan for Success After you have taken care of all of the details needed to apply, enroll and register at Mt. Hood, you want to enjoy your time here, as well as maintain a good academic career. Certainly good study skills, adequate preparation, and attendance are important. Sometimes, though, other factors may affect how you persist at the school. We have many options that can assist you in this endeavor:

2. Student Installment Payment Note Student may opt to arrange for a deferred payment plan. Tuition/fees may be deferred if: • the student registers using an official social security number • tuition/fees total $100 or more • no other monies are owed to the college

Career planning/Declaring a major The most successful students are those who have connected with a career focus and with faculty who share those career interests. Choosing a major is an important step in your academic life. Choosing a career and a major requires some introspection on your part. Our Career Planning and Counseling Center located in Room AC 1152 can help you discern your interests, skills, abilities and values, and tie those to majors and careers. You can declare your major at any time; just look for the major change forms in the academic and student services departments. For more information, call 503-491-7432.

Student Installment Payment Notes are not accepted after the second Friday of the term. Student Installment Payment Notes are not available to international students. If classes have been added after the Student Installment Payment Note has been signed, call Accounts Receivable immediately, 503-491-6981 or 503-491-7276. Additional charges to the student account may cause changes in the required minimum payment. Failure to pay the new minimum payment would drop the student from the Student Installment Payment Note plan.

Design an educational plan Once you have chosen a career path and major, it is imperative that you design an educational plan that will lead you to the correct degree and its requirements. The Academic Advising and Transfer Center (AATC) can assist you with this, as well as with many other advising needs. Once you choose a major, you should work with your assigned academic advisor, who will be in your career field. In the AATC, a well-stocked Transfer Information Center is available on line and in hard copy; advisors can also help you with many important issues in the transfer process. The number is 503-491-7315 and the center is located in Room AC 2253.

3. Financial Aid/Scholarship If a student’s financial aid is not available by the first day of the term or does not completely cover their tuition amount, they should select option 1 or 2 above. If a balance remains on their student account past the due date, the account is subject to late fees and collection costs. 4. Agency or Company Arrangements for payment by an agency or company must be pre-approved by the college. The student is responsible to ensure that a payment authorization is on file in the College’s Accounts Receivable department by the first day of the term. Ultimately the student is responsible for payment of all unpaid charges, including late fees and third party service fees.

Tutoring and assistance If you have difficulties with your academic work, don’t delay asking for help. The Learning Assistance Center (LAC) provides a wide array of services, including tutoring and learning strategies workshops to assist you. The LAC is located on the Mezzanine of the Library. For information, call 503-491-7108. Of course, you should always utilize the office hours of your instructors for assistance and questions about their courses.

Payment Types All payments must be made in US funds. Acceptable payment types include: • cash • money order • Visa • MasterCard • check

If you find that you have difficulties with finances, outside pressures or need a job or any other type of assistance, please contact any member of the Student Development and Services staff on campus or the Office of the Executive Dean of Student Development and Services (Room AC2369) at 503-491-7317. They will be able to refer you to an appropriate source.

College Services paid for by check will be provided two weeks after payment occurs. An example of services include official transcript requests, awarding of degrees and certificates, catalog purchases, and GED testing; but does not apply to tuition payment.

6


Degree Requirements D. Human Relations

All degrees and certificates issued by Mt. Hood Community College are for programs offered in the catalog year the student is qualified to follow.

Three quarter-credit hours

Associate of Applied Science Degree

E. Distribution Six additional quarter-credit hours from any of the following areas:

(Professional-Technical Programs)

1. Social Science/Humanities (Arts and Letters)

The Associate of Applied Science Degree will be awarded to students who satisfy the following requirements: 1. Complete a minimum of 90 applicable credit hours. (Some programs may require more than 90 credit hours.)

Select from social science and/or humanities. (Maximum of three credit hours in skill-oriented classes within the humanities category.) 2. Science/Mathematics/Computer Science

Please refer to the Course Numbering System and Developmental Education courses on page 197, with regard to courses not applicable toward a Mt. Hood Community College degree or certificate.

Select from science, mathematics, and/or computer science. (Mathematics must be MTH20 or higher.)

2. Successfully complete all required courses in a professional-technical curriculum as listed in the catalog. Progression of classes must be vertical. That is, once a course has been successfully completed, a lower level course may not be taken for credit.

3. Communications Note: The sequence of courses, UNST101, UNST102, UNST103, is an interdisciplinary alternative way for students to earn general education credits. It is designed for students who are intending to transfer to Portland State University and want to complete their freshman inquiry requirement. All three courses must be taken to satisfy the 15 credit requirement. Students who successfully complete will receive credit in writing, social science, science, and humanities.

Repeated courses may be counted only once toward graduation unless specified in the course description or unless specifically required in a program curriculum. 3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher.

6. Satisfactorily earn a minimum of 24 hours of applicable credit at Mt. Hood Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which the degree/certificate is completed. Non-traditional credit (College Level Examination Program, Advanced Placement Program, Challenge, Experienced-Based Credit, International Baccalaureate) does not satisfy this requirement.

4. Maintain a 2.00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the degree and maintain a 2.00 GPA in the candidate’s major classes (e.g., course prefixes such as DH, EET, NUR, etc.) 5. Successfully complete required general education courses. Students who are pursuing an MHCC Associate of Applied Science (AAS) degree at MHCC who have earned a baccalaureate degree or higher from an accredited institution of higher education will have satisfied the general education requirements for the AAS degree if the AAS curricula identify general education categories, i.e. communications, math/science/computer science. If the general education requirements are listed specifically by course, i.e. SP111, PSY201, then those specific requirements must be listed on the incoming transcript in order for those courses to be satisfied. WR101, WR102, WR121, WR122, HPE295, PE185 and HE250 will automatically be satisfied by the baccalaureate degree.

If extenuating circumstances prevent a student from being in attendance the last term, the student may petition to take the remaining credits (maximum of nine) at a regionally accredited college or university. This request must be in writing and indicate the school at which the courses will be completed. It is the student’s responsibility to obtain written approval from MHCC of course acceptance prior to enrollment and to send an official transcript to MHCC upon completion of the coursework. 7. Complete the application process and pay a nonrefundable graduation application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (e.g., spring term graduates must apply during fall term).

General Education Courses must be selected from the approved list of General Education courses for the Associate of Applied Science Degree, (see page 9). A. Health/Physical Education A minimum of three credits in Physical Education (PE) and/or in Health Education (HE/HPE). A maximum of 9 credits of PE185 may be applied to the AAS degree. Two (2) credit hours of PE185 credit may be granted toward an Associate degree at Mt. Hood for completion of military basic training. A copy of the DD214 form is required. B. Communications Three quarter-credit hours at a level equivalent to WR101 or WR121. Other communication courses may satisfy the distribution requirements only.

Note: A maximum of 25 credits of ENL courses numbered 100 and above may be applied toward the AAS degree. (ENL94R, ENL94S, and ENL94W are not to be included. See Developmental Education Courses.)

Associate of General Studies Degree The purpose of the degree in general studies is to provide the student an opportunity to pursue a broad general education during the two years at a community college. It is intended as a flexible program for the student who is not pursuing a specified curriculum in the lower division transfer or professional-technical area. The general studies degree may, in addition to including the number of hours in the divisional areas as listed below, include courses in lower division collegiate transfer, occupational education, and professional-technical education. Because of the flexibility and broad approach of this degree, a student may find that it may not fulfill all of the requirements of full junior standing when transferred to a four-year institution. The transferable credits generally include only those courses numbered 100 or above. Please refer to page 197, “Courses Numbered 100-299,” for more information.

C. Mathematics Three quarter-credit hours at a level equivalent to MTH65 or higher (except MTH211). (MTH34 and MTH35, in combination, are accepted for Automotive, Machine Tool Technology, Welding and Apprenticeship AAS degrees for 2005-06 only.)

7


4. Maintain a 2.00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the degree and maintain a 2.00 GPA in the core requirements (an average; not a “C” in every class).

The Associate of General Studies Degree will be awarded to students who satisfy the following requirements: 1. Complete a minimum of 90 applicable credit hours.

5. Satisfactorily earn a minimum of 24 hours of applicable credit at Mt. Hood Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which the degree/certificate is completed. Non-traditional credit (College Level Examination Program, Advanced Placement Program, Challenge, Experience-Based Credit, International Baccalaureate) does not satisfy this requirement.

2. Successfully complete all required courses in the general studies curriculum as follows. Progression of classes must be vertical. That is, once a course has been successfully completed, a lower level course may not be taken for credit. Repeated courses may be counted only once toward graduation unless specified in the course description or unless specifically required in a program curriculum.

If extenuating circumstances prevent a student from being in attendance the last term, the student may petition to take the remaining credits (maximum of nine) at a regionally accredited college or university.

Courses (except for electives) must be selected from a list of approved general education courses (see page 9). A. Health and Physical Education A minimum of three credits which must include at least one class in Physical Education (PE) and one class in Health Education (HE). Other options: HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life or HPE291 Lifeguard Training or PE285OL Wilderness Survival (3 credit) satisfies the total HPE requirement. PE285OL Wilderness Survival for two credits may satisfy the HPE requirement by completing one additional credit in either health or physical education. (A maximum of 9 credits of PE185 may be applied to the AGS degree.) Two (2) credit hours of PE185 credit may be granted toward an Associate degree at Mt. Hood for completion of military basic training. A copy of the DD214 form is required. B. Communications Six quarter hours at a level equivalent to WR101 and WR102; or WR121 and WR122; or three credits in writing and three credits in speech; or three credits in writing and RD117; or three credits in writing and BA205.

This request must be in writing and indicate the school at which the courses will be completed. It is the student’s responsibility to obtain written approval from MHCC of course acceptance prior to enrollment and to send an official transcript to MHCC upon completion of the coursework. 6. Complete the application process and pay a non-refundable graduation application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (i.e., spring term graduates must apply during fall term).

Certificate Requirements The one-year certificate will be awarded to students who satisfy the following requirements: 1. Successfully complete all required courses in a one-year certificate program as listed in the catalog. Progression of classes must be vertical. That is, once a course has been successfully completed, a lower level course may not be taken for credit. 2. All programs of study of one academic year or more in length for which certificates are granted require a recognizable body of instruction in program-related areas of 1) communication, 2) computation (mathematics), and 3) human relations. Please refer to the individual program for specific courses.

C. Mathematics Three quarter-credit hours at a level equivalent to MTH65 or higher (except MTH211). D. Human Relations

Repeated courses may be counted only once toward graduation unless specified in the course description or unless specifically required in a program curriculum.

Three quarter-credit hours. E. Humanities (Arts and Letters) 12 credit hours in humanities (arts and letters) (maximum of six credit hours in skill oriented classes). F. Social Sciences 12 credit hours in social science. G. Science/Mathematics/Computer Science 9 credit hours in science or mathematics or computer science. (MTH20 and MTH40 are excluded and will not meet this requirement.) H. Complete the above requirements plus elective courses (no more than 25 credits of one discipline may apply as electives, with the exception of Special Studies curricula) to total 90 applicable credit hours. Elective courses may be any course number 10 or higher, not including those listed as Developmental Education courses, see page 198.

Students who are pursuing an MHCC certificate at MHCC who have earned a baccalaureate degree or higher from an accredited institution of higher education will have satisfied the general education requirements for the certificate. However, students must complete or have completed the program specific general education course requirements within a certificate. 3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher. 4. Maintain a 2.00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the certificate and maintain a 2.00 GPA in the candidate’s major classes. 5. Satisfactorily earn 24 hours of credit at Mt. Hood Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which the certificate is completed. Non-traditional credit (College Level Examination Program, Advanced Placement Program, Challenge, Experience-Based Credit, International Baccalaureate) does not satisfy this requirement.

Note: The sequence of courses, UNST101, UNST102, UNST103, is an interdisciplinary alternative way for students to earn general education credits. It is designed for students who are intending to transfer to Portland State University and want to complete their freshman inquiry requirement. All three courses must be taken to satisfy the 15 credit requirement. Students who successfully complete will receive credit in writing, social science, science, and humanities. A maximum of 25 credits of ENL courses numbered 100 or higher may be applied toward the AGS degree. (ENL94R, ENL94S, and ENL94W are not to be included. See Developmental Education Courses.)

6. Complete the application process and pay a non-refundable graduation application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (e.g., spring term graduates must apply during fall term).

3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher.

8


The following is a list of general education courses, currently offered at Mt. Hood Community College, applicable to the Associate of Applied Science Degree, the Associate of General Studies Degree, and the Certificate of Completion. For additional approved general education courses no longer offered, please check the master list available in Admissions, Registration and Records Office, Academic Advising and Transfer Center, or from your program advisor. Courses numbered 199 will qualify as elective credit only.

*MUP101, *MUP105, *MUP114, *MUP115, *MUP121, *MUP123, *MUP125, *MUP131, *MUP146, *MUP171-192, *MUP201, *MUP205, *MUP214, *MUP215, *MUP221, *MUP225, *MUP231, *MUP246, *MUP271-292, MUS101, MUS104, MUS105, MUS111, MUS112, MUS113, *MUS114, *MUS115, *MUS116, *MUS117, *MUS118, *MUS119, *MUS124, *MUS125, *MUS126, *MUS131, *MUS132, *MUS133, *MUS137, *MUS138, *MUS139, *MUS147, *MUS148, *MUS149, *MUS161, *MUS162, *MUS163, *MUS191, MUS205, MUS208, MUS211, MUS212, MUS213, *MUS214, *MUS215, *MUS224, MUS261, MUS262, MUS263, *MUS265, *MUS292, *MUS297

Health and Physical Education

PHL201, PHL202, PHL203, PHL208

HE202, HE204, HE205, HE206, HE207, HE208, HE213, HE240, HE250, HE252, HE253, HE255, HE261, HE265, HPE291, HPE295, PE185, PE194, PE285OL, PE285OH (may use only 1 credit toward a PE185 requirement), PE292SWT, PE294

R210, R211, R212 RD117 RUS101, RUS102, RUS103, RUS111, RUS112, RUS113

Communications (distribution only for AAS)

SP100, SP111, SP112, SP114, SP115, SP130, SP218, SP229, SP262

BA205, RD117, SP100, SP111, SP112, SP114, SP115, SP218, WR101, WR102, WR121, WR122, WR123

SPAN101, SPAN102, SPAN103, SPAN111, SPAN112, SPAN113, SPAN150, SPAN151, SPAN201, SPAN202, SPAN203

Mathematics

TA101, TA106, TA107, TA109, TA141, TA142, TA143, TA144, TA148, TA241

MTH35**, MTH65, MTH80, MTH85, MTH95, MTH105, MTH111, MTH112, MTH212, MTH213, MTH231, MTH241, MTH243, MTH244, MTH251, MTH252, MTH253, MTH254, MTH255, MTH256, MTH261

WR226, WR241, WR242, WR244, WR245, WR246, *WR247, WR248 *Skill-oriented class

**MTH34 and MTH35, in combination, are accepted as meeting the mathematics general education requirement for the Automotive, Machine Tool Technology, Welding and Apprenticeship AAS degrees only.

Social Sciences ANTH101, ANTH102, ANTH103, ANTH180, ANTH211, ANTH212, ANTH213, ANTH215, ANTH231, ANTH232

Human Relations

EC115, EC201, EC202, EC203

ANTH101, ANTH103, ANTH180, BA202, BA285, EC115, GEOG106, GEOG107, HD204, HST211, HST212, HST213, HST110, HST111, HST112, HST220, HT141, HUM110, HUM111, HUM112, HUM202, INTL101, J211, PHL201, PHL202, PHL208, PS200, PS204, PS205, PS209, PS215, PS220, PS225, PS241, PS297, PSY101, PSY201, PSY202, PSY203, PSY214, PSY216, PSY225, PSY226, PSY231, PSY232, PSY235, PSY237, PSY239, R210, SOC204, SOC205, SOC206, SOC213, SOC214, SOC215, SOC216, SOC223, SOC225, SOC232, SP115, SP218, WS101

GEOG105, GEOG106, GEOG107, GEOG206, GEOG214, GEOG290 HST104, HST110, HST111, HST112, HST195, HST201, HST202, HST203, HST204, HST211, HST212, HST213, HST225, HST237, HST240, HST264, HST270, HST271, HST272, HST292, HST293, HST294 INTL101, IS210 J211 PS200, PS201, PS203, PS204, PS205, PS209, PS215, PS217, PS220, PS225, PS241, PS242, PS297

Social Science/Humanities (Arts and Letters) Humanities (Arts and Letters)

PSY101, PSY151, PSY201, PSY202, PSY203, PSY214, PSY216, PSY231, PSY232, PSY235, PSY236, PSY237, PSY239

ART115, ART116, ART117, ART197, ART201, ART202, ART203, ART211, ART212, ART213, *ART214, *ART219, *ART225, *ART226, *ART227, ART231, ART232, ART233, *ART234, *ART240, *ART241, *ART254, *ART255, *ART256, *ART257, *ART258, *ART259, *ART257B, *ART258B, *ART259B, *ART261, *ART262, *ART263, *ART264, *ART265, *ART266, *ART271, *ART272, *ART273, ART281, *ART288, *ART289, *ART291, *ART292, *ART293, *ART294, *ART295, *ART296, *ART297

SOC204, SOC205, SOC206, SOC213, SOC214, SOC215, SOC216, SOC223, SOC225, SOC232, SOC291 WS101

Science/Mathematics/Computer Science AH11

ASL101, ASL102, ASL103, ASL201, ASL202, ASL203

BA231

ENG104, ENG105, ENG106, ENG107, ENG108, ENG109, ENG112, ENG113, ENG201, ENG202, ENG203, ENG204, ENG205, ENG206, ENG212, ENG214, ENG218, ENG221, ENG222, ENG250, ENG253, ENG254, ENG255, ENG263, ENG275,

BI101, BI102, BI103, BI110, BI121, BI122, BI132, BI145, BI211, BI212, BI213, BI231, BI232, BI233, BI234, BI235, BI240 BINF290 CH104, CH105, CH106, CH110, CH151, CH170, CH221, CH222, CH223, CH241, CH242, CH243

ENL201R, ENL201S, ENL201W FA257, FA258, FA266 FR101, FR102, FR103, FR111, FR112, FR113, FR201, FR202, FR203, FR211, FR212, FR213

CIS120/L, CIS122, CIS133SQL, CIS133XML, CIS140, CIS144, CS133JA, CS133PRL, CS133VB, CS160, CS161, CS162, CS233JA, CS233VB, CS234JA, CS234VB, CS244, CS260

GER101, GER102, GER103, GER111, GER112, GER113, GER201, GER202, GER203

ENGR201, ENGR202, ENGR211, ENGR212, ENGR213

HUM100, HUM105, HUM106, HUM110, HUM111, HUM112, HUM202, HUM210

FN225

F240

ITAL101, ITAL102, ITAL103,

FW251, FW252, FW253, FW254

JPN101, JPN102, JPN103, JPN111, JPN112, JPN113, JPN201, JPN202, JPN203, JPN211, JPN212, JPN213

GE101, GE102, GE115

G148, G165, G201, G202, G203 GS104, GS105, GS106

9


MTH20 MTH33*, MTH34*, MTH35* (Associate of Applied Science only)

4. Maintain a 2.00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the degree and maintain a 2.00 GPA in the core requirements.

MTH60, MTH65, MTH80, MTH85, MTH95, MTH105, MTH111, MTH112, MTH211, MTH212, MTH213, MTH231, MTH241, MTH243, MTH244, MTH251, MTH252, MTH253, MTH254, MTH255, MTH256, MTH261

5. Successfully complete the following: Courses (except for elective credits) must be selected from the list of approved courses for the Associate of Arts – Oregon Transfer Degree (see page 13). The list is available on the following pages and in the Admissions, Registration and Records Office, the Academic Advising and Transfer Center or from the program advisor.

PH104, PH109C, PH121, PH122, PH123, PH127, PH201, PH202, PH203, PH211, PH212, PH213 * These classes are accepted as meeting the mathematics and the science/mathematics/computer science distribution requirement for the Automotive, Machine Tool Technology, Welding and Apprenticeship AAS degrees only.

General Requirements

A. Computer Literacy/Proficiency One quarter-credit hour of college level computer-based coursework. B. Health and Physical Education A minimum of three credits which must include at least one class in Physical Education (PE) and one class in Health Education (HE). Other options: HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life or HPE291 Lifeguard Training or PE285OL (3 credit) satisfies the total HPE requirement. PE285OL Wilderness Survival for two credits may satisfy the HPE requirement by completing one additional credit in either health or physical education. A maximum of 9 credits of PE185 may be applied to the AA/OT degree. Two (2) credit hours of PE185 credit may be granted toward an Associate degree at Mt. Hood for completion of military basic training. A copy of the DD214 form is required. C. Mathematics Four quarter-credit hours of college level mathematics with a grade of C or better (any mathematics course that has MTH95 or intermediate algebra or a higher course as a prerequisite, except MTH211). D. Oral Communication/Rhetoric Three quarter-credit hours of a speech course with a grade of C or better. E. Writing** Nine quarter-credit hours at a level equivalent to WR121, 122, 123, or 227 with grades of C or better in each course. F. Distribution Requirements*/** 1. Humanities (Arts and Letters): A minimum of 12 credits chosen from at least two disciplines, with no more than nine credits from one discipline. Only six credits of skill-oriented classes can be used to meet humanities requirements. NOTE: In Arts and Letters, a second year of a foreign language may be included, but not the first year. American Sign Language is considered a foreign language. 2. Social Sciences: A minimum of 15 credits, chosen from at least two disciplines, with no more than nine credits from one discipline. 3. Sciences/Math/Computer Science: A minimum of 15 credits (including at least 12 credits in biological or physical sciences with laboratories) chosen from at least two disciplines.

Distribution (Associate of Applied Science only) Six credits from any of the following areas: Communications Social Science/Humanities Science/Mathematics/Computer Science

Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer Degree The Oregon Transfer Degree (Associate of Arts) is a program of study that community college students can follow to fulfill all their lower division general education requirements for a bachelor’s degree at an Oregon University System institution. It is an agreement between the Oregon State System of Higher Education and Oregon’s community colleges to provide transfer of community college coursework to an Oregon university system institution. Completion of the Oregon Transfer Degree can lead to junior standing, for registration purposes, for any student admitted to a university in the Oregon university system: University of Oregon, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Western Oregon University, Southern Oregon University, Oregon Institute of Technology and Eastern Oregon University. However, some school, department or major requirements with regard to courses or grade point average may not be fulfilled by this degree Students considering transfer to private and out-of-state institutions will find the Oregon Transfer Degree to be excellent preparation for upper division study. A similar transfer agreement also exists between Mt. Hood Community College and Concordia University, Pacific University, Warner Pacific College, George Fox University and Marylhurst University in the Portland area, as well as Western Baptist College, BYU-Hawaii, Hawaii Pacific University, Boise State University, Seattle Pacific University, and Washington State University. Upon enrolling at Mt. Hood Community College, students need to be ready for college-level mathematics, writing and science in order to complete the Associate of Arts Degree in two years. If students lack the necessary skills, MHCC offers excellent preparatory courses and tutorial assistance to help them get on track quickly. Please refer to page 197, “Courses Numbered 100-299,” for more information.

* Each course must be at least three credits. ** The sequence of courses, UNST101, UNST102, UNST103, is an interdisciplinary alternative way for students to earn general education credits. It is designed for students who are intending to transfer to Portland State University and want to complete their freshman inquiry requirement. All three courses must be taken to satisfy the 15 credit requirement. Students who successfully complete all three will receive credit in writing, social science, science, and humanities.

The Associate of Arts Degree will be awarded to students who satisfy the following requirements: 1. Complete a minimum of 90 applicable credit hours. See #6 for an explanation (Some majors may require more than 90 credit hours.) 2. Successfully complete all required courses. Progression of classes must be vertical. That is, once a course has been successfully completed, a lower level course may not be taken for credit.

6. Complete elective courses to reach a total of 90 credits. The courses must be numbered 100 or above. However, only up to 12 credit hours of professional/technical courses numbered 100 or above may be applied as electives toward this degree. Professional/technical courses offered at community colleges in Oregon are identified by specific alpha prefixes.

Repeated courses may be counted only once toward graduation unless specified in the course description or unless specifically required in a program curriculum. 3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher.

10


Please see page 197 for a list of the professional-technical alpha prefixes offered at Mt. Hood Community College.

Lifeguard Training or PE285OL (3 credit) satisfies the total HPE requirement. PE285OL Wilderness Survival for two credits may satisfy the HPE requirement by completing one additional credit in either health or physical education. A maximum of 9 credits of PE185 may be applied to the AS degree. Two (2) credit hours of PE185 credit may be granted toward an Associate degree at Mt. Hood for completion of military basic training. A copy of the DD214 form is required. C. Mathematics Four quarter credit hours of college level mathematics with a grade of C or better (any mathematics course that has MTH95 or intermediate algebra or a higher course as a prerequisite, except MTH211). D. Oral Communication/Rhetoric Three quarter credit hours of a speech course with a grade of C or better. E. Writing** Nine quarter credit hours at a level equivalent to WR121, 122, 123, or 227 with grades of C or better in each course. F. Distribution Requirements*/** Students must complete a minimum of nine credits in one of the three areas listed below, and a minimum of six credits in each of the remaining areas. 1. Humanities (Arts and Letters):. Only six credits of skill-oriented classes can be used to meet humanities requirements. NOTE: In Arts and Letters, a second year of a foreign language may be included, but not the first year. American Sign Language is considered a foreign language. 2. Social Sciences 3. Sciences/Math/Computer Science

A maximum of 15 credits of the highest level of ENL courses (ENL201R, ENL201S, ENL201W) may be applied as electives only toward the AA-OT Degree. 7. Satisfactorily earn a minimum of 24 hours of applicable credit at Mt. Hood Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which the degree/certificate is completed. Non-traditional credit (College Level Examination Program, Advanced Placement Program, Challenge, Experienced-Based Credit, International Baccalaureate) does not satisfy this requirement. If extenuating circumstances prevent a student from being in attendance the last term, the student may petition to take the remaining credits (maximum of nine) at a regionally accredited college or university. This request must be in writing and indicate the school at which the courses will be completed. It is the student’s responsibility to obtain written approval from MHCC of course acceptance prior to enrollment and to send an official transcript to MHCC upon completion of the coursework. 8. Complete the application process and pay a non-refundable graduation application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (i.e., spring term graduates should apply during fall term).

Associate of Science Degree The Associate of Science degree is designed for students who plan to transfer and complete a Bachelors of Science degree at a four-year institution. The degree requirements allow students more flexibility in course selection allowing them to focus on their discipline requirements. NOTE: Completion of this degree does not guarantee that all lower-division General Education requirements have been met for a baccalaureate degree (i.e., this is not a block transfer degree as is the AA-OT). In selecting courses for this degree, students are highly encouraged to consult the specific transfer curriculum pages in this catalog, the faculty advisor, and the institution to which they intend to transfer to determine if it is an appropriate choice.

* Each course must be at least three credits. ** The sequence of courses, UNST101, UNST102, UNST103, is an interdisciplinary alternative way for students to earn general education credits. It is designed for students who are intending to transfer to Portland State University and want to complete their freshman inquiry requirement. All three courses must be taken to satisfy the 15 credit requirement. Students who successfully complete will receive credit in writing, social science, science, and humanities.

The Associate of Science degree will be awarded to students who satisfy the following requirements: 1. Complete a minimum of 90 applicable credit hours. See #5 for an explanation (Some majors may require more than 90 credit hours.)

6. Complete elective courses to reach a total of 90 credits. The courses must be numbered 100 or above. Professional-technical courses may be applied to the Associate of Science degree only if they are part of a current, formal transfer agreement with a four-year institution (see specific catalog transfer pages). Professional-technical courses offered at community colleges in Oregon are identified by specific alpha prefixes, see page 197.

2. Successfully complete all required courses. Progression of classes must be vertical. That is, once a course has been successfully completed, a lower level course may not be taken for credit. Repeated courses may be counted only once toward graduation unless specified in the course description or unless specifically required in a program curriculum.

A maximum of 15 credits of the highest level of ENL courses (ENL201R, ENL201S, ENL201W) may be applied as electives only toward the AS Degree.

3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher. 4. Maintain a 2.00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the degree and maintain a 2.00 GPA in the core requirements.

7. Satisfactorily earn a minimum of 24 applicable hours of credit at Mt. Hood Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which the degree/certificate is completed. Non-traditional credit (College Level Examination Program, Advanced Placement Program, Challenge, Experience-Based Credit, International Baccalaureate) does not satisfy this requirement.

5. Successfully complete the following: Courses (except for elective credits) must be selected from the list of approved courses for the Associate of Science (see page 13). The list is available on the following pages and in the Admissions and Records Office, the Academic Advising and Transfer Center or from the program advisor. A. Computer Literacy/Proficiency One quarter credit hour of college level computer-based coursework. B. Health and Physical Education A minimum of three credits which must include at least one class in Physical Education (PE) and one class in Health Education (HE). Other options: HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life or HPE291

If extenuating circumstances prevent a student from being in attendance the last term, the student may petition to take the remaining credits (maximum of nine) at a regionally accredited college or university. This request must be in writing and indicate the school at which the courses will be completed. It is the student’s responsibility to obtain written approval from MHCC of course acceptance prior to enrollment and to send an official transcript to MHCC upon completion of the coursework.

11


8. Complete the application process and pay a non-refundable graduation application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (i.e., spring term graduates should apply during fall term).

As such, they may be open to demonstration of proficiency. 1. Writing: A minimum of eight credits of college-transfer writing courses. Designated courses are: WR121, WR122, WR227. 2. Oral Communications/Rhetoric: A minimum of three credits of a fundamentals of speech or communication course. 3. Mathematics: A minimum of 12 credits, MTH111 or above, four of which must be statistics. 4. Computer Applications: Proficiency in word-processing, spreadsheet, database, and presentation software as demonstrated by successful completion of three credits in applicable courses. B. Distribution Requirements* Note: In “Arts and Letters”, the second year of a foreign language may be included, but not the first year. ASL is considered a foreign language. 1. Arts and Letters: A minimum of 12 credits, chosen from at least two disciplines. 2. Social Sciences: A minimum of 12 credits, with a minimum of eight credits of “principles of economics” (to include microeconomics and macroeconomics) at the 200 level. The courses in economics must be completed with a grade of “C” or better. 3. Science: A minimum of 12 credits of laboratory courses in the biological or physical sciences. *Each course must be at least three credits. C. Business-Specific Requirements: Note: Each course in this section must be completed with a grade of “C” or better.

Associate of Science - Oregon Transfer Degree in Business Any student who holds Associate of Science/Oregon Transfer in Business (AS/OT-Bus) degree that conforms to the following guidelines and who transfers to any institution in the Oregon University system, (University of Oregon, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Western Oregon University, Southern Oregon University, Oregon Institute of Technology and Eastern Oregon University) will have met the lower-division general education requirements of that institution’s baccalaureate degree programs. Students transferring with this degree will have junior standing for registration purposes. For transfer students graduating from high school in 1997 and thereafter, the Oregon University System has a second language admission requirement: two terms of a college-level second language with an average grade of C- or above, OR two years of the same high school-level second language with an average grade of C- or above, or satisfactory performance on an approved second language assessment of proficiency. Demonstrated proficiency in American Sign Language meets this second language admission requirement.

Business School/Program Admission Admission to the business school/program of any Oregon University System (OUS) institution is not guaranteed upon completion of the Associate of Science/Oregon Transfer in Business (AS/OT-Bus) degree. It is strongly recommended that students contact the specific OUS campus’ business school/program early in the first year of their AS/OT-Bus program to be advised about additional requirements and procedures for admission consideration to the OUS institution and the business school/program.

BA101 BA211 BA212 BA213 BA226

Introduction to Business Principles of Accounting I Principles of Accounting II Principles of Accounting III Introduction to Business Law (or other advisor-approved Business elective) D. Electives and/or University-Specific Prerequisites Note: This list of prerequisites and recommendations is subject to change without notice. 8 to 9 credits, depending on choice of transfer institution. Eastern Oregon University: WR227, Technical Report Writing; The Business Law course for the AS/OT-Bus is required. Oregon Institute of Technology: The Business Law course for the AS/OT-Bus is required. Recommendations: PSY201, General Psychology; BA206, Management Fundamentals (equivalent to BUS215 at OIT); WR227, Technical Writing Oregon State University: BA271, Information Technology in Business; BA275, Business Quantitative Methods; MTH241 Calculus of Biological/Management/Social Sciences; MTH245, Math for Biological/Management/Social Sciences; The Business Law course for the AS/OT-Bus is required. Portland State University: CIS122 Computer Concepts III; BA205, Business Communications Using Technology; STAT244, Introduction to Probability and Statistics II; GPA: 2.75 overall and 2.75 in pre-business courses. Southern Oregon University: BA271 or BA282, Applied Business Statistics; GPA: 2.0 overall and 2.5 in all business courses. Students must apply for admission to the Business School/Program University of Oregon: DSC199 Special Studies: Business Applications Software; MTH241, MTH242, Calculus for Business and Social Science I, II; Multicultural requirement; GPA: 2.75 overall and 2.75 in pre-business core. Students must apply for admission to the Business School/Program Western Oregon University: The Business Law course for the AS/OTBus is required.

Course and Elective Information Lower-division courses taken at the community college may not meet the requirements of an upper-division course with a similar title and content offered by an Oregon University System Business School/Program. In such cases, the courses in question will normally transfer as electives. The AS/OT-Bus degree may include up to 12 approved professional-technical credits as electives. The Associate of Science - Oregon Transfer Degree in Business will be awarded to students who satisfy the following requirements: 1. Complete a minimum of 90 applicable credit hours. (Some majors may require more than 90 credit hours.) 2. Successfully complete all required courses. Progression of classes must be vertical. That is, once a course has been successfully completed, a lower level course may not be taken for credit. Repeated courses may be counted only once toward graduation unless specified in the course description or unless specifically required in a program curriculum. 3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher. 4. Maintain a 2.00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the degree and maintain a 2.00 GPA in the core requirements. 5. Successfully complete the following: Courses (except for elective credits) must be selected from the list of approved courses for the Associate of Science – Oregon Transfer Degree in Business (see page 13). The list is available on the following pages and in the Admissions, Registration and Records Office, the Academic Advising and Transfer Center or from the program advisor. A. General Requirements: Note: Each course in this section must be completed with a grade of “C” or better. These requirements represent minimal skill competencies.

12


Writing

6. Complete elective courses to reach a total of 90 credits. The courses must be numbered 100 or above. However, only up to 12 credit hours of professional/technical courses numbered 100 or above may be applied as electives toward this degree. Professional/technical courses offered at community colleges in Oregon are identified by specific alpha prefixes. Please see page 197 for a list of the professional-technical alpha prefixes offered at Mt. Hood Community College. Courses that are developmental in nature, designed to prepare students for college transfer courses, are not applicable to this degree.

WR121, WR122, WR123, WR227

Distribution Requirements Humanities (Arts and Letters) ART115, ART116, ART117, ART197, ART201, ART202, ART203, ART211, ART212, ART213, *ART225, *ART226, *ART227, ART231, ART232, ART233, *ART234, *ART240, *ART241, *ART254, *ART255, *ART256, *ART257, *ART258, *ART259, *ART261, *ART262, *ART263, *ART264, *ART265, *ART266, *ART271, *ART272, *ART273, ART281, *ART288, *ART289, *ART291, *ART292, *ART293, *ART294, *ART296

A maximum of 15 credits of the highest level of ENL courses (ENL201R, ENL201S, ENL201W) may be applied as electives only toward the AS/OTBusiness Degree.

ASL201, ASL202, ASL203 ENG104, ENG105, ENG106, ENG107, ENG108, ENG109, ENG112, ENG113, ENG201, ENG202, ENG203, ENG204, ENG205, ENG206, ENG212, ENG214, ENG218, ENG221, ENG222, ENG250C, ENG253, ENG254, ENG255, ENG263, ENG275

7. Satisfactorily earn a minimum of 24 hours of applicable credit at Mt. Hood Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which the degree/certificate is completed. Non-traditional credit (College Level Examination Program, Advanced Placement Program, Challenge, International Baccalaureate) does not satisfy this requirement.

FA257, FA258, FA266 FR201, FR202, FR203

If extenuating circumstances prevent a student from being in attendance the last term, the student may petition to take the remaining credits (maximum of nine) at a regionally accredited college or university.

GER201, GER202, GER203 HUM100, HUM105, HUM106, HUM110, HUM111, HUM112, HUM202, HUM210

This request must be in writing and indicate the school at which the courses will be completed. It is the student’s responsibility to obtain written approval from MHCC of course acceptance prior to enrollment and to send an official transcript to MHCC upon completion of the coursework.

JPN201, JPN202, JPN203 MUS101, MUS105, MUS111, MUS112, MUS113, *MUS124, *MUS125, *MUS126, MUS205, MUS208, MUS211, MUS212, MUS213, MUS261, MUS262, MUS263

8. Complete the application process and pay a non-refundable graduation application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (i.e., spring term graduates should apply during fall term).

PHL201, PHL202, PHL203, PHL208 R210, R211, R212 RD117

The following is a list of approved courses, currently offered at Mt. Hood Community College, applicable to the Associate of Arts – Oregon Transfer Degree, the Associate of Science Degree, and the Associate of Science Oregon Transfer - Business. For additional approved general education courses no longer offered, please check the master list available in Admissions, Registration and Records, Academic Advising and Transfer Center or from your program advisor. Courses numbered 199 will qualify as elective credit only.

SP100, SP111, SP112, SP114, SP115, SP130, SP218, SP229, SP262 SPAN201, SPAN202, SPAN203 TA101, TA106, TA107, TA109, TA141, TA142, TA143, TA241 WR226, WR241, WR242, WR244, WR245, WR246, WR248 *Skill Oriented Class Social Sciences

Computer Literacy

ANTH101, ANTH102, ANTH103, ANTH180, ANTH211, ANTH212, ANTH213, ANTH215, ANTH231, ANTH232

ART214, ART225, ART226, ART227 BA131, BA231

EC115, EC201, EC202, EC203

BT210 (summer 1999 or after)

GEOG105, GEOG106, GEOG107, GEOG206, GEOG214, GEOG290

CIS120, CIS120L, CIS122, CIS122A, CIS125, CIS133JS, CS133JA, CIS133SQL, CIS133XML, CIS140, CIS144, CS125QRK, CS133PRL, CS133VB, CS160, CS161, CS162, CS233JA, CS233VB, CS234JA, CS234VB, CS244, CS260

HST104, HST110, HST111, HST112, HST195, HST201, HST202, HST203, HST204, HST211, HST212, HST213, HST225, HST237, HST240, HST264, HST270, HST271, HST272, HST292, HST293, HST294 INTL101, IS210 (3 - 6 credit versions only)

GE102

J211

Health and Physical Education

PS200, PS201, PS203, PS204, PS205, PS209, PS215, PS217, PS220, PS225, PS241, PS242, PS297

HE202, HE204, HE205, HE206, HE207, HE208, HE213, HE240, HE250, HE252, HE253, HE255, HE261, HE265, HPE291, HPE295

PSY101, PSY151, PSY201, PSY202, PSY203, PSY214, PSY216, PSY231, PSY232, PSY235, PSY236, PSY237, PSY239

PE185, PE285OH (may use only 1 credit toward a PE185 requirement), PE285OL, PE292SWT

SOC204, SOC205, SOC206, SOC213, SOC214, SOC215, SOC216, SOC223, SOC225, SOC232, SOC291

Mathematics MTH105, MTH111, MTH112, MTH212, MTH213, MTH231, MTH241, MTH243, MTH244, MTH251, MTH252, MTH253, MTH254, MTH255, MTH256, MTH261

WS101 Science/Mathematics/Computer Science BI101L, BI102L, BI103L, BI110L, BI121L, BI122L, BI132L, BI145, BI211L, BI212L, BI213L, BI231L, BI232L, BI233L, BI234L, BI235L, BI240

Oral Communication/Rhetoric SP100, SP111, SP112, SP114, SP115, SP218

BINF290 CH104L, CH105L, CH106L, CH110L, CH151L, CH170L, CH221L, CH222L, CH223L, CH241L, CH242L, CH243L

13


CIS120/L, CIS122, CS133JA, CS133PRL, CS133VB, CS160, CS161, CS162, CS233JA, CS233VB, CS234JA, CS234VB, CS244, CS260 ENGR201, ENGR202, ENGR211, ENGR212, ENGR213 F240L FN225 FW251, FW252L, FW253L, FW254L G148C, G165L, G201L, G202L, G203L GE101, GE102, GE115 GS104L, GS105L, GS106L MTH105, MTH111, MTH112, MTH212, MTH213, MTH231, MTH241, MTH243, MTH244, MTH251, MTH252, MTH253, MTH254, MTH255, MTH256, MTH261 PH104L, PH109CL, PH121, PH122, PH123, PH127, PH201L, PH202L, PH203L, PH211L, PH212L, PH213L L

Lab Science Class

14


EDUCATIONAL OFFERINGS • PROFESSIONAL/ TECHNICAL PROGRAMS • SPECIAL STUDIES • TRANSFER INFORMATION • TRANSFER CURRICULUM 15


Quick Program Reference Guide SUMMER TERM 2005 - SPRING TERM 2006 PAGE

PROGRAM

PROFESSIONAL & TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS PHONE

DEGREE/ CERTIFICATION

ADMISSION CATEGORY

ADMISSION REQUIREMENT** READING/WRITING MATH

Equivalent to completing: 19

Accounting Clerk

503-491-7196

Certificate

Open

*

*

Automotive Technology: 19

DaimlerChrysler CAP

503-491-7016

AAS

Limited

RD90/WR90

MTH20

20

Ford ASSET

503-491-7016

AAS

Limited

RD90/WR90

MTH20

21

Honda PACT

503-491-7016

AAS

Limited

RD90/WR90

MTH20

22

IMPORT

503-491-7016

AAS

Limited

RD90/WR90

MTH20

*

*

23

Business Management:

24

Accounting

503-491-7196

AAS

Open

24

Entrepreneurship & Small Business Management 503-491-7196

AAS

Open

25

Marketing, Management and eBusiness

503-491-7196

AAS

Open

26

Computer Applications Specialist

503-491-7017

AAS/Cert.

Open

*

*

28

Cosmetology - School of Hair Design

503-491-7196

AAS

Restricted

RD90/WR90

MTH10

29

Dental Hygiene

503-491-6070

AAS

Restricted

RD115/WR115

MTH65

30

Early Childhood Education

503-491-6070

AAS

Open

*

*

31

Early Childhood Education

503-491-6070

Certificate

Open

*

*

31

Engineering Technology:

32

Architectural

503-491-7017

AAS/Cert.

Open

RD90/WR90

MTH20

32

Civil

503-491-7017

AAS

Open

RD90/WR90

MTH65

503-491-7017

AAS Option

Open

RD90/WR90

MTH65

503-491-7017

AAS/Cert.

Open

RD90/WR90

MTH65

34

Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management 503-491-7196

Certificate

Open

*

*

35

Environmental Health and Safety

503-491-6081

AAS

Open

*

*

36

Environmental Health and Safety

503-491-6081

Certificate

Open

*

*

36

Fisheries Technology

503-491-6081

AAS

Limited

RD90/WR90

MTH10

33 33

- Environmental Option Mechanical

16


Quick Program Reference Guide SUMMER TERM 2005 - SPRING TERM 2006 PAGE

PROGRAM

PROFESSIONAL & TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS PHONE

DEGREE/ CERTIFICATION

ADMISSION CATEGORY

ADMISSION REQUIREMENT** READING/WRITING MATH

37

Funeral Service Education

503-491-6081

AAS

Restricted

RD90/WR90

MTH60

38

Graphic Design

503-491-7410

AAS

Limited

RD90/WR90

MTH10

39

Hospitality and Tourism Management

503-491-7196

AAS

Open

*

*

40

Hospitality and Tourism Management

503-491-7196

Certificate

Open

*

*

40

Machine Tool Technology

503-491-7016

AAS

Limited

RD 90/WR90

MTH20

42

Medical Assistant

503-491-6070

AAS

Limited

RD90/WR90

MTH10

43

Medical Office Specialist

503-491-6070

AAS

Open

*

*

46

Medical Transcription

503-491-6070

AAS

Open

*

*

47

Mental Health/Human Service

503-491-6070

AAS

Restricted

RD90/WR90

MTH10

48

Mental Health/Human Service Youth Worker

503-491-6070

Certificate

Restricted

RD90/WR90

MTH10

49

Natural Resource Technology–Forest Resources

503-491-6081

AAS

Limited

RD90/WR90

MTH20

50

Natural Resources Technology – Wildlife

503-491-6081

AAS

Limited

RD90/WR90

MTH20

50

Natural Resources Technology

503-491-6081

Certificate

Limited

*

*

51

Nursing

503-491-6070

AAS

Restricted

NA/WR121

MTH95

52

Office Assistant

503-491-7196

Certificate

Open

*

*

53

Office Management/Administrative Assistant

503-491-7196

AAS

Open

*

*

54

Office Software Specialist

503-491-7196

Certificate

Open

*

*

55

Physical Therapist Assistant

503-491-6070

AAS

Restricted

RD115/WR90

MTH20

56

Professional Photography

503-491-7410

AAS

Restricted

RD90/WR115

MTH20

57

Radio Broadcasting

503-491-7410

AAS

Limited

RD90/WR90

MTH10

57

Respiratory Care

503-491-6070

AAS

Limited

RD115/WR115

MTH605

58

Sheet Metal Technology

503-491-7401

AAS

Restricted

*

*

59

Surgical Technology

503-491-6070

AAS

Limited

RD115/WR115

MTH65

60

Television Production Technology

503-491-7410

AAS

Limited

RD90/WR90

MTH20

61

Welding Technology

503-491-7016

Certificate

Open

*

*

*While not required for admissions, please see curriculum page for writing and mathematics skill levels.

**Beginning the 2005-2006 school year.

17


Professional-Technical Education Program Description

Occupational Extension Programs and Courses

Mt. Hood Community College offers selected professional-technical education curricula designed to prepare students for gainful employment. The professional-technical programs serve the community by providing business, industry and the trades with workers who have learned basic skills and competencies.

In addition to the regular professional and technical associate degree and certificate programs designed to prepare students for entry into occupational careers, Mt. Hood Community College offers occupational extension programs. The purpose of these programs is to develop the abilities, skills and attitudes needed to achieve employment stability or advancement.

The objectives of professional-technical education at Mt. Hood Community College are: • To provide pre-employment instruction in the development of manipulative skills and technical knowledge, including emphasis on health, safety, job orientation, business standards and ethics, customer relations, human relations in industry, and the responsibilities of citizenship. • To assist those in need of retraining and readjustment by providing professional-technical offerings to meet changing industrial conditions. • To provide apprenticeship and other skills, technical knowledge, safety and employer-employee relations for those already employed in industry. • To provide professional-technical education students with the opportunity to extend their educational achievements through participation in a program leading to an associate degree. • To contribute to the welfare of the community by providing conscientious, productive, intelligent workers. There are two basic types of professional-technical programs offered by MHCC:

Students enrolled in regular preparatory programs may apply occupational extension courses toward their major upon consent and approval of their program adviser. However, occupational extension programs are not financial aid eligible. The following occupational extension programs and courses are offered, depending upon the availability of fiscal resources: Central Service Technician …………………………Call 503-491-7179 Certified Travel Associate …………………………Call 503-491-7666 Certified Travel Counselor …………………………Call 503-491-7666 Emergency Medical Technician (EMT) ………………Call 503-491-7113 Nursing Assistant …………………………………Call 503-491-7113 Phlebotomy ………………………………………Call 503-491-7506 R.N. Surgical Orientation …………………………Call 503-491-7179 R.N. Reentry to Practice ……………………………Call 503-491-7406

Apprenticeship Mt. Hood Community College works in cooperation with the State Apprenticeship Council and the following Apprenticeship Training Committees: Boeing/IAM ………………………………………… 503-563-0304 Brickmasons/Tilesetters ……………………………… 503-234-3781 Cement Masons ……………………………………… 503-408-8555 Central Electrical ……………………………………… 541-917-6199 Glaziers, Architectural Metal and Glass Workers ………………………………… 503-255-3920 Ironworkers ………………………………………… 503-775-0877 Pacific Inside Electrical ……………………………… 541-756-6997 Plasterers ………………………………………… 503-232-3257 Plumbers/Fitters and Marine Metal Trades ………… 503-691-1997 Roofers and Waterproofers …………………………… 503-232-4807 Sheet Metal ………………………………………… 503-257-1022

The ASSOCIATE of APPLIED SCIENCE DEGREE program provides two years of specialized education designed to prepare the student for career entry: The CERTIFICATE programs are occupation-oriented programs of shorter duration than the associate degree program. Transfer courses may be substituted for general education requirements in many professional-technical associate degree or certificate programs. All transfer course substitutions must be approved by the appropriate associate dean. Professional-technical programs that include related and/or approved electives as part of the curriculum may require approval from the adviser to take such courses PRIOR to registration.

Recognition of Completion

For further information on apprenticeship programs, please call the State Apprenticeship Council at 503-731-4072, located at 800 NE Oregon Street, Portland, Oregon, or contact the Mt. Hood Community College Faculty Advisor, Wendall Johnson at 503-491-7217.

Recognition of Completion is a non-transcripted award granted by Mt. Hood Community College to identify completion of a body of coursework in specific areas. see page Automotive Technology Computer Numerical Control …………………………………… 41 Instructional Assistant ………………………………………… 76 Journalism ……………………………………………………… 86 Legal Administrative Assistant ………………………………… 54 Machine Tool Operator ………………………………………… 42 Medical Billing Specialist/Claims Analyst ……………………… 45 Medical Office Coding …………………………………………… 45 Medical Receptionist …………………………………………… 44 Outdoor Education ……………………………………………… 91 Welding Technology …………………………………………… 61

Alternative Credit 2+2 TECH PREP. Students from high schools that have 2 + 2 Tech Prep program articulation agreements with MHCC may earn credit as outlined in the program agreements. The procedure for earning credit may be through credit by examination or as detailed in the program agreements. Earned credit will be transcripted on the MHCC permanent record. Participation in 2 + 2 Tech Prep does not automatically enroll a person in an MHCC certificate or degree program. MHCC admissions procedures and requirements must still be met. Your local high school can provide interested students with procedures.

18


Accounting Clerk

A career in accounting is for people with above-average mathematical and analytical skills who have good communication skills and want to work in a business environment. Today, more than ever, the accountant/bookkeeper must be a team player. Interacting and working in small groups is encouraged and developed in many of the courses in the accounting programs. Computer skills are also developed throughout the programs and incorporated into courses whenever appropriate.

Certificate Program MHCC Faculty Advisors Jerry Kohler: 503-491-7408 - Room AC 2682 Jim Arnold: 503-491-7468 - Room AC2686

kohlerj@mhcc.edu arnoldj@mhcc.edu

Do you want a career that will provide you continued opportunities for growth and recognize your achievements every step of the way? After completing the third quarter, you will receive the Accounting Clerk certificate recognizing the employable skills you have acquired and documenting your completion of the one-year program.

First Quarter (Fall) BA101 BA131 BA211 BT11S

Anyone with a limited amount of time or funds can get started in this practical, cost effective program. Recent high school graduates who need employable skills in a relatively short period of time, small business owners or prospective small business owners who need the accounting basics and business office skills, and returning students who want retraining into a career that provides continued opportunities for advancement all find this program attractive. Many accounting students work part or full time.

Cr

Introduction to Business........................................ 4 Introduction to Business Computing* ...................... 4 Principles of Accounting I ...................................... 4 Keyboarding/Formatting*(**)................................. 2

14

Second Quarter (Winter) BA177 BA212 BT110 BT116 BT210__ MTH65

Completion of the first quarter prepares you for an entry level office job requiring word processing and data entry skills, use and understanding of a basic accounting system, manual and/or electronic organization and maintenance of office records, as well as a general understanding of business terminology and business math including the use of an electronic calculator.

Payroll Accounting and Payroll Tax Filing Requirements ........................................... 3 Principles of Accounting II..................................... 3 Business Editing.................................................... 3 Business Tools and Techniques ................................ 3 Excel - Level II* .................................................... 1 Beginning Algebra II (or higher)*** ........................ 3

16 Third Quarter (Spring) BA213 BA228 BT218 PSY201 WR121

Completion of the second quarter qualifies you to be among the few job applicants who are prepared to process payroll, meeting all the needs of the employer and the legal reporting requirements. In addition to learning the basic principles and applications of computer technology you will be proficient in using computer spreadsheets, the accountant’s most important computer tool. Business communication skills and the ability to use office computer programs will further strengthen your ability to make a contribution in any business environment.

Principles of Accounting III ................................... 4 Computer Accounting Applications .......................... 3 Records and Information Management .................... 3 General Psychology................................................ 3 English Composition* ............................................. 3

16 * Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog. ** BT121 may be substituted for BT11S and BT210__ Word Processing. *** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

Completion of the one-year program will enable you to help managers use accounting information when making decisions. You will also gain experience in recording accounting transactions which are encountered less frequently and make recommendations when there are reporting options. Your ability to use a commercial accounting software package and apply electronic spreadsheets to various accounting situations will enable you to be efficient as well as knowledgeable.

Note: Students must earn a grade of “C” or better in all Accounting classes in order to be awarded a degree in Accounting Technology or an Accounting Clerk certificate.

The longer you are able to stay in the program the more qualified you will be to assume additional job responsibilities. Many students start the Accounting Clerk program and then decide they want to expand their knowledge and skills and be rewarded for performing even more challenging job responsibilities by earning a two-year degree. Students wanting to pursue a two-year degree must talk to a faculty advisor.

Students interested in pursuing an AAS may select the Business Management - Accounting option, see page 24.

DaimlerChrysler CAP – Automotive Technology

If you plan to transfer to a four-year school you can enroll in the accounting specialty of the Business Administration transfer degree program. You will also have the opportunity to take additional advanced accounting courses to strengthen your preparation for upper-division course work at a university. Consult a faculty advisor for assistance in identifying and selecting courses which may be of most benefit to you.

Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisors Steve Michener: 503-491-7148 - Room IT 52 Mark Lambrecht: 503-491-7111 - Room IT 53

michenes@mhcc.edu lambrecm@mhcc.edu

The DaimlerChrysler College Automotive Program (CAP) provides students with a unique opportunity to earn income while being trained as service technicians for DaimlerChrysler Corporation dealerships (Chrysler, Dodge, and Jeep). The program is designed as a two-year automotive curriculum to develop the technical competency and professionalism of the incoming dealership technician. The CAP program is a two-part experience with training taking place at both Mt. Hood Community College and at the sponsoring DaimlerChrysler dealership.

19


Fourth Quarter

The curriculum leads to an associate degree in Automotive Technology and a certificate of completion from DaimlerChrysler CAP program.

AM280

Aimed at men and women who have a career interest in the automotive industry, this program demands a commitment to both work and study for a two-year period including fall, winter, spring and summer terms both years.

AM251 AM252 AM253 AM254 AM256 AM257 PSY101

DaimlerChrysler dealerships see the students in this program as its “service technicians of the future”. The instructional facilities are equipped with some of the finest and up-to-date equipment available. CAP students have the assurance of industry support and certain employment options for the future. Being accepted in the CAP program means learning the latest automotive technology and being paid for on-the-job experience.

AM280

DaimlerChrysler dealerships will screen qualified applications and select those they wish to sponsor. Once a student has been selected, he or she will begin working at the dealership alternate terms during the two-year training process. Dealers will provide an experienced technician to monitor student work, service uniforms and an hourly wage.

AM152 AM153 AM156 AM157 AM258 AM259 AM270

6

Automatic Transmission Theory ............................... 3 Automatic Transmission Lab ................................... 3 Power Train Theory ................................................ 2 Power Train Lab ..................................................... 1 Automotive Electronics II Theory ........................... 2 Automotive Electronics II Lab ............................... 1 Automotive Project II ............................................ 1 General Education Distribution requirement‡ ........... 3

16

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

6 * Students must complete either: 1) MTH60 and MTH65 or 2) MTH34 and MTH35. ** Mathematics General Education requirement may be satisfied by either MTH65 or a combination of MTH34 and MTH35. Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

Cr

‡ See pages 7-10.

FORD ASSET – Automotive Technology Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program

19

MHCC Faculty Advisor Jerry Lyons: 503-491-7203 - Room IT 35 Mike Ruff: 503-491-7130 - Room IT 41

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

Third Quarter AM132 AM133 AM136 AM137 AM170 AM216 AM217 MTH65

AM280

Internal Combustion Engine Theory ......................... 3 Internal Combustion Engine Lab ............................. 2 Electrical Systems Theory ....................................... 4 Electrical Systems Lab ........................................... 2 Minor Vehicle Services ........................................... 2 Beginning Algebra I or MTH34 ProfessionalTechnical Computation II* ................................. 3 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition ................................ 3

Second Quarter

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

Eighth Quarter

Registration in program classes after the start of the first term may be possible with instructor permission. For interested students, AM100, Automotive Skill Building (1 credit) provides individuals with the fundamental information and skills required to enroll in other CAP program courses before the first day of the 3rd term. For further information, contact a program advisor. To be fully admitted into the program, students must apply for and be accepted into the program for the following academic year.

AM280

15

Seventh Quarter

Applicants to the program are accepted on a limited entry basis after meeting the selection criteria for the program. Applications are available on our web site, http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Once you have read the application packet, if you have questions, please call 503-491-7165.

WR101

Engine Performance II Theory ................................ 3 Engine Performance II Lab .................................... 3 Steering and Suspension Theory.............................. 2 Steering and Suspension Lab ................................. 1 Heating and Air Conditioning Theory ....................... 2 Heating and Air Conditioning Lab ........................... 1 Psychology of Human Relations .............................. 3

Sixth Quarter

The Sponsoring Dealer

First Quarter

6

Fifth Quarter

The CAP Student

AM110 AM111 AM118 AM119 AM120 MTH60

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

6

lyonsj@mhcc.edu ruffm@mhcc.edu

The FORD ASSET Program

Automotive Electronics I Theory ............................ 2 Automotive Electronics I Lab ................................. 1 Brake Systems Theory ............................................ 2 Brake Systems Lab ................................................. 1 Automotive Project I ............................................. 1 Engine Performance I Theory ................................. 3 Engine Performance I Lab ...................................... 2 Beginning Algebra II or MTH35 ProfessionalTechnical Computation III*/** ........................... 3 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 3

The Automotive Student Service Educational Training program (ASSET) provides students with a unique opportunity to earn income while being trained as service technicians for Ford Motor Company’s current and future vehicles. Designed as a two-year automotive curriculum to upgrade the technical competency and professional level of the incoming dealership technician, ASSET is a two-part experience with training taking place at both Mt. Hood Community College and at sponsoring Ford and Lincoln/Mercury dealerships. The curriculum was developed by MHCC in conjunction with Ford Motor Company, and leads to an associate degree in Ford ASSET automotive technology.

18

Aimed at men and women who have a career interest in the automotive industry, ASSET demands a commitment to both work and study for a twoyear period, including fall, winter, spring and summer terms both years.

20


The FORD ASSET Student

Fifth Quarter

Ford Motor Company sees the students in ASSET programs across the nation as its “service technicians of the future.” The finest technical schools have been selected as program sites, and all instructional facilities are equipped with the most up-to-date and professional equipment available. ASSET students have not only the reassurance that a major corporation is placing stock in them by their selection for training, but they also have relatively certain employment options for the future. Being chosen for the ASSET program means learning from Ford-certified instructors and being paid for on-the-job experience.

AMF251 AMF252 AMF253 AMF254 AMF256 AMF257 PSY101

AMF280

Ford and Lincoln/Mercury dealerships in the Portland metropolitan area will screen qualified ASSET applicants and select those they wish to sponsor. Once a student has been selected, he or she will begin working at the dealership alternate terms during the two- year training process. Dealers will provide an experienced technician to monitor student work, service uniforms, and an hourly wage.

AMF152 AMF153 AMF156 AMF157 AMF258 AMF259 AMF270

Registration in program classes after the start of the first term may be possible with instructor permission. For interested students, AM100, Automotive Skill Building (1 credit) provides individuals with the fundamental information and skills required to enroll in other ASSET program courses before the first day of the 3rd term. For further information, contact a program advisor. To be fully admitted into the program, students must apply for and be accepted into the program for the following academic year.

WR101

MTH65

16

AMF280

Ford Dealership Experience ..................................... 6

6 * Students must complete either: 1) MTH60 and MTH65 or 2) MTH34 and MTH35. ** Mathematics General Education requirement may be satisfied by either MTH65 or a combination of MTH34 and MTH35. Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

Cr

‡ See pages 7-10.

19

Ford Dealership Experience ..................................... 6

Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program

6

MHCC Faculty Advisors Steve Michener: 503-491-7148 - Room IT 52 Mark Lambrecht: 503-491-7111 - Room IT 53

Automotive Electronics I Theory ............................ 2 Automotive Electronics I Lab ................................. 1 Brake Systems Theory ............................................ 2 Brake Systems Lab ................................................. 1 Automotive Project I ............................................. 1 Engine Performance I Theory ................................. 3 Engine Performance I Lab ...................................... 2 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies or HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life ...................... 3 Beginning Algebra II or MTH35 ProfessionalTechnical Computation III*/** ........................... 3

Fourth Quarter AMF280

Automatic Transmission Theory ............................... 3 Automatic Transmission Lab ................................... 3 Power Train Theory ................................................ 2 Power Train Lab ..................................................... 1 Automotive Electronics II Theory ........................... 2 Automotive Electronics II Lab ............................... 1 Automotive Project II ............................................ 1 General Education Distribution requirement‡ ........... 3

Honda PACT – Automotive Technology

Third Quarter AMF132 AMF133 AMF136 AMF137 AMF170 AMF216 AMF217 HE252

6

Eighth Quarter

Internal Combustion Engine Theory ......................... 3 Internal Combustion Engine Lab ............................. 2 Electrical Systems Theory ....................................... 4 Electrical Systems Lab ........................................... 2 Minor Vehicle Services ........................................... 2 Beginning Algebra I or MTH34 ProfessionalTechnical Computation II*................................. 3 Workplace Communications I .................................. 3

Second Quarter AMF280

Ford Dealership Experience ..................................... 6

Seventh Quarter

Admission is based on meeting application deadlines and satisfactory completion of criteria. All criteria is described in the application packet. Application packets are available on our web site at http:// www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Once you have read the application packet, if you have questions, please call 503-491-7165.

First Quarter

15

Sixth Quarter

The Sponsoring FORD ASSET Dealer

AMF110 AMF111 AMF118 AMF119 AMF120 MTH60

Engine Performance II Theory ................................ 3 Engine Performance II Lab .................................... 3 Steering and Suspension Theory.............................. 2 Steering and Suspension Lab .................................. 1 Heating and Air Conditioning Theory ....................... 2 Heating and Air Conditioning Lab ........................... 1 Psychology of Human Relations .............................. 3

michenes@mhcc.edu lambrecm@mhcc.edu

The Honda Professional Automotive Career Training (PACT) provides students with a unique opportunity to earn income while being trained as service technicians for American Honda Motor’s Acura and Honda dealerships. The program is designed as a two-year automotive curriculum to develop the technical competency and professionalism of the incoming dealership technician. The PACT program is a two-part experience with training taking place at both Mt. Hood Community College and at the sponsoring Honda dealership. The curriculum leads to an associate degree in Automotive Technology and a certificate of completion from Honda PACT program.

18

Aimed at men and women who have a career interest in the automotive industry, this program demands a commitment to both work and study for a two-year period including fall, winter, spring and summer terms both years.

Ford Dealership Experience ..................................... 6

6

The PACT Student Honda dealerships see the students in this program as its “service technicians of the future”. The instructional facilities are equipped

21


Sixth Quarter

with some of the finest and up-to-date equipment available. PACT students have the assurance of industry support and certain employment options for the future. Being accepted in the PACT program means learning the latest automotive technology and being paid for on-the-job experience.

AM280

AM152 AM153 AM156 AM157 AM258 AM259 AM270

Honda/Acura dealerships will screen qualified applications and select those they wish to sponsor. Once a student has been selected, he or she will begin working at the dealership alternate terms during the twoyear training process. Dealers will provide an experienced technician to monitor student work, service uniforms and an hourly wage. Applicants to the program are accepted on a limited entry basis after meeting the selection criteria for the program. Applications are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Once you have read the application packet, if you have questions, please call 503-491-7165.

WR101

AM280

AM280

AM280

Cr

‡ See pages 7-10.

IMPORT – Automotive Technology Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisors Steve Michener: 503-491-7148 - Room IT 52 Mark Lambrecht: 503-491-7111 - Room IT 53

19

Aimed at men and women who have a career interest in the automotive industry, this program demands a commitment to both work and study for a two-year period including fall, winter, spring, and summer terms both years.

18

The IMPORT Student Import dealerships see the students in this program as its “Service technicians of the future.” The instructional facilities are equipped with some of the finest and up-to-date equipment available. IMPORT students have the assurance of industry support and certain employment options for the future. Being accepted in the IMPORT program means learning the latest automotive technology and being paid for on-the-job experience.

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

6 Fifth Quarter AM251 AM252 AM253 AM254 AM256 AM257 PSY101

michenes@mhcc.edu lambrecm@mhcc.edu

The Individualized Mechanical Program of Repair Technicians (IMPORT) provides students with a unique opportunity to earn income while being trained as service technicians for independent and import manufacturers (Mazda, Nissan, BMW, VW, etc.). The program is designed as a two-year automotive curriculum to develop the technical competency and professionalism of the incoming dealership technician. The IMPORT program is a two-part experience with training taking place at both Mt. Hood Community College and the sponsoring import dealership. The curriculum leads to an associate degree in automotive technology and a certificate of completion in IMPORT auto repair.

6

Automotive Electronics I Theory ............................. 2 Automotive Electronics I Lab.................................. 1 Brake Systems Theory ............................................ 2 Brake Systems Lab ................................................. 1 Automotive Project I ............................................. 1 Engine Performance I Theory ................................. 3 Engine Performance I Lab ...................................... 2 Beginning Algebra II or MTH35 ProfessionalTechnical Computation III*/** ........................... 3 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 3

Fourth Quarter

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

* Students must complete either: 1) MTH60 and MTH65 or 2) MTH34 and MTH35. ** Mathematics General Education requirement may be satisfied by either MTH65 or a combination of MTH34 and MTH35. Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

Third Quarter AM132 AM133 AM136 AM137 AM170 AM216 AM217 MTH65

16 6

Internal Combustion Engine Theory ......................... 3 Internal Combustion Engine Lab ............................. 2 Electrical Systems Theory ....................................... 4 Electrical Systems Lab ........................................... 2 Minor Vehicle Services ........................................... 2 Beginning Algebra I or MTH34 ProfessionalTechnical Computation II* ................................. 3 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition ................................ 3

Second Quarter

Automatic Transmission Theory ............................... 3 Automatic Transmission Lab ................................... 3 Power Train Theory ................................................ 2 Power Train Lab ..................................................... 1 Automotive Electronics II Theory ........................... 2 Automotive Electronics II Lab ............................... 1 Automotive Project II ............................................ 1 General Education Distribution requirement‡ ........... 3

Eighth Quarter

Registration in program classes after the start of the first term may be possible with instructor permission. For interested students, AM100, Automotive Skill Building (1 credit) provides individuals with the fundamental information and skills required to enroll in other PACT program courses before the first day of the 3rd term. For further information, contact a program advisor. To be fully admitted into the program, students must apply for and be accepted into the program for the following academic year.

First Quarter

6

Seventh Quarter

The Sponsoring Dealer

AM110 AM111 AM118 AM119 AM120 MTH60

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

Engine Performance II Theory ................................ 3 Engine Performance II Lab .................................... 3 Steering and Suspension Theory.............................. 2 Steering and Suspension Lab .................................. 1 Heating and Air Conditioning Theory ....................... 2 Heating and Air Conditioning Lab ........................... 1 Psychology of Human Relations .............................. 3

15

22


The Sponsoring Dealer

Seventh Quarter

Independent and Import dealerships will screen qualified applications and select those they wish to sponsor. Once a student has been selected, he or she will begin working at the dealership alternate terms during the two-year training process. Dealers will provide an experienced technician to monitor student work, service uniforms and an hourly wage.

AM152 AM153 AM156 AM157 AM258 AM259 AM270

Applicants to the program are accepted on a limited entry basis after meeting the selection criteria for the program. Applications are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Once you have read the application packet, if you have questions, please call 503-491-7165.

Eighth Quarter AM280

Registration in program classes after the start of the first term may be possible with instructor permission. For interested students, AM100, Automotive Skill Building (1 credit) provides individuals with the fundamental information and skills required to enroll in other IMPORT program courses before the first day of the 3rd term. For further information, contact a program advisor. To be fully admitted into the program, students must apply for and be accepted into the program for the following academic year.

First Quarter AM110 AM111 AM118 AM119 AM120 MTH60 WR101

AM280

Business Management Associate of Applied Science Degree Program with options in: Accounting Marketing, Management and eBusiness Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management

19

Today’s business environment is changing more rapidly and is more competitive than ever. In this environment, it is the business leaders’ skills, attitudes, and leadership abilities that will determine which companies succeed and which fail.

6

Students in the Business Management AAS degree will develop the business skills and managerial “know how” to become valuable assets to any company. The degree offers a core set of courses in accounting, finance, business law, economics, management, marketing, and human resources that will prepare students to enter and succeed in today’s companies. The degree also offers options in Accounting; eBusiness Management and Marketing; and Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management, where students can focus on specific areas of concentration. Students will receive a “leading edge” education with practical application. This program is for you if: • You are already in business seeking to upgrade your skills. • You are a new entrant to the business world. • You want to become an effective business leader.

18 6

Engine Performance II Theory ................................ 3 Engine Performance II Lab .................................... 3 Steering and Suspension Theory.............................. 2 Steering and Suspension Lab .................................. 1 Heating and Air Conditioning Theory ....................... 2 Heating and Air Conditioning Lab ........................... 1 Psychology of Human Relations .............................. 3

Sixth Quarter AM280

‡ See pages 7-10.

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

Fifth Quarter AM251 AM252 AM253 AM254 AM256 AM257 PSY101

Cr

Automotive Electronics I Theory ............................ 2 Automotive Electronics I Lab ................................. 1 Brake Systems Theory ............................................ 2 Brake Systems Lab ................................................. 1 Automotive Project I ............................................. 1 Engine Performance I Theory ................................. 3 Engine Performance I Lab ...................................... 2 Beginning Algebra II or MTH35 ProfessionalTechnical Computation III*/** ........................... 3 Health/Physical Education requirement‡ ................. 3

Fourth Quarter AM280

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

6

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

Third Quarter AM132 AM133 AM136 AM137 AM170 AM216 AM217 MTH65

16

* Students must complete either: 1) MTH60 and MTH65 or 2) MTH34 and MTH35. ** Mathematics General Education requirement may be satisfied by either MTH65 or a combination of MTH34 and MTH35. Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

Internal Combustion Engine Theory ......................... 3 Internal Combustion Engine Lab ............................. 2 Electrical Systems Theory ....................................... 4 Electrical Systems Lab ........................................... 2 Minor Vehicle Services ........................................... 2 Beginning Algebra I or MTH34 ProfessionalTechnical Computation II* ................................. 3 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition ................................ 3

Second Quarter

Automatic Transmission Theory ............................... 3 Automatic Transmission Lab ................................... 3 Power Train Theory ................................................ 2 Power Train Lab ..................................................... 1 Automotive Electronics II Theory ........................... 2 Automotive Electronics II Lab ............................... 1 Automotive Project II ............................................ 1 General Education Distribution requirement‡ ........... 3

Primary Occupations are Business Manager, Administrative/Office Management, Financial Manager, Marketing Manager, and many, many more. Potential Employers are too many to name! From wholesale to retail, from service businesses to financial agencies, from large businesses to your own business, from government agencies to educational systems, the world of exciting career choices are open to you.

15

For employment information, salary information and career choices, please contact the faculty advisors, MHCC’s Career Planning and Counseling Center, or www.qualityinfo.org.

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

6

Curricula follows for each of the three Business Management options.

23


Business Management Accounting

Fifth Quarter (Winter) AC39 BA177

Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisor Jim Arnold: 503-491-7468 - Room AC 2686 Jerry Kohler: 503-491-7408 - Room AC 2682

BA226 BA231

arnoldj@mhcc.edu kohlerj@mhcc.edu

BA215 BA271 HUM202

Students intending to transfer must take MTH111, Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions or above, excluding MTH211. MTH111 credits can be used as approved related electives. 3 Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. 4 Students intending to transfer must take WR121. 5 Electives to be approved by faculty advisor. 2

‡ See pages 7-10. For students interested in the Accounting Clerk program (Certificate), please refer to page 19 in the catalog. For students interested in transfer to a four-year university such as Eastern Oregon University, please consult faculty advisors for information.

Although some companies still require a four-year degree, more and more employers are recognizing that MHCC’s Accounting students have the knowledge and skills to handle their accounting needs.

BA206 BA212 BA223 MTH65 WR121

Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisor Chuck Knocke: 503-491- 6971 - Room AC 2663

knockec@mhcc.edu

Have you ever thought of owning your own business or working for a small business? The Entrepreneurship and Small business Management program will prepare you for self-employment and careers in small business. The program includes instruction and training in evaluating small business ideas and opportunities, developing skills, and understanding the resources necessary to go into business.

15

Business Communications ...................................... 4 Principles of Accounting III ................................... 4 Computer Accounting Applications .......................... 3 Small Business Management ................................... 3

Fourth Quarter (Fall) AC38 BA220 BA222 BA285 EC201

15

Management and Supervisory Fundamentals ............. 3 Principles of Accounting II..................................... 3 Principles of Marketing .......................................... 3 Beginning Algebra II (or higher)2/3‡ ........................ 3 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications4 ............................................... 3

Third Quarter (Spring) BA205 BA213 BA228 BA250

Business Management Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management

Cr

Introduction to Business........................................ 4 Introduction to Business Computing ....................... 4 Principles of Accounting I ...................................... 4 Personal Finance .................................................. 3

Second Quarter (Winter)

Cost Accounting .................................................... 3 Financial Statement Analysis .................................. 3 Age of Technology: Ethics in the Workplace ............. 3 Advisor approved electives5 or WE280BU_ Cooperative Education Internship ....... 6

15

Upon successful completion you will: • have a solid foundation of accounting concepts • have hands-on experience using a computerized commercial accounting package and electronic spreadsheets • be able to process payroll, meeting all the needs of the employer and the legal reporting requirements • be able to analyze financial statements and use accounting information to assist management in becoming more profitable and efficient

First Quarter (Fall)

14

Sixth Quarter (Spring)

Do you want an accounting career but don’t have the time and/or money to get a four-year business degree? As a graduate of MHCC’s Business Management - Accounting AAS Degree Program, you will be able to pass placement agency accounting exams that will enable you to compete for positions as • accounting manager • full-charge bookkeeper • staff accountant • accounts payable manager, etc.

BA101 BA131 BA211 BA218

Intermediate Accounting II .................................... 3 Payroll Accounting and Payroll Tax Filing Requirements .......................................... 3 Introduction to Business Law ................................. 4 Information Technology in Business ........................ 4

As you know, anyone can start a business. The problem, however, is that many people don’t know what’s involved, don’t know the risks and don’t have the skills to start and successfully operate a business or work for an already existing business. At the completion of this program, you will not only have a degree, but you also will have newly developed, practical skills to feel confident that you can start and successfully run a small business.

14

Intermediate Accounting I ..................................... 3 Tax Accounting ..................................................... 3 Finance ................................................................ 3 Leadership and Human Relations ............................. 3 Principles of Economics I (Micro) ............................ 3 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ........... 3

This program is directly focuses on the practical, hands-on aspects of small business. Your success starts here at MHCC.

First Quarter (Fall) BA101 BA131 BA150 BA211

18

Cr

Introduction to Business........................................ 4 Introduction to Business Computing ....................... 4 Developing a Small Business ................................... 3 Principles of Accounting I ...................................... 4

15

24


Business Management - Marketing, Management and eBusiness

Second Quarter (Winter) BA206 BA223 MTH65 WR121

Management and Supervisory Fundamentals ............. 3 Principles of Marketing .......................................... 3 Beginning Algebra II (or higher)2/3‡ ....................... 3 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications4 ............................................... 3 Advisor approved electives5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Third Quarter (Spring) BA200 BA205 BA213 BA250

14

• • • • •

18

sales manager project manager eCommerce program manager human resource manager accounts manager

Students in this program may continue their education through the Eastern Oregon University (EOU) Business Administration program. See faculty advisor for more information about transfer.

Introduction to Business Law ................................. 4 Information Technology in Business ........................ 4 Sales .................................................................... 3 Principles of Economics II (Macro) .......................... 3

Sixth Quarter (Spring) HUM202 BA224

Preparing students to be tomorrow’s business leaders is the goal of this Marketing, Management and eBusiness option. Critical skills in sales and advertising, human resource management and eBusiness will provide career opportunities in this diverse business climate. Thriving in change, flexibility and adaptability are keys to success. This program meets the challenge by offering current content and skills for preparation in careers as

Customer Service and Employee Relations ................ 3 Finance ................................................................ 3 Leadership and Human Relations ............................. 3 Principles of Economics I (Micro) ............................ 3 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ........... 3 Advisor approved electives5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Fifth Quarter (Winter) BA226 BA231 BA238 EC202

MHCC Faculty Advisor David Garlington: 503-491-7467 - Room AC 2687 garlingd@mhcc.edu

Marketing Warfare ................................................. 3 Business Communications ...................................... 4 Principles of Accounting III ................................... 4 Small Business Management ................................... 3

Fourth Quarter (Fall) BA202 BA222 BA285 EC201

Associate of Applied Science Degree Program

15

First Quarter (Fall) BA101 BA131 BA211 BA218

14

Age of Technology: Ethics in the Workplace ............. 3 Human Resource Management ................................. 3 Advisor approved electives5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Advisor approved elective 5 or WE280BU_ Cooperative Education Internship . . . . . . . 6

Second Quarter (Winter) BA206 BA223 MTH65 WR121

15 Students intending to transfer must take MTH111, Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions or above, excluding MTH211. MTH111 credits can be used as approved related electives. 3 Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. 4 Students intending to transfer must take WR121. 5 Electives to be approved by faculty advisor. 2

‡ See pages 7-10.

BA222 BA285 EC201

14

Finance ................................................................ 3 Leadership and Human Relations ............................. 3 Principles of Economics I (Micro) ............................ 3 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ........... 3 Advisor approved electives5 or WE280BU_ Cooperative Education Internship . . . . . . . 5

Fifth Quarter (Winter) BA226 BA231 BA238 BA265

15

Business Communications ...................................... 4 Principles of Accounting III ................................... 4 Advertising in Business .......................................... 3 Small Business Management ................................... 3

Fourth Quarter (Fall)

For students interested in the Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management Certificate, please refer to page 34 in this catalog.

15

Management and Supervisory Fundamentals ............. 3 Principles of Marketing .......................................... 3 Beginning Algebra II (or higher)2/3‡ ....................... 3 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications4 ............................................... 3 Advisor approved electives5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Third Quarter (Spring) BA205 BA213 BA239 BA250

Cr

Introduction to Business........................................ 4 Introduction to Business Computing ....................... 4 Principles of Accounting I ...................................... 4 Personal Finance .................................................. 3

17

Introduction to Business Law ................................. 4 Information Technology in Business ........................ 4 Sales .................................................................... 3 eManagement........................................................ 3

14

25


Sixth Quarter (Spring) BA224 BA267 EC202 HUM202

Most courses may be taken individually and can be taken in any sequence as long as prerequisites are met. This allows you to customize your education but may not qualify you for a degree.

Human Resource Management ................................. 3 eBusiness Project Management ............................... 3 Principles of Economics II ...................................... 3 Age of Technology: Ethics in the Workplace ............. 3 Advisor approved elective5 ..................................... 3

Core Requirements Completing the core requirements gives you a set of skills that makes you a valuable employee in a computerized office. Some students take these classes to ensure their job skills do not become obsolete and to compete effectively in an ever changing job market. Completing the Core Requirements is required if you want to pursue any of the concentration areas that follow.

15 Students intending to transfer must take MTH111, Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions or above, excluding MTH211. MTH111 credits can be used as approved related electives. 3 Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. 4 Students intending to transfer must take WR121. 5 Suggested related electives include: BA212, BA215, MTH243, MTH244, EC203, BT210__ Excel- Level II and Access - Level II 2

As of the 2005-2006 academic year, students must complete a mathematics course (MTH65 or higher, excluding MTH211) to meet the related instruction requirements for the Certificate of Completion. Note, students may not use the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. The coursework must be transcripted before graduation. Please see page 9 for courses that meet this requirement. In all schedule planning, it is important for the student to check the course description for prerequisite information. As of 2004-2005 academic year, the core requirements for Word, Access and Excel courses no longer list BT210__ courses as equivalent classes. BT210__ courses will NOT be considered for catalog exceptions to fulfill these requirements.

‡ See pages 7-10.

Computer Applications Specialist

Take these asap: CIS100 CIS120 CIS120L CIS125DOC CIS140

Certificate/Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisor Robert Buroker: 503-491-6019 - Room AC 2779 burokerb@mhcc.edu Gary DeRoest: 503-491-7339 - Room AC 2783 deroestg@mhcc.edu Paul Morris: 503-491-7303 - Room AC 2778 morrisp@mhcc.edu David Todd, PhD: 503-491-7198 - Room AC 2668 toddd@mhcc.edu

Cr

Computer Careers Exploration ................................. 1 Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3 Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1 Documentation ..................................................... 1 Introduction to Operating Systems ......................... 3

Additional Core Courses (taken before concentration requirements, listed in recommended order of completion) BA101

Computer Applications Specialists work in business and industry to apply personal computer technology in such jobs as help desk operators, PC specialists, network specialists, software support, entry level data base applications developers and programmers, web masters and Internet applications.

CIS125WP CIS125SS CIS125DB CIS125MPA CIS135PA CIS140W CIS144 CIS145A CIS178A CIS178B PSY101

This program is also designed to help people become more productive in their existing jobs or professions. This program adapts to the requirements of the business world and responds to technological changes in the computer industry. Specific class offerings and/or content will change over time. Many of our students are already employed and take classes to improve their job skills. To help them, many of our classes are taught in the evening or on weekends. With careful planning, an entire degree or certificate can be earned this way. If you already have a rewarding career, you may select from these classes to improve your skills in specific areas. The program may be started at any time and you may take as many classes as fit your schedule and goals.

WR121

Introduction to Business or any entrepreneurship management courses ............. 3-4 Word Processing .................................................... 3 Spreadsheet .......................................................... 3 Desktop Database .................................................. 3 MS Project Management ......................................... 1 E-Portfolio Development ........................................ 2 Windows Operating System ..................................... 2 Problem Solving Methodologies .............................. 3 Computer Upgrading and Maintenance ..................... 1 Internet ............................................................... 1 Web Publishing ..................................................... 1 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology ........................... 3 English Composition .............................................. 3

Advanced classes (generally taken after most of the concentration classes):

Program or specific class information: Phone: 503-491-7292.

Information Technology in Business ........................ 4 Capstone Practicum ............................................... 4 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4

To receive a certi���cate, you must complete the Core Requirements plus one of the Concentrations.

BA231 CIS280 WE280CA_

To receive a degree, you must also complete the General Education Requirements and related electives listed on this page. If you complete additional concentrations, you may request a “Letter of Completion” issued by the Technology Division.

Concentrations (see pages 27-28, select one)

47-48

Some of the following concentrations share courses. It is quite possible to tackle additional concentrations after you have completed one, without having to do as many credits as shown, if some of those classes have already been completed.

If you feel that you already know a subject area, your advisor may be able to waive that subject and substitute a course that is more challenging.

26


Computer Applications Specialist Associate Degree

After completion, you will be prepared to seek a CCNA certification offered through many local-area testing centers.

To earn the associate degree, students must complete the requirements for the certificate program plus required additional general education courses and electives to reach a minimum of 90 credits total for graduation. These credits must include as follows:

General Education Requirements and Electives

In addition to the basic core requirements add: CIS151 CIS152 CIS154 CIS278A CIS140U

Cr

Communications: WR121 .................................................... 3 Health and PE requirement‡ ............................................... 3 Mathematics requirement: MTH65 (or higher, excluding MTH211)*‡............................................................ 3 Distribution requirement: WR122 and SP111 ........................ 6 Electives (including CS and CIS)** ............................... 0-11

Pick one of the following: CIS145A Computer Upgrading and Maintenance ..................... 1 CIS188 Wireless Network Concepts and Design .................... 3 CIS284 Network Security Fundamentals .............................. 4

15-26

19-22

* Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. ** Number of electives dependent upon concentration selected.

Data Base and Application Programming Specialist

Data Base Applications Specialists skills go beyond word processing and spreadsheet skills. In today’s corporate climate, data needs to be processed and stored in databases. Relatively few people know how to effectively create and maintain these databases. The area of Database and Application Programming Specialist is a highly skilled occupation. Our classes instruct students in up-to-date theoretical base to assist them in getting off to a solid start. Select from Visual Basic, C++, or JAVA.

‡ See pages 7-10.

PC Support Specialist

PC Support Specialists help others use computers more effectively. They may do so in conjunction with a regular job title, or they may do this full time. Specific skills taught include business skills, “people skills”, operating systems skills and computer support software skills.

In addition to the core requirements add: BA285 CIS225A CIS140U CIS279A CIS279S BT116

In addition to the basic core requirements add: CIS122 CIS122A CIS133SQL CIS133XML CS244

Cr

Leadership and Human Relations ............................. 3 Help Desk Software ............................................... 1 Unix/Linux ........................................................... 3 Novell System Management .................................... 3 Windows Server Operating System ........................... 4 Business Tools and Techniques ................................ 3

Network and Operating Systems Support Specialist

Network and Operating Systems Support Specialists are needed because most businesses depend on computer networks. While some day they may become as simple to use as the phone, that day is not even on the horizon. Companies are clamoring for network specialists. If you have been pressed into service to maintain your company’s network, but are floundering, or if you are looking for a position that is in high demand, consider becoming skilled in this area. To become valuable, you need to also consider taking one of several network certification exams offered by vendors through special testing centers. Some of these require further study. CIS140U CIS151 CIS278A CIS279A CIS279S

Cr

Computer Concepts III ........................................... 4 Program Design - Level 1........................................ 1 Introduction to SQL ............................................... 3 Introduction to XML .............................................. 3 Introduction to Systems Analysis ............................ 3

Choose one sequence: JAVA Language CS133JA JAVA: Design and Programming .............................. 4 CS233JA JAVA: Advanced Topics for Programmers .................. 4 CS234JA JAVA: Networking Topics for Programmers ..................4 or Visual Basic Language: CS133VB Introduction to Microsoft Visual Basic Programming 3 CS233VB Intermediate Microsoft Visual Basic Programming ..... 3 CS234VB Advanced Microsoft Visual Basic Programming .......... 3 or C++ Language: CS161 Computer Science I ................................................ 4 CS162 Computer Science II .............................................. 4 CS260 Data Structures ..................................................... 4

17

In addition to the basic core requirements add:

Cr

Network Fundamentals ........................................... 4 Router Configuration.............................................. 4 LAN/WAN Concepts and Design ............................... 5 Communication Technologies .................................. 2 UNIX/Linux .......................................................... 3

23-26

PC Business Application Support Specialist

Cr

UNIX/Linux .......................................................... 3 Network Fundamentals ........................................... 4 Communication Technologies .................................. 2 Novell System Management .................................... 3 Windows Server Operating System .......................... 4

PC Business Application Support Specialists are needed by companies to assist employees in keeping computer equipment functioning. Businesses also need people who can plan and assist in determining what the next computer system, network, or application software should be. In some organizations this may lead into the position of Systems Analyst. In others, it may be an added responsibility for someone with a primary job in a completely different area. In either case, the person with these skills is valuable.

16

Network Engineer Support Specialist

In addition to the core requirements add:

Network Engineer Support Specialists are needed by companies which are relying more and more on Intra- and Inter-networking. As a specialist, you will be able to help in the planning and construction of a LAN (local area network) and configuration of routers. In today’s technological market, CISCO stands out as the leader in Internet-working hardware. If you are looking for an opportunity that is in high demand, you might want to consider a course of study in network engineering.

AC120 BA264 BA267 CIS278A CS244

Cr

Accounting for Professional Services ....................... 3 eBusiness ............................................................. 3 eBusiness Project Management ............................... 3 Communication Technologies .................................. 2 Introduction to Systems Analysis ............................ 3

14

27


Cosmetology – School of Hair Design

Web Master

The Web Master role continues to grow and shift as the World Wide Web is integrated into the business environment, and it has become clear that there is a definite need for individuals who possess the technical skills and expertise to design, develop and maintain web sites. Several areas of emphasis are available: site development emphasis where the focus is on design and maintenance of actual web pages and sites, programming emphasis where the focus is on the customized software that support web activities, network emphasis where the focus is on internal and external network requirements.

In addition to the core requirements add:

Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisors Lynn D’Angelo: 503-491-7194 - Room AC 2686 dangleol@mhcc.edu Juanita Loveland: 503-491-7499 - Room AC 1168 lovelanj@mhcc.edu

The cosmetology industry is an exciting, adventurous and creative field full of color, fashion, and diversity. The instructors in the MHCC cosmetology program pride themselves in helping students acquire the knowledge and necessary skills to enter the field of hair design, nail technology and facial technology.

Cr

CIS122A Program Design - Level 1........................................ 1 CIS125CS Cascading Style Sheets .......................................... 1 CIS125HTA/B/C HTML - Level 1, 2, and 3 ..................................... 3 CIS133JS JavaScript I .......................................................... 3 CS133PRL CGI Programming with PERL................................... 4 CIS195 Web Development I................................................ 3 Related Web Master electives ................................. 7

Admission is based on meeting application deadlines and satisfactory completion of criteria. Selected applicants will be identified prior to Fall Term, 2005. Admitted students will be assigned a term, either fall, winter, spring or summer, to start the program for this academic year. Application packets are available on our web site at http://www. mhcc.edu/LRadmissions or call 503-491-7506. Once you have read the application packet, if you have questions, please call 503-491-7341.

22

It is recommended, but not required that you select your Related Web Master Electives from a single emphasis area:

The cosmetology program at Mt. Hood Community College offers in-depth instruction and hands-on training in hair design, facial technology (skin care) and nail technology (manicuring and sculptured nails.) Upon completion of the 2300-hour course consisting of lecture, lab, clinic time, general education and related elective classes, the student will be prepared to take the state board examination. After passing this examination, the student will receive a certificate to practice in his/her new career.

Site Development emphasis CIS125PSA Photoshop - Level 1 ............................................... 1 CIS125PSB Photoshop - Level 2 ............................................... 1 CIS125PSC Photoshop - Level 3 ............................................... 1 CIS125DRA Dreamweaver - Level 1 ........................................... 1 CIS125DRB Dreamweaver - Level 2 ........................................... 1 CIS125DRC Dreamweaver - Level 3 ........................................... 1 CIS125DRD Dreamweaver - Level 4 ........................................... 1 CIS125FLA Flash - Level 1 ...................................................... 1 CIS125FLB Flash - Level 2 ...................................................... 1 CIS125FLC Flash - Level 3 ...................................................... 1 CIS125FLD Flash - Level 4 ...................................................... 1 CIS125FWA Fireworks - Level 1 ................................................ 1 CIS125FWB Fireworks - Level 2 ................................................ 1 CIS125FWC Fireworks - Level 3 ................................................ 1

The opportunities in the field of cosmetology are limitless. Depending upon the individual’s skills, self-confidence, attitude, knowledge and creativity, certified cosmetologists can utilize their new skills in a variety of settings. What are the requirements of the job? The cosmetologist should possess a pleasing personality, be a good listener and enjoy working in a service industry. Coordination and finger dexterity as well as the ability to stand for long periods of time are necessary. The cosmetologist must be able to learn new techniques quickly and apply these in their own work.

Programming emphasis CIS125DRD Dreamweaver - Level 4 ........................................... 1 CIS125FLD Flash - Level 4 ...................................................... 1 CS133JA JAVA: Design and Programming ............................... 4 CIS240WS Web Servers .......................................................... 2 CIS295AS ASP and Databases ................................................ 4 CIS295VB VBScript ............................................................... 2

What are the requirements of the program? The program consists of seven consecutive terms with an average of 30 clinic hours per week. After completing the application and satisfying the placement criteria, the student is placed on the admission list. Note: Enrollment in the Cosmetology program requires attendance during the summer.

First Quarter (Fall)

Network emphasis CIS140U UNIX/Linux........................................................... 3 CIS240WS Web Servers .......................................................... 2 CIS278A Communication Technologies .................................. 2 CIS279A Novell Systems Management ................................... 3 CIS279B Internet Security .................................................. 2 CIS279C Internet Firewalls .................................................. 2

COS__ COS__ WR121

Second Quarter (Winter) COS__ COS__ MTH65

15

Beauty Culture Theory* .......................................... 4 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic*................................ 8 Beginning Algebra II (or higher)**‡ ........................ 3

Third Quarter (Spring) COS__ COS__

Cr

Beauty Culture Theory* .......................................... 4 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic*................................ 8 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I .................... 3

15

Beauty Culture Theory* .......................................... 4 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic*................................ 8 Speech elective ..................................................... 3

15

28


Fourth Quarter (Summer) COS__ COS__

12

Fifth Quarter (Fall) COS__ COS__ PSY201

Beauty Culture Theory* .......................................... 4 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic*................................ 8 General Psychology or PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ............... 3

Areas of employment open to dental hygienists include private dental offices or clinics, industrial dental programs, public health, etc. Salaries vary and are commensurate with experience and scope of responsibilities. Opportunities for dental hygienists are excellent, particularly in smaller communities outside of Portland. The personal requirements necessary to succeed as a dental hygienist begin with a strong belief in the importance of good oral health and include an aptitude for the biological sciences. Of prime importance are manual dexterity, high ethical standards, a genuine interest in science and an ability to work with people.

Beauty Culture Theory* .......................................... 4 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic*................................ 8 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 3

15

Seventh Quarter (Spring) COS__ COS__

Employment Opportunities/Personal Aptitude

15

Sixth Quarter (Winter) COS__ COS__

Admission is based on meeting application deadlines and satisfactory completion of criteria. Applications packets are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions or call 503-491-7506 to request a copy. Information sessions are also offered on a regular basis. The information sessions are listed in the application packets. Once you have read the application materials and attended an information session, you may call 503-491-7341 if you have questions about the admission process.

Beauty Culture Theory* .......................................... 4 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic*................................ 8

Beauty Culture Theory* .......................................... 4 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic*................................ 8 Distribution requirement‡ (chosen from PSY, SOC or ART) ............................ 3

NOTE: Prior to entry into the Dental Hygiene program, students must satisfactorily complete CH104, CH105 and CH106, or the equivalent, as well as selected high school level coursework. CH104 must be completed prior to the application deadline. During the program students must maintain a C grade or better in all dental hygiene courses to progress and to be recommended for dental hygiene licensure examinations.

15 * COS10 and COS11 are offered only Fall and Spring terms. COS12 - COS19 are offered all terms. COS10 - COS19 must be taken in sequence. COS20 and COS21 are offered Summer term; COS22 and COS23 are offered Winter term. COS20 - COS23 are not sequential and are taken in the term they are offered. Course placement is based on the term in which a student begins and the student must see the program advisor for placement. ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

Although BI121 and BI122 is the anatomy and physiology sequence currently required, students are encouraged to enroll in BI231, BI232 and BI233. This more advanced series fulfills the anatomy and physiology requirement and may transfer more readily for advanced degrees. All classes outside the core curriculum (those not preceded by DH) except general pathology may be taken prior to admission to the Dental Hygiene program.

Electives

Students who used the College Placement Test (CPT) to demonstrate mathematics proficiency for program admission as of 2004 – 2005 will not meet the general education requirement for the Associate of Applied Science Degree. Three credits of a mathematics course (MTH65 or higher, excluding MTH211) must be transcripted before graduation. Please see pages 7-10 for more details about the general education requirements of the Applied Associate of Science Degree. To receive points on your application a 100-level or higher mathematics course must be completed (excluding MTH211).

In selecting Speech, or Health and Physical Education, or distribution electives, the student may consult with the program advisor. Examples of approved electives are: Health and Physical Education: HE252, HE253 Distribution: ART115, ART116, ART117, any PSY, any SOC, or Foreign Language Speech: SP100, SP111, SP112, SP114, SP115, SP218 ‡ See pages 7-10.

Please check the MHCC website for any curricular changes that have occured since the catalog was published.

Dental Hygiene

First Quarter DH111 DH112 DH113 BI121 BI234 WR121

Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisor Teresa H. Tong: 503-491-7691 - Room AC 2726

tongt@mhcc.edu

The Dental Hygiene program at Mt. Hood Community College is six quarters in length, leading to an associate degree. Academic instruction in basic and dental sciences is integrated with instruction in dental hygiene therapy, dental procedures, and work in clinical settings to provide a total learning experience for the dental hygiene student. Having completed the program and passed National and Regional Board examinations for dental hygienists, the graduate can be licensed to practice. Some institutions and agencies require a baccalaureate degree for employment. To this end, many courses in the Mt. Hood Community College dental hygiene curriculum are transferable to fouryear colleges and can be applied toward a bachelor’s degree.

Second Quarter DH121 DH122 DH123 DH124 DH125 BI122

Cr

Introduction to Dental Hygiene .............................. 2 Principles of Clinical Dental Hygiene ....................... 3 Dental/Oral Anatomy ............................................. 2 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I ........ 4 Microbiology ......................................................... 4 English Composition .............................................. 3

18

Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory I ............................. 2 Dental Hygiene Clinic I .......................................... 3 Oral Histology/Embryology ..................................... 1 Oral Radiology I .................................................... 3 General Pathology ................................................. 3 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II ....... 4 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 1

17

29


Third Quarter DH131 DH132 DH134 DH135 DH136 DH137 SP111

Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory III .......................... 1 Dental Hygiene Clinic III........................................ 5 Expanded Functions............................................... 2 Periodontology for Dental Hygienists I .................... 2 Dental Materials .................................................... 2 Community Dental Health....................................... 2 Local Anesthesia ................................................... 2 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 1

SOC204 WR123

Please check the MHCC website for any curricular changes that have occured since the catalog was published.

First Quarter ECE131 ECE140 ECE145 ECE156 WE280CD_

Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory IV ........................... 1 Dental Hygiene Clinic IV ........................................ 5 Public Health and Dental Research .......................... 2 Periodontology for Dental Hygienists II................... 2 Nutrition .............................................................. 4 General Psychology................................................ 3

Second Quarter ECE150 ECE152 ECE156 ECE160 ECE170 WE280CD_

Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory V ............................. 1 Dental Hygiene Clinic V .......................................... 5 Ethics and Jurisprudence........................................ 2 Practice Management and Dental Hygiene Issues .................................................. 2 General Sociology.................................................. 3 English Composition: Research ................................ 3 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 1

Curriculum: Play .................................................... 3 Creative Explorations ............................................. 3 Cooperative Planning Seminar II* ........................... 1 Interpersonal Skills ............................................... 2 Health, Safety, and Nutrition.................................. 2 Cooperative Education Internship*.......................... 3

Third Quarter ECE123 ECE144 ECE147 ECE157 MTH65

17 ‡ See pages 7-10.

ECE156 ECE225 ECE236 ECE244 ECE246 WE280CD_

Associate of Applied Science Degree Program whitee@mhcc.edu heidemac@mhcc.edu

The Early Childhood Education program prepares students to work with children from birth through school age in both public and private school settings. This program is designed for persons of all ages and backgrounds, with special attention given to individual student needs and abilities. A two-year program leading to an associate degree is available. Graduates are trained to work in a variety of educational and child-care settings, including nursery school, pre-school, day care, private kindergarten, and as para-professionals in the public schools. Course work and practical work experience emphasize knowledge of normal growth and development, guidance skills with young children, and the planning and directing of activities for children which foster positive intellectual, social, emotional and physical growth and development.

14-15

Cooperative Planning Seminar III* .......................... 1 Infant/Toddler Curriculum ...................................... 2 Curriculum: Social-Emotional .................................. 3 Observation for Curriculum Development ................. 3 Parent/Family Relations ......................................... 2 Cooperative Education Internship*.......................... 3 Distribution requirement‡ ..................................... 3

Fifth Quarter ECE156 ECE224 ECE231 ECE237 ECE245 WE280CD_

14

Early Childhood Literature and Language ................. 2 Observation of Young Children ................................ 3 Infant/Toddler Caregiving ...................................... 3 Sensory Motor ....................................................... 3 Beginning Algebra II (or higher)**‡ ..................... 3-4

Fourth Quarter

Early Childhood Education MHCC Faculty Advisors Ellen White: 503-491-6985 - Room EC 22 Chris Heideman: 503-491-7129 - Room AC2767 or EC16

Cr

Child Development................................................. 3 Introduction to Early Childhood Education ............... 2 Techniques of Positive Guidance ............................. 3 Cooperative Planning Seminar I*............................. 1 Cooperative Education Internship* ......................... 3 Communications requirement‡ ................................ 3

15

17

Sixth Quarter DH231 DH232 DH233 DH234

Early Childhood Education options include certificate and AAS programs. Consult ECE program advisors regarding your individual needs.

17

Fifth Quarter DH221 DH222 DH223 DH224 FN225 PSY201

With or without accommodation, students must fulfill the program competencies for practicum experiences with young children. The safety and well-being of children is always of primary importance. Certificate and degree candidates should anticipate practicum settings with physical, emotional and mental challenges. Students with questions about the nature of the program should arrange for an individual appointment with a program advisor.

18

Fourth Quarter DH211 DH212 DH213 DH214 DH215 DH216 DH217

Enrollment in the early childhood classes is open to all interested students, whether attending school full- or part-time. However, only a limited number of practicum opportunities is available and enrollment in this aspect of the program are available only with consent of the program faculty. Many of the courses also are excellent for parents and others who work with young children.

Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory II ............................ 1 Dental Hygiene Clinic II ......................................... 3 Oral Radiology II ................................................... 2 Oral Pathology ...................................................... 2 Pharmacology ....................................................... 3 Head and Neck Anatomy ......................................... 4 Fundamentals of Public Speaking or SP100 Basic Speech Communication .................... 3

17

Cooperative Planning Seminar IV* ........................... 1 Early Childhood Math and Science ........................... 2 Child Development: Theory to Practice .................... 3 Curriculum: Physical/Motor .................................... 3 Guiding Challenging Children .................................. 2 Cooperative Education Internship*.......................... 3 Health & Physical Education requirement‡ ............... 3

17

30


Sixth Quarter ECE156 ECE238 ECE260 PSY235 WE280CD_

* ECE156 and WE280CDA must be taken concurrently. Level I seminar and co-op may be taken Fall or Winter term. Level II seminar and co-op may be taken Winter or Spring term. ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

Cooperative Planning Seminar V* ............................ 1 Curriculum: Cognition ............................................ 3 Values and Issues in Early Childhood Education ........ 2 Human Development: I: Infancy-Adolescence ........... 3 Cooperative Education Internship* ......................... 3 Distribution requirement‡ ...................................... 3

‡ See pages 7-10.

15

Special opportunities for teachers and caregivers - Learn while you earn!

* ECE156 and WE280CD must be taken concurrently. Level I seminar and co-op may be taken Fall or Winter term. Level II seminar and co-op may be taken Winter or Spring term. ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

Non-traditional credit can help you earn a degree or certificate while you’re working in early childhood education. You must have completed 12 credits at MHCC to be eligible. Your prior training and current job experience may provide the knowledge needed to successfully challenge a course. An ECE faculty advisor will work individually with you to outline a degree path using a combination of traditional classes, on-site evaluation of your teaching and caregiving experience and non-traditional credit for prior learning. • Get credit for what you know. • Cut the time required to earn your college degree. • Maintain your employment.

Students must successfully complete 1st year classes/certificate coursework prior to admission to 2nd year classes. Program advisors will determine individual eligibility. ‡ See pages 7-10.

Early Childhood Education Certificate Program MHCC Faculty Advisors Ellen White: 503-491-6985 - Room EC 22 Chris Heideman: 503-491-7129 - Room AC2767 or EC16

Non-traditional credit can provide the flexibility you need to make your dream of a college degree a reality!

whitee@mhcc.edu

(All students must successfully complete coursework and practicum competencies required for graduation. College and program requirements apply.)

heidemac@mhcc.edu

Successful completion of the curriculum for a one-year certificate allows a student to move into the second year of the Associate of Applied Science Degree (AAS). (Students must complete with a C grade average.) A one-year certificate prepares a student to enter the field of early childhood education as a teacher, or assistant teacher in child care centers and private preschools or as a nanny.

Engineering Technology Architectural, Civil, or Mechanical…

Please check the MHCC website for any curricular changes that have occured since the catalog was published.

First Quarter ECE131 ECE140 ECE145 ECE156 WE280CD_ WR101

Cr

Engineering Technology is a professional technical career that involves the practical application of science and mathematics along with engineering knowledge, methods, and skills to support activities in design, manufacturing and construction. Engineering technicians provide a critical link between design professionals and craftspeople doing the work. Employment opportunities exist for men and women in this growing, fast-paced, and ever-evolving occupation. Mt. Hood Community College offers Associate in Applied Science degrees in three areas of specialization which are Architectural, Civil, and Mechanical Engineering Technology.

Child Development................................................. 3 Introduction to Early Childhood Education ............... 2 Techniques of Positive Guidance ............................. 3 Cooperative Planning Seminar I*............................. 1 Cooperative Education Internship* ......................... 3 Workplace Communications or WR121 English Composition ................................ 3

15 Second Quarter ECE150 ECE152 ECE156 ECE160 ECE170 WE280CD_

Curriculum: Play .................................................... 3 Creative Explorations ............................................. 3 Cooperative Planning Seminar II* ........................... 1 Interpersonal Skills ............................................... 2 Health, Safety, and Nutrition.................................. 2 Cooperative Education Internship*.......................... 3 Human Relations requirement‡ ............................... 3

Emphasis is “hands on” experience with much of the coursework focusing on common tasks that technicians actually will do in industry on a day-to-day basis. Skills and abilities expected of a technician participating in engineering related fields include: computer literacy, problem solving, critical thinking, communication, flexibility, and the ability to work in teams. With the tremendous range of jobs related to engineering technology, some employers may require only a few of these skills where others may need all of them and more.

17

Listed below are the requirements for all three degrees offered. Questions may be directed to the program advisor as listed for each engineering degree.

Third Quarter ECE123 ECE144 ECE147 ECE157 MTH65

Early Childhood Literature and Language ................. 2 Observation of Young Children ................................ 3 Infant/Toddler Caregiving ...................................... 3 Sensory Motor ....................................................... 3 Beginning Algebra II (or higher)**‡ ..................... 3-4

14-15

31


Architectural Engineering Technology Degree

* If a related elective is to be taken instead of ART115, it is suggested that HPE295 be taken in the first quarter and the related elective be taken in the fifth quarter. Related electives listed on page 34. ** MTH60, 80, 85 may be substituted for MTH95, 111, 112 for Certificate only. *** WR101 and WR102 may be substituted for WR121 and WR122. **** ET161 and ET162 may be substituted for ET154. ET163 and ET164; or ET175, ET176, ET177, and ET179 may be substituted for ET204.

(One-year certificate also available)

MHCC Faculty Advisor Mike Brayson: 503-491-7118 - Room AC 2681

braysonm@mhcc.edu

This degree focuses on engineering technology as it relates to the design and construction of buildings. Many opportunities exist in the construction industry which include; building design, construction management, inspection, quality control, materials sales, and technical support. Architectural engineering technicians could find employment with structural design firms, general and specialty contractors, and engineered component manufacturers. Job opportunities also exist in various parts of federal, state and local government. The AET program also offers a one-year certificate for those successfully completing the first three terms of the two-year AAS degree. Contact the AET advisor for more information.

First Quarter ET120 ET123 ART115 MTH95 WR121

ET231 ET240 ET261 HPE295

First Quarter ET120 ET123 CIS120 CIS120L MTH95

17

WR121

17-18

ET154 HPE295 MTH111 WR122

14-15

13

Project Design II ................................................... 3 Mechanics of Soils ................................................. 3 Structures ............................................................ 4 Site Development .................................................. 3 Cooperative Education Internship or Related elective ........................................ 3-4

17

Civil CAD .............................................................. 3 Plane Surveying .................................................... 4 Pre-Calculus II: Trigonometry/Geometry .................. 5 Technical Report Writing ........................................ 3

Fourth Quarter ET200 ET204 ET221 PH201

18

Computer Aided Design I* ...................................... 3 Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ...................... 5 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 Human Relations‡ ................................................. 3

Third Quarter ET142 ET150 MTH112 WR227

Cr

Architectural Drawing ........................................... 3 Introduction to Engineering Technology ................. 3 Computer Concepts I ............................................. 3 Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1 Intermediate Algebra with Right Triangle Trigonometry .................................................... 5 English Composition .............................................. 3

Second Quarter

Basic Strengths of Materials ................................... 4 Project Design I .................................................... 3 Concrete Construction Design ................................. 3 Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3

Sixth Quarter ET250 ET262 ET263 ET265 WE280ET_

17-18

Computer Aided Design II**** ................................ 3 Statics ................................................................. 4 General Physics I or CH104 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I or G201 Principles of Geology ............................. 4-5 Social Sciences/Humanities distribution requirement‡ .................................. 3

Fifth Quarter

kenneyb@mhcc.edu

The field of civil engineering is the most visible of the engineering disciplines. The highways and streets we drive on; the airports, harbors, and railroads that connect our country; the water and sewer systems that protect our health; and the dikes and dams that protect our property are all the product of the civil engineering team. The civil engineering team also supports the work of architects by designing building sites, foundations and the structural framework on which the actual building is constructed. Typical job titles for this degree include civil engineering technician, survey technician, design drafter, construction inspector and materials technician.

Architectural CAD Drawing ..................................... 3 Plane Surveying or Related Elective ..................... 3-4 Pre-Calculus II: Trigonometry/Geometry** .............. 5 General Psychology................................................ 3 Technical Report Writing ........................................ 3

Fourth Quarter ET204 ET221 PH201

MHCC Faculty Advisor Bill Kenney: 503-491-7690 - Room AC 2667

Cr

Practical Descriptive Geometry ............................... 3 Computer Applications in Engineering Technology .... 3 Computer Aided Design I**** ................................. 3 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions** ................... 5 English Composition: Critical Thinking*** ................ 3

Third Quarter ET130 ET150 MTH112 PSY201 WR227

Civil Engineering Technology Degree

Architectural Drawing ............................................ 3 Introduction to Engineering Technology ................. 3 Basic Design I or Related Elective* ...................... 3-4 Intermediate Algebra with Right Triangle Trigonometry** ................................................. 5 English Composition*** ......................................... 3

Second Quarter ET135 ET144 ET154 MTH111 WR122

‡ See pages 7-10.

15

Route Surveying .................................................... 4 Computer Aided Design II* .................................... 3 Statics ................................................................. 4 General Physics I or CH104 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I ................. 4-5

15-16

16-17

32


Fifth Quarter

Fifth Quarter

ET222 ET231 FT228

ET222 ET231 FT228 EHS201

MTH241

Fluid Mechanics..................................................... 3 Basic Strengths of Materials ................................... 4 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems ............................................................ 3 Elementary Calculus or MTH243 Probability and Statistics I or MTH251 Calculus I ......................... 4 Related elective .................................................... 3

16

Sixth Quarter ET262 Mechanics of Soils ................................................. 3 ET265 Site Development .................................................. 3 EHS230 Pollution Prevention.............................................. 3 HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3 Related Elective .................................................... 3

17

Sixth Quarter ET232 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Design ............................ 3 ET262 Mechanics of Soils ................................................. 3 ET263 Structures or Related elective................................. 4 ET265 Site Development .................................................. 3 Social Sciences/Humanities distribution requirement‡.......3

15

16

* ET154 may be substituted for ET161 and ET162. ** ET163 and ET164 may be substituted for ET204.

* ET161 and ET162 may be substituted for ET154. ET163 and ET164 may be substituted for ET204.

‡ See pages 7-10.

‡ See pages 7-10.

Mechanical Engineering Technology Degree

Civil Engineering Technology - Environmental MHCC Faculty Advisor Bill Kenney: 503-491-7690 - Room AC 2667

(One-year certificate also available)

MHCC Faculty Advisor Troy Donaldson: 503-491-7681 - Room AC 2579

kenneyb@mhcc.edu

The field of civil engineering is the most visible of the engineering disciplines. The highways and streets we drive on; the airports, harbors, and railroads that connect our country; the water and sewer systems that protect our health; and the dikes and dams that protect our property are all the product of the civil engineering team. The environmental option will provide preparation that allows the civil engineering technician to support civil engineers in the environmental issues related to all areas of city, county and state infrastructure.

First Quarter ET123 CIS120 CIS120L CH104 MTH95

ET142 ET150 CH170 MTH112 WR227

MTH251

First Quarter

17

ET122 ET123 HPE295 MTH95 WR121

ET135 ET144 ET154 MTH111 WR122

ET132 MTH112 PSY201 WR227

Computer Aided Design II** ................................... 3 Statics ................................................................. 4 Environmental Health and Safety Regulations I ........ 3 Environmental Science II: Introduction to Environmental Engineering ............................. 4 Calculus I ............................................................. 4

17

Practical Descriptive Geometry ............................... 3 Computer Applications in Engineering Technology .... 3 Computer Aided Design I**..................................... 3 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions* ..................... 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

Third Quarter

18

Cr

Engineering Drawing.............................................. 3 Introduction to Engineering Technology ................. 3 Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3 Intermediate Algebra with Right Triangle Trigonometry*................................................... 5 English Composition .............................................. 3

Second Quarter

16

Civil CAD ............................................................. 3 Plane Surveying .................................................... 4 Environmental Chemistry ....................................... 4 Pre-Calculus II: Trigonometry/Geometry .................. 4 Technical Report Writing ........................................ 3

Fourth Quarter ET204 ET221 EHS101 ESR271

Cr

Beginning 2-D Autocad*......................................... 2 Intermediate 2-D Autocad* .................................... 2 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry II ............ 5 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ...................... 4 English Composition .............................................. 3

Third Quarter

troy@mhcc.edu

This degree focuses on technicians for entry in various engineering support activities required by industry. These courses give students experience in mechanical design at a technician level. Included in the scope of many courses is the use of state of the art computeraided design equipment (CAD). MET students could find employment in any type of manufacturing thus creating a wide variety of job possibilities such as an engineering technician, drafter, and CAD technician in light to heavy product design industries. Typical employers would be manufacturers of material handling equipment, transportation equipment, medical equipment, recreation equipment and materials testing. The MET program also offers a one-year certificate for those successfully completing the first three terms of the two-year AAS degree. Contact the MET advisor for more information.

Introduction to Engineering Technology ................. 3 Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3 Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry I ............. 5 Intermediate Algebra with Right Triangle Trigonometry .................................................... 5

Second Quarter ET161 ET162 CH105 MTH111 WR121

Fluid Mechanics..................................................... 3 Basic Strengths of Materials ................................... 4 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems...... 3 Environmental Health and Safety Regulations II ....... 3 Human Relations requirement‡ ............................... 3

16

Engineering CAD Drawing ....................................... 3 Pre-Calculus II: Trigonometry/Geometry* ................ 4 General Psychology................................................ 3 Technical Report Writing ........................................ 3

13

18

33


Fourth Quarter ET204 ET221 BA285 PH201

15

Fifth Quarter ET222 ET231 ET234 ET240 MFG212

‡ See pages 7-10.

Fluid Mechanics or PH202 General Physics II ................................ 3-5 Basic Strengths of Materials ................................... 4 Engineering Economics .......................................... 3 Project Design 1 .................................................... 3 CAM Concepts I ..................................................... 4

Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management

17-19

knockec@mhcc.edu

Sixth Quarter ET250 WE280ET_ SP111

For other approved Engineering transfer, Computer Science or Physical Science courses, see program advisor for details (CET) Approved Computer Science courses (AET, MET)

Computer Aided Design II....................................... 3 Statics ................................................................. 4 Leadership and Human Relations ............................. 3 General Physics I ................................................... 5

Certificate Program MHCC Faculty Advisor Chuck Knocke: 503-491-6971 – Room AC 2663

The Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management Program will help to prepare you to develop and successfully operate your own business. Students learn how to find and evaluate business opportunities. They will learn the necessary steps in registering and forming a business, as well as how to successfully manage and operate it. You will be able to answer these questions: • What is it like to own and operate your own business? • Would you like to start and operate a business from your own home? • How do you find and evaluate small business opportunities? • Would you like to learn about franchising? • Would you like to learn how to start and develop a business of you own? • What is actually involved in operating a small business? • What are the risks and rewards of being your own boss? • What are the important skills involved in operating a successful small business of your own?

Project Design II ................................................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ......................................3 Related elective .................................................... 6

16 * MTH60, 80, 85 may be substituted for MTH95,111,112 for Certificate only. ** ET161 and ET162 may be substituted for ET154.

Engineering Technology Related Electives The following is a list of pre-approved related electives for the programs indicated. The program advisor for the degree being sought must approve other related electives. ART115 Basic Design I (MET) ART117 Basic Design III (AET) ART291 Sculpture I (AET) CH104 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I (AET, MET) CH151 Basic Chemistry (MET) CH170 Environmental Chemistry (CET) CIS122A Program Design (CET) CIS125DB (CET) CIS133SQL Introduction to SQL (CET) EHS171 Envr. Sci I: Chemistry of Hazardous Materials (CET) ESR271 Envr. Sci II: Intro to Envir. Engineering (CET) ET134 Remodeling and Addition Design (AET) ET161 Beginning 2-D AutoCAD (AET, MET) ET162 Intermediate 2-D AutoCAD (AET, MET) ET163 3-D AutoCAD (AET, MET) ET164 Menus and Lisp AutoCAD (AET, MET) ET170 AutoCAD 2000 Layouts, Features and Tools (AET, MET) ET175 AutoCAD 3-D Views & Coordinate Systems (AET, MET) ET176 AutoCAD 3-D Modeling I - Surfaces (AET, MET) ET177 AutoCAD 3-D Modeling II - Solids (AET, MET) ET178 AutoCAD Rendering (AET, MET) ET179 AutoCAD Customization (AET, MET) ET222 Fluid Mechanics (AET, MET) ET232 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Design (AET) FT228 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems (AET) G201 Principles of Geology (AET, MET) GE101 Engineering Orientation (CET) GE102 Engineering Computations (CET) MFG134/MFG135 Metallurgy Theory and Lab (MET) MTH241 Elementary Calculus (AET, MET) WE280CE Cooperative Education Internship (CET)

Students enrolling in the Certificate program are expected to be interested in starting their own business within a short period of time. They most likely would already have a set of skills or interests that they want to use to start and operate their own business or franchise. For those students who want more education or training in a customdesigned program, they should investigate the two-year associates degree in Business Management - Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management. All of the courses in the one-year certificate program are necessary in the two-year degree program. Therefore, it is easy for a student who gets a one-year certificate to decide to go on for a two-year degree.

First Quarter (Fall) BA101 BA131 BA150 BA202 WR121

Second Quarter (Winter) BA205 BA206 BA211 BA226 BA250

Cr

Introduction to Business........................................ 4 Introduction to Business Computing ....................... 4 Developing a Small Business ................................... 3 Customer Service and Employee Relations ................ 3 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I .................... 3

17

Business Communications ...................................... 4 Management and Supervisory Fundamentals ............. 3 Principles of Accounting I ...................................... 4 Introduction to Business Law ................................. 4 Small Business Management ................................... 3

18

34


Third Quarter (spring)

Third Quarter

BA200 BA222 BA238 HUM202 MTH65

EHS171

Marketing Warfare ................................................. 3 Finance ................................................................ 3 Sales .................................................................... 3 Age of Technology: Ethics in the Workplace ............. 3 Beginning Algebra II (or higher)*‡.......................... 3

ESR285 BI102 CH170 WR122

15

Environmental Science I: Chemistry of Hazardous Materials....................................... 3 Safety and Health Standards and Laws ..................... 3 General Biology II3 ................................................ 4 Environmental Chemistry ....................................... 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

Fourth Quarter

* Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

EHS221

‡ See pages 7-10.

EHS225 ESR271

Environmental Health and Safety

CIS120 CIS120L

Environmental Safety I: Emergency Response Planning............................................. 4 Human and Environmental Toxicology ...................... 3 Environmental Science II: Introduction to Environmental Engineering ................................. 4 Computer Concepts I4............................................. 3 Computer Concepts Lab I4....................................... 1 Approved electives5 ............................................ 2-3

Associate of Applied Science Degree Program

17-18

MHCC Faculty Advisor Dr. Javid Mohtasham: 503-491-7440 - Room AC 2571 mohtashj@mhcc.edu

Fifth Quarter EHS201

The Environmental Health and Safety program provides students a basic understanding of the environmental health and safety issues. The technical nature of this field requires basic courses in math and chemistry in order to understand and work more effectively in this field. The program includes lectures, class projects, and an internship. The curriculum would be suitable for high school graduates, people now working in industry in the areas of occupational safety and health, or environmental management, and those with no related job experience wanting to change careers. Persons assigned new duties in this area may find individual courses will fulfill their needs for continuing professional education. Students completing an Associate’s Degree in the EHS program may transfer to several different four-year schools for the Bachelor of Science degree in different environmental fields. Interested students should contact the program advisor for additional information.

EHS222 WE280EV_

Environmental Health and Safety Regulations II .................................................. 3 Environmental Safety II: Environmental Auditing ........................................................... 4 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4 Human Relations requirement‡ ............................... 3 Approved electives5 ............................................ 2-3

Sixth Quarter EHS230 EHS243 WE280EV_

13-14

The Environmental Health and Safety program prepares students for well paid jobs in the growing fields of environmental health and safety. Small to large companies have the need for at least one person responsible for environmental health and/or safety issues. Employment in the environmental field include such jobs as program managers, regulatory officers, auditors, field and lab technicians, scientists, researchers, educators, and trainers. Employment in the health and safety field include such jobs as safety technicians, safety officers, accident investigators, industrial hygienists, risk managers, program developers, and program managers.

First Quarter EHS101 CH104 MTH95

EHS143 ESR281 BI101 CH105 WR121

Any two 200 or higher level chemistry courses may be substituted for CH104 and CH105. 2 Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. 3 Any two 200 level biology courses may be substituted for BI101 and BI102. 4 Higher level Math or Computer Science course may be substituted. 5 EHS154, EHS155, and EHS156; student must have advisor approval to select other options. 1

Cr

Introduction to Environmental Health and Safety ........................................................ 2 Environmental Health and Safety Regulations I ........ 3 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I* .......... 5 Intermediate Algebra with Right-Triangle Trigonometry or MTH111 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions2 ....................................... 5 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ........ 3

Second Quarter

16-17

Sustainable Business Practice ................................ 3 Environmental Science Lab II: Introduction to Instrumental Analysis ....................................... 4 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4 Approved electives5 ............................................ 2-3

What are the Possibilities for Employment?

EHS100

17

Note: Students who are pursuing an AAS degree in the EHS Program, are entitled to receive the certification for the 40-hour HAZWOPER (EPA 165.1) training without additional cost. ‡ See pages 7-10.

18

Environmental Science Lab I: EPA Methodology Labs and Sampling ......................... 3 Elements of Industrial Hygiene ............................... 3 General Biology I3 ................................................. 4 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry II* ......... 5 English Composition .............................................. 3

18

35


Environmental Health and Safety

Fisheries Technology Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program

Certificate Program

MHCC Faculty Advisors Tom Worcester: 503-491-7330 - Room AC 2570 Todd Hanna: 503-491-7163 - Room HF 13

MHCC Faculty Advisor Dr. Javid Mohtasham: 503-491-7440 - Room AC 2571 mohtashj@mhcc.edu

Students may earn a certificate in Environmental Health and Safety. The curriculum would be suitable for people now working in industry in the areas of environmental management or occupational safety and health, or anyone interested in entering this field. Students may find this option a beginning point for the associate degree program.

Basic Course Requirements EHS100 EHS101 EHS171 EHS201 ESR281 CIS120 CIS120L CH104 CH170 MTH95

PSY101 WR121

The purpose of the two-year Fisheries Technology AAS degree curriculum is to prepare students for successful careers with private, federal or state agencies as a fish culturist and/or a fishery technician. Over and above such required work as fish biology, fish husbandry and fishery techniques, a significant portion of the program will provide hands-on experience through field and propagation projects, including operations in the campus fish hatchery.

Cr

Introduction to Environmental Health and Safety ........................................................ 2 Environmental Health and Safety Regulations I ........ 3 Environmental Science I: Chemistry of Hazardous Materials....................................... 3 Environmental Health and Safety Regulations II ....... 3 Elements of Industrial Hygiene ............................... 3 Computer Concepts I* ............................................ 3 Computer Concepts Lab I* ...................................... 1 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I ............ 5 Environmental Chemistry ....................................... 4 Intermediate Algebra with Right-Triangle Trigonometry or MTH111 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions** ....................................... 5 Psychology of Human Relations .............................. 3 English Composition .............................................. 3

Chest waders and rain gear are required and must be purchased by the student. Students completing the program will usually assist in propagation and rearing of game and food fish. Because of the rigorous activity demanded by the work, good physical condition is a necessity. Those students desiring entry into the Fisheries program are advised that admission will be on a first-come, first-served basis. Admission is based on date of application and satisfactory completion of placement criteria. Application packets are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Once you have read the application packet, if you have questions about the admission process, please call 503-491-7346.

First Quarter FI101 FI111 MTH20 WR115

In addition to basic course requirements above, add:

EHS222 EHS225 ESR285

FI102 FI112 CIS120L MTH60 WR121

Environmental Safety I: Emergency Response Planning............................................. 4 Environmental Safety II: Environmental Auditing .......................................................... 4 Human and Environmental Toxicology ...................... 3 Safety and Health Standards and Laws ..................... 3

FI103 FI113 MTH65 PE185FSW WLD116 WR122

EHS143 EHS230 EHS243 ESR271

Environmental Science Lab I: EPA Methodology Labs and Sampling ......................... 3 Sustainable Business Practice ................................ 3 Environmental Science Lab II: Introduction to Instrumental Analysis ....................................... 4 Environmental Science II: Introduction to Environmental Engineering ................................. 4

* Higher level Math or Computer Science course may be substituted. ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

18

Fish Husbandry I ................................................... 6 Fisheries Lab Techniques ........................................ 2 Data Collection Techniques..................................... 3 Field Projects I ..................................................... 2 Building Maintenance and Repair ............................ 4

Fifth Quarter FI202 FI212 FI222 FI231 HE252

15

Fishery Techniques III ........................................... 4 Fish Biology III ..................................................... 4 Beginning Algebra II** .......................................... 3 Swimming and Basic Water Safety ........................... 1 General Welding I .................................................. 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

Fourth Quarter FI201 FI205 FI207 FI211 FI221

14

Fishery Techniques II ............................................. 4 Fish Biology II ...................................................... 4 Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1 Beginning Algebra I** ........................................... 3 English Composition .............................................. 3

Third Quarter

Science and Technology Electives (3 required)

Cr

Fishery Techniques I .............................................. 4 Fish Biology I ....................................................... 4 Applied Arithmetic and Pre-algebra*/** .................. 3 Introduction to College Writing*** ......................... 3

Second Quarter

Safety and Regulations Electives (3 required) EHS221

worcestt@mhcc.edu hannat@mhcc.edu

17

Fish Husbandry II .................................................. 6 Field Projects II .................................................... 2 Equipment Maintenance and Repair ......................... 4 Current Issues in Natural Resources ......................... 1 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies ...................... 3

16

36


Sixth Quarter

First Quarter

FI203 FI213 FI241

FSE121 AH12

PS297 SP100 VT10FIA WR199FI

Fish Husbandry III ................................................ 3 Field Projects III ................................................... 2 Stream Habitat Assessment and Improvement .................................................... 2 Introduction to Environmental Politics .................... 3 Basic Speech Communication or SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............... 3 Special Projects**** .............................................. 1 Writing Capstone Projects for Fisheries.................... 2

CIS120/L HPE295 WR121

16

Second Quarter FSE122 AH11 BA226 MTH65 PSY201

* Students placing in MTH60 or MTH65 should begin their mathematics sequence in the fall. ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. *** Students placing in WR121 should begin their writing sequence in the fall. **** VT10FIA may be taken any quarter, including the summer.

Funeral Service Education

CH104 SP100

Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisors Doug Ferrin: 503-491-6940 - Room AC 1555

ferrind@mhcc.edu

FSE211 FSE219 FSE221 FSE225 FSE226

Objectives: 1. To educate students for positions and careers as funeral directors and embalmers. 2. To enlarge the background knowledge of students about the funeral service profession. 3. To educate students in every phase of funeral service, and to help enable them to develop the proficiency and skills necessary of the profession. 4. To educate the students concerning the responsibilities of the funeral service profession to the community at large. 5. To emphasize high standards of ethical conduct. 6. To provide curriculum at the post-secondary level of instruction. 7. To encourage research in the field of funeral service. 8. To encourage advanced education among funeral service professionals. The degree offered by Mt. Hood Community College can be earned by following a prescribed course of instruction which requires six quarters in residence. Transferring all non-FSE classes from accredited institutions may allow a student to complete his/her professional course work in a three-quarter sequence, beginning each fall quarter.

FSE222 FSE227

16

Embalming II ........................................................ 4 Restorative Art ..................................................... 3 Funeral Service Microbiology or BI234 Microbiology ........................................ 3-4 Funeral Home Management II ................................. 3 Funeral Service Counseling ..................................... 3

Sixth Quarter FSE213 FSE217 FSE240 FSE245

15

Embalming I ......................................................... 4 Embalming Chemistry ............................................ 3 Funeral Home Management I................................... 3 Funeral Directing................................................... 3 Funeral Service Psychology..................................... 3

Fifth Quarter FSE212 FSE214 FSE216

16

Funeral Service Law ............................................... 3 General Accounting I or BA211 Principles of Accounting I ........................ 4 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I ............ 5 Basic Speech Communication**** or PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ........... 3

Fourth Quarter**

The Funeral Service Education program at Mt. Hood Community College is a two-year Associate of Applied Science degree program. Transfer credit from an accredited college or university may apply against comparable courses offered in the curriculum. Each transferred course must have a grade of C or higher.

15-16

Funeral Service Sociology....................................... 3 Survey of Body Systems ......................................... 4 Introduction to Business Law ................................ 3 Beginning Algebra II*............................................ 3 General Psychology ............................................... 3

Third Quarter FSE124 AC110

Cr

Funeral Service Orientation .................................... 3 Medical Vocabulary or MO14 Medical Terminology I ............................ 2-3 Computer Concepts I (w/Lab) or BA231 Information Technology in Business ......... 4 Health and Fitness For Life or HE250 Personal Health or HE252 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies...................................................... 3 English Composition ............................................. 3

16-17

Embalming III....................................................... 3 Funeral Service Pathology ...................................... 3 Funeral Service Internship*** ................................. 6 Funeral Service Issues............................................ 3

15 * Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. ** Students must achieve a 2.0 or better grade point average for acceptance into fourth quarter. *** Students may elect to take the internship for 3 credits (FSE240A) in any two terms, fall, winter or spring. **** For students attempting to substitute a like course for SP100, please note that SP100 is not a public speaking course. Refer to course information in the back of this catalog for a description.

According to accreditation standards of the American Board of Funeral Service Education, an individual must take the National Board Examination as written by the International Conference of Funeral Service Examining Boards, in order to complete the Funeral Service degree from any accredited program. Therefore, in addition to successfully passing required FSE courses, students must take the National Board Exam to graduate from the Funeral Service Education program at MHCC. Application packets are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc. edu/LRadmissions or call 503-491-7506. Once you have read the application materials, if you have questions about the admission process, you can call 503-491-7346. Application deadline is the end of February.

Note: While graduation from high school is not required for admission to the college, national accreditation standards require that a high school diploma or the equivalent be on file before the student can

37


First Quarter (Fall)

be admitted to the Funeral Service Education program. These same standards also require that a recent health certificate be submitted to the college prior to acceptance in the program.

GD113 GD114 GD120 WR121

The criteria for selecting students gives priority to those applicants who have apprentice experience. Somewhat less priority is given to those with related work experience. Another criteria, gives priority to applicants from Oregon, then slightly less priority for Washington, Idaho, and Montana applicants. All other states are treated equally. Students from California, Idaho, Montana, Nevada and Washington automatically pay in-state tuition.

Second Quarter (Winter) GD115 GD121 PHO260 WR122

More information is available at http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/ catalog/programs/funerl.htm

Graphic Design

GD116 GD122 GD146 ART203

MHCC Faculty Advisor Christina Maier: 503-491-6992 - Room AC 1375

maierc@mhcc.edu

Fourth Quarter (Fall)

While graphic design has traditionally meant the design of printed material, it also includes signage and architectural graphics, and with computer technology it encompasses film, television, video, animation and interactivity. Packaging, bookcovers, newspapers and magazines, posters, corporate logos, computer-based interactive multimedia presentations and web pages are just a few examples of work created by graphic designers.

ART279 IM260

As professionals, graphic designers combine aesthetic judgment with project management skills to develop overall communications strategies for their clients. When a design concept is decided upon, graphic designers work with illustrators, photographers, producers, editors, programmers and printers to complete a compelling design that communicates the client’s message effectively.

GD241 GD246 GD249

Manual dexterity is essential. So is the ability to respond to visual problems in a positive, creative and logical manner. Good oral and written communication skills are important for understanding instructions and clearly communicating thoughts and concepts. Macintosh computer skills and fluency in all kinds of graphics software are required at all levels of employment.

Sixth Quarter (Spring) GD236 GD242 GD249

Graphic design students benefit from the use of the college’s newest Macintosh computer lab where they learn the latest image-editing, illustration, page layout, and web page design tools. As members of Integrated Media, students will collaborate with television, radio and photography majors as they explore the relationship between words, images, sound, motion, time and space in a variety of digital media.

18

HTML Programming for Graphic Designers................. 4 Digital Page Layout ............................................... 4 Graphic Design Practicum or WE280GD_ Cooperative Education Internship ....... 4 Integrated Media Survey ........................................ 3 Professional Practice for Integrated Media ............... 3

Fifth Quarter (Winter)

MTH65

14

Digital Typography III ........................................... 4 Graphic Design III ................................................. 4 Advanced Digital Imaging ...................................... 4 Introduction to the History of Art........................... 3 Human Relations requirement‡ ............................... 3

Graphic Design is a creative process that utilizes art and technology to communicate ideas. By orchestrating color, type, symbols, and images, the graphic designer creates and manages the production of pieces designed to interest, inform, sell or persuade a specific audience.

GD240 GD244 GD249

15

Digital Typography II............................................. 4 Graphic Design II .................................................. 4 Digital Photography and Imaging ............................ 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking or WR102 Workplace Communications II* ................. 3

Third Quarter (Spring)

Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program

Cr

Digital File Preparation .......................................... 4 Digital Typography I ............................................. 4 Graphic Design I.................................................... 4 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I* .................. 3

18

Interactive Media Design ....................................... 4 Digital Publication Design ...................................... 4 Graphic Design Practicum or WE280GD_ Cooperative Education Internship ....... 4 Beginning Algebra II (or higher)**‡ ........................ 3

15

Portfolio .............................................................. 4 Advanced Interactive Media Design ......................... 4 Graphic Design Practicum or WE280GD_ Cooperative Education Internship ....... 4 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 3

15 * Students must complete either: 1) WR121 and WR122 or 2) WR101 and WR102. ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

MHCC offers a two-year Associate of Applied Science degree in graphic design. It is a limited-entry program. Applicants are admitted on a space available basis after admission criteria have been met and a portfolio review conducted by faculty. Because the core courses are sequential, students may start in the fall term only. Transfer students may be able to enroll in specific courses winter and spring terms with instructor permission. To be fully admitted into the program, students must apply for and be accepted into the program for the following fall term. Students interested in this program should contact the Graphic Design program advisor at 503-491-6992 to discuss curricula, employment opportunities, aptitude, etc. Application packets are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Once you have read the application materials, you can call 503-491-7165 if you have questions about the admission process.

‡ See pages 7-10.

38


Hospitality and Tourism Management

HT241 HT242

Associate of Applied Science Degree Program

HT260

MHCC Faculty Advisors Court Carrier: 503-491-7486 - Room AC 2665 For program information, dial 503-491-7196 www.mhcc.edu/hospitality/

HT235

Fifth Quarter (Fall)

carrierc@mhcc.edu

CIS125_

Hospitality and Tourism Management is an associate degree program designed to prepare students for careers in the hospitality and tourism industry. The curriculum includes instruction and training in hotel, travel, recreation, tourism, food service, convention and meeting planning and related service industries. In addition to formal instruction, cooperative education internships are an integral part of the program and allow for on-the-job experiences in a wide variety of settings and occupations directly related to each student’s career objectives.

First Quarter (Fall) HT104 HT106 HT140 MTH65

HT107 HT133 HT141 CIS120 CIS120L WR121

HT181

HT234 PSY201 WR122

HT270

Cr

AC110

BA238 CIS125_

15

HT215 HT230 HT249 WE280HT_

16

14

Hotel/Resort Operations Management or HT180_Airline Computer Reservations System Training ................................................. 3 Food, Beverage and Labor Cost Control or HT247 Airlines, Cruises and Tours ....................... 3 General Accounting I or BA211 Principles of Accounting I or HT144 Destination Specialist .......................... 2-4 Sales .................................................................... 3 Software Applications or BT210__ Software Applications (requires advisor approval) .............. 1 Related elective** or HT236 Culinary Arts - Food Prep II .................. 3-4

Seventh Quarter (Spring)

15-18

ManagerialAccounting for the Hospitality Industry or HT248 eTravel.com ........................... 3 Hotel, Restaurant, Travel Law ................................. 3 Hospitality Issues and Trends ................................. 3 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4 Related elective** or HT237 Culinary Arts - Food Prep III .................. 3-4

Related Electives

Catering, Restaurant and Food Management: Concept to Customers or HT142 Travel and Tourism Agency Operations........ 3 Computer Applications in the Hospitality Industry or HT180_ Airline Computer Reservations System Training ................................................. 3 Sanitation and Safety or HT144 Destination Specialist ............................. 2 General Psychology or PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ............... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking or WR102 Workplace Communications II or SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking or SP112 Persuasive Speech or SP115 Intro to Intercultural Communication or BA205 Business Communications ..................... 3-4

Fourth Quarter (Summer) WE280HT_

HT206

Introduction to Leisure/Recreation Management or related elective ............................................ 3 Convention and Meetings Management .................... 3 Customer Service Management ................................ 3 Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3 Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I .................... 3

Third Quarter (Spring) HT105

Sixth Quarter (Winter)

Introduction to Travel and Tourism.......................... 3 Introduction to the Hospitality Industry ................. 3 Travel and Tourism Geography ................................. 3 Beginning Algebra II (or higher)*‡.......................... 3 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 3

Second Quarter (Winter)

International Hospitality and Tourism ..................... 3 Supervisory Management in the Hospitality Industry .......................................... 3 Hospitality Industry Marketing or HT250 Travel and Tourism Marketing .................... 3 Culinary Arts - Food Prep I*** or WE280HT_ Cooperative Work Experience .............. 4 Software Applications or BT210_ Software Applications (requires advisor approval) .............. 1

16-17

Students are advised to consider additional hospitality or tourism courses. In selecting related courses, the student must consult with an advisor to determine which courses are most appropriate to the student’s goals and area of interest. HT226/227/228 Beverage Management: Wines of the World HT229 Beverage Management: Alcoholic and Non-Alcoholic Beverages Note: Please check the course description section of the catalog for those courses which require a prerequisite. * Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. ** Instructor approval required. *** Students taking HT235, HT236 and HT237 must also take HT234.

14-15

‡ See pages 7-10.

Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4

4

Mt. Hood Community College is an officially licensed school with The Travel Institute (TTI) and offers the Certified Travel Counselor and Destination Specialists Certifications.

39


Hospitality and Tourism Management

HT270 HT181

Certificate Program MHCC Faculty Advisors Court Carrier: 503-491-7486 - Room AC 2665 For program information, dial 503-491-7196 www.mhcc.edu/hospitality/

HT215 carrierc.mhcc.edu

HT260 AC110

Students may earn a certificate in Hospitality and Tourism Management and specialize in one of the following areas: Travel and Tourism, Hotel and Resort, Convention and Meetings, Food Service Management, or Recreation and Leisure Management. Students completing the certificate program may apply these credits toward an associate degree in Hospitality and Tourism Management.

Basic Course Requirements: HT104 HT106 HT141 HT230 WE280HT_ BA238 BT210___

Food, Beverage and Labor Cost Control (Winter) ......................................... 3 Computer Applications in the Hospitality Industry (Spring).............................. 3 Managerial Accounting for the Hospitality Industry (Spring).............................. 3 Hospitality Industry Marketing (Fall)....................... 3 General Accounting I or BA211 Principles of Accounting I ................................................. 4

Convention and Meetings Management Concentration In addition to the basic course requirements, add: HT233 Special Events and Attraction Mgmt (Wi -alt yr) ....... 3 HT105 Catering, Restaurant and Food Management: Concept to Customers (Spring) ............................ 3 HT181 Computer Applications in the Hospitality Industry (Spring).............................. 3 HT133 Convention and Meetings Management (Winter) ........................................ 3 HT260 Hospitality Industry Marketing (Fall)....................... 3 AC110 General Accounting I or BA211 Principles of Accounting I ................................................. 4

Cr

Introduction to Travel and Tourism.......................... 3 Introduction to the Hospitality Industry ................. 3 Customer Service Management ................................ 3 Hotel, Restaurant, Travel Law ................................. 3 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4 Sales .................................................................... 3 Software Applications* or CIS125___ Software Applications* (*instructor approved) .... 2 Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1 Beginning Algebra II (or higher)*‡.......................... 3 General Psychology or PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ............... 3 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I .................... 3 Program Specialties (See Below) ....................... 18-19

Recreation and Leisure Management Concentration

Certificate Program Concentrations

In addition to the basic course requirements, add: HT107 Introduction to Leisure and Recreation Management (Winter) ........................................ 3 HT207 Managing and Programming of Recreation and Sport Facilities (Spr - alternate yrs) .............. 3 AC110 General Accounting I or BA211 Principles of Accounting I ................................................. 4 HE252 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies ...................... 3 Outdoor/Recreation Related Electives ..................... 6

In addition to the basic course requirements above, add: HT140 Travel and Tourism Geography (Fall) ........................ 3 HT142 Travel and Tourism Agency Operations (Sp) ............. 3 HT180_ Airline Computer Reservation System Training (Worldspan - Winter) or (Apollo - Spring) ............. 3 HT241 International Hospitality and Tourism (Fall) ................................................................ 3 HT247 Airlines, Cruises and Tours (Winter) ......................... 3 HT250 Travel and Tourism Marketing (Fall) ......................... 3

In addition to the basic couse requirements, add: HT105 Catering, Restaurant and Food Management: Concept to Customers (Spring) ............................ 3 HT234 Sanitation and Safety (Spring) ............................... 2 HT235 Culinary Arts - Food Prep I (Fall) ............................. 4 HT236 Culinary Arts - Food Prep II (Winter) ....................... 4 HT237 Culinary Arts - Food Prep III (Spring) ...................... 4 HT270 Food, Beverage and Labor Cost Control (Winter) ..... 3

CIS120L MTH65 PSY201 WR121

Travel and Tourism Management Concentration

Culinary Arts Concentration

Hotel and Resort Operations Concentration

* Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

In addition to the basic course requirements above, add: HT105 Catering, Restaurant and Food Management: Concept to Customers (Spring) ............................ 3 HT206 Hotel/Resort Operations Management (Winter)......... 3 HT181 Computer Applications in the Hospitality Industry (Spring).............................. 3 HT215 Managerial Accounting for the Hospitality Industry (Spring).............................. 3 HT260 Hospitality Industry Marketing (Fall)....................... 3 AC110 General Accounting I or BA211 Principles of Accounting I ................................................. 4

‡ See pages 7-10.

Machine Tool Technology Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisors Timothy Polly: 503-491-7207 - Room IT 42 Ron Hartline: 503-491-7237 - Room IT 43

Food Service Management Concentration

pollyt@mhcc.edu hartlinr@mhcc.edu

The purpose of the two-year Machine Tool Technology curriculum is to prepare students for entry into machining occupations. Students participating in the program will spend considerable time in study and actual operation of industrial equipment and tools used by

In addition to basic course requirements, add: HT105 Catering, Restaurant and Food Management: Concept to Customers (Spring) ............................ 3

40


Fourth Quarter

machinists. This includes emphasis on the setup and operation of a CNC (computer numerical controlled) lathes and milling machines. Students will also be introduced to CAD/CAM (computer assisted design/computer assisted manufacturing) software and its applications. The program is designed to offer a broad background of experiences in the metalworking occupations. Students will also be able to complete skill building necessary for participation in an individual credential from NIMS (National Institute of Metalworking Skills) at Level II. NIMS are nationally recognized skill standards established by companies involved in the various metals manufacturing trades. Students are expected to have a set of machinist tools. They are expected to maintain a minimum grade level of “C” on core curriculum classes to progress in the program.

MFG213 MFG214 MFG215 MFG216 WLD116

Fifth Quarter MFG212 MFG231 MFG232 MFG236

Employment Opportunities Many opportunities exist in the manufacturing industries for the machinist. Students completing the Machine Tool Technology program are prepared for entry into the manufacturing workforce leading to careers such as:

MFG250 MFG251 MFG256 HPE295

WE280MF_

MFG115 MFG137 MFG150 MFG151 MFG153 MTH35

‡ See pages 7-10.

Cr

Note: Students interested in transferring to O.I.T. should consult with program advisors early in the first quarter.

Computer Numerical Control, Recognition of Completion,

may be given to students who complete the following list of courses. The courses may provide structured review of skills used by persons already employed in the machine tool trade or are for those who wish to attain additional knowledge related to a current occupation. These classes require that all students have a basic set of machinist tools.

14

Machine Shop II Theory ......................................... 3 Machine Shop II Lab .............................................. 3 Metallurgy Theory ................................................. 3 Metallurgy Lab ...................................................... 1 Introduction to CNC Machining ............................... 3 Professional-Technical Computation II*** ................ 3

Third Quarter

Applied Machine Shop Theory ................................. 3 Applied Machine Shop Lab ...................................... 3 Quality Issues: ISO 9000 and GDT (Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing) .......... 3 Health and Fitness for Life or HE250 Personal Health or HE252 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies.... 3 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 3

* WR101 and WR102. Students may substitute SP100 or SP111 for WR102. Students transferring to OIT, OSU, or other schools offering a baccalaureate program must take WR121 and WR122. Students wanting to take WR121 may need to take WR115 as a prerequisite if indicated by their writing placement level. ** Minimal computer literacy required. See program advisor. *** Mathematics General Education requirement may be satisfied by a combination of MTH34 and MTH35. Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

Machine Shop I Theory ........................................... 3 Machine Shop I Lab ............................................... 3 Machine Tool Blueprint Reading and Sketching ......... 3 Introduction to Precision Measuring ....................... 2 Communications requirement* ................................ 3

Second Quarter MFG130 MFG131 MFG134 MFG135 MFG136 MTH34

18

15

Entry into the Machine Tool Technology Program is permissible Fall, Winter, or Spring terms based on individual qualifications and approval from program advisors. MFG110 MFG111 MFG113 MFG116

16

CAM Concepts I ..................................................... 4 Integrated Machine Shop II Theory ......................... 2 Integrated Machine Shop II Lab .............................. 3 Quality Control - Statistical Methods ....................... 3 Human Relations requirement* ............................... 3 Communications distribution requirement‡ .............. 3

Sixth Quarter

- manual and CNC machine operators - maintenance machinist - tool and die maker - quality assurance technician - instrument makers Employment opportunities exist that provide support for industries such as: - forest products/paper/lumber - medical technologies - aerospace technologies - computer hardware technologies - heavy industrial manufacturing - hydraulic/pneumatic equipment manufacturing - and many other manufacturing settings Admission is based on date of application and satisfactory completion of placement criteria. Application packets are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Once you have read the application packet, if you have questions, please call 503-491-7341.

First Quarter

Integrated Machine Shop I Theory .......................... 2 Integrated Machine Shop I Lab ............................... 3 Inspection and Measurement .................................. 4 CNC/CAM .............................................................. 4 General Welding I .................................................. 3

Students are expected to maintain a minimum grade level of “C” on core curriculum classes to receive a Recognition of Completion. Applications for the non-transcripted, institutional award of attendance are available in the Industrial Division. Interested students should contact the Machine Tool Technology advisor, Industrial Division.

16

Please note that the following courses will be offered based on sufficient enrollment.

Industrial Safety ................................................... 3 Introduction to Computer-Aided Design for Machinists** ................................................ 2 Machine Shop III Theory ........................................ 3 Machine Shop III Lab............................................. 3 CNC (Computer Numerical Control) Machining ........... 4 Professional-Technical Computation III*** .............. 3

MFG110B MFG111B MFG113 MFG116 MFG130B

18

41

Machine Shop I Theory ........................................... 2 Machine Shop I Lab ............................................... 2 Machine Tool Blueprint Reading and Sketching ......... 3 Introduction to Precision Measuring ....................... 2 Machine Shop II Theory ......................................... 2


MFG131B MFG136 MFG153 MTH34

Machine Shop II Lab .............................................. 2 Introduction to CNC Machining ............................... 3 CNC Machining ...................................................... 4 Professional-Technical Computation II ..................... 3

desk, assisting the physician, and numerous other functions in the ever-changing modern medical office. After the Medical Assistant student completes the comprehensive two-year (six quarter) program, he/she is awarded an Associate of Applied Science Degree. Graduates may be employed in a variety of settings: medical centers, outpatient clinics, urgent care clinics, and specialized medical offices.

CAM (Computer Assisted Manufacturing) - CNC Milling, Recognition of Completion, may be given to students who complete

the following list of courses. The courses may provide structured review of skills used by persons already employed in the machine tool trade or are for those who wish to attain additional knowledge related to a current occupation. This group of courses will focus on the methods of applying MasterCAM in the development of CNC milling programs. This will include study of cutting tool applications in the manufacture of simple parts using the basic Cartesian Coordinate systems through an introduction to 3-D modeling. Each course is 5 weeks long and may be offered in any term depending on sufficient enrollment. Applications for the non-transcripted, institutional award of attendance are available in the Industrial Division. MFGX25 MFGX26 MFGX27 MFGX28

Admission is based on date of application and satisfactory completion of admission criteria. Application packets are available on our web site at www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Please check the MHCC website for any curricular changes that have occured since the catalog was published.

First Quarter (Fall) MA19 MO14 BI121 MTH65 CIS120L WR121

MasterCAM Mill - Level I ......................................... 2 MasterCAM Mill - Level II ....................................... 2 MasterCAM Mill - Level III ........................................ 2 MasterCAM Mill - Level IV ....................................... 2

Second Quarter (Winter) MO10 MO15 MO25 MO47 BI122

CAM (Computer Assisted Manufacturing) - CNC Turning, Recognition of Completion, may be given to students who com-

plete the following list of courses. The courses may provide structured review of skills used by persons already employed in the machine tool trade or are for those who wish to attain additional knowledge related to a current occupation. The CNC Turning option will focus on the methods of applying Cartesian Coordinate systems to both mill and lathe applications. Later courses will focus on applying Master CAM in the development of CNC turning programs. This will include study of all tooling options and program documentation. Each course is 5 weeks long and may be offered in any term depending on sufficient enrollment. Applications for the non-transcripted, institutional award of attendance are available in the Industrial Division. MFGX25 MFGX26 MFGX31 MFGX32

MasterCAM Mill - Level I ......................................... 2 MasterCAM Mill - Level II ....................................... 2 MasterCAM Lathe - Level I ...................................... 2 MasterCAM Lathe - Level II .................................... 2

NIMS Credential Exam Preparation

Students desiring to prepare for the NIMS Level II Credentialing Exam will have the opportunity to complete the necessary skill building for the practical test through the Machine Tool Applications Lab class. Those interested need to contact program advisors for information on exams and the development of the necessary skills documentation for taking the exam. See Machine Tool Technology Program page for additional information on NIMS.

Fall, Winter, Spring MFGX11

Machine Tool Applications Lab ................................ 2

MA26 MA40 MA46 MA48 WE280MA_

Limited Entry Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisor Sue Boulden: 503-491-7136 - Room AC 2770

bouldens@mhcc.edu

14

Clinical Procedures II ............................................. 5 Medical Law and Ethics .......................................... 3 Diversity and Health Care ....................................... 3 Medical Office Billing I........................................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4

Sixth Quarter (Spring)

Medical Assistant

13-17

Clinical Procedures I .............................................. 5 Medical Coding I ................................................... 3 General Psychology................................................ 3 Introduction to Intercultural Communication or SP100 Basic Speech Communication .................... 3

Fifth Quarter (Winter) MA21 MA24 MO12 MO30 WE280MA_

17

Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations ........... 3 Disease Processes .................................................. 3 Introduction to Medical Transcription ..................... 3 Hospital Administrative Procedures (optional)........(4) Professional Development ...................................... 1 Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3

Fourth Quarter (Fall) MA20 MO31 PSY201 SP115

16

Work Behavior for Health Services ........................... 3 Medical Terminology II .......................................... 3 Medical Office Procedures I .................................... 4 Medical Calculations .............................................. 3 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II ....... 4

Third Quarter (Spring) MA23 MA25 MO24 MO27 MO39 HPE295

Cr

Introduction to Medical Assisting ........................... 2 Medical Terminology I ............................................ 3 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I* ...... 4 Beginning Algebra II (or higher)**‡ ........................ 3 Computer Concepts I Lab* ...................................... 1 English Composition* ............................................. 3

18

Basic Electrocardiography Techniques ...................... 1 Medical Assistant Certification Exam Review* .......... 1 Medical Assistant Clinical Skills Exit Lab .................. 1 Telephone Triage in the Medical Office ..................... 1 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 8

12 * Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog. ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Text (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. ‡ See pages 7-10.

Medical Assisting requires competency in both clinical and administrative skills for careers in medical offices and other outpatient healthcare settings. This program prepares the student to perform a wide range of duties including preparing the patient for the exam, giving injections, processing lab specimens, working the reception

42


Fourth Quarter (Fall)

Students must have health exams and must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) before entering the fourth quarter of the program. All completed health forms must be on file. Please contact the Allied Health Department for the appropriate forms. Additional costs for lab fees, health exams, immunizations and supplies will be the responsibility of the student.

MO30 BA101 BA205 BA222 BT110

Prior to beginning the fourth quarter, the student must provide evidence of current CPR for Health Care Providers and current first aid training which may be obtained from any certified training site.

MA24 MO40 MO47 BA177

Medical Office Specialist - Accounting

BT220 WR121

Associate of Applied Science Degree Program

MA23 BT218 HPE295 MTH65 WE280MO_

A Medical Office Specialist in Accounting concentrates on accounts receivable, billing and collection procedures, patient and insurance record keeping, and budget and financial records.

‡ See pages 7-10. The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) by the first week of classes.

Please check the MHCC website for any curricular changes that have occured since the catalog was published.

MO12 MO14 MO25 BA131 BA211

MO15 MO24 MO27 MO31 MO39 BA212

Note: A minimum grade of “C” is required in all courses.

Cr

Medical Office Specialist - Administrative Secretary

Work Behavior for Health Services .......................... 3 Survey of Body Systems ......................................... 4 Business Tools and Techniques ................................ 3 General Psychology or PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ........................................... 3 Basic Speech Communication or SP115 Introduction to Intercultural Communication ....... 3

Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisor Carole Wickham: 503-491-7195 - Room AC 2772

16

wickhamc@mhcc.edu

A Medical Office specialist as an Administrative Secretary will gain skills in patient relations, reception, medical records, computers, scheduling, coding, and billing. This option appeals to one who enjoys helping people, wants to work in a professional setting, and prefers a variety of job assignments.

Diversity and Healthcare ........................................ 3 Medical Terminology I ............................................ 3 Medical Office Procedures ....................................... 4 Introduction to Business Computing ....................... 4 Principles of Accounting I ...................................... 4

Third Quarter (Spring)

Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations ........... 3 Records and Information Management .................... 3 Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3 Beginning Algebra II (or higher)**‡ ........................ 3 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4

* Prerequisite. See course description in back of catalog. ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

Upon graduation students may be hired to work in physicians’ offices, public and private hospitals, teaching hospitals, clinics, laboratories, insurance companies, and governmental facilities.

Second Quarter (Winter)

16

16

Students interested in accounting work in a medical setting should enjoy working with healthcare professionals, demonstrate strong communication skills, show an interest in medical and health issues, and be dedicated to professionalism. Students should have typing competency and basic formatting knowledge before enrolling in classes in this program.

SP100

Medical Law and Ethics .......................................... 3 Medical Office Billing II ......................................... 3 Medical Calculations .............................................. 3 Payroll Accounting and Payroll Tax Filing Requirements ................................................... 3 Electronic Calculator and 10-Key Operations ............ 1 English Composition* ............................................. 3

Sixth Quarter (Spring)

MHCC Faculty Advisor Carole Wickham: 503-491-7195 - Room AC 2772 wickhamc@mhcc.edu

MO10 AH11 BT116 PSY201

17

Fifth Quarter (Winter)

Note: A minimum grade of “C” is required in all courses.

First Quarter (Fall)

Medical Office Billing I........................................... 3 Introduction to Business........................................ 4 Business Communications ...................................... 4 Finance ................................................................ 3 Business Editing.................................................... 3

Students interested in administrative work in a medical setting should enjoy working with healthcare professionals, demonstrate strong communication skills, show an interest in medical and health issues, and be dedicated to professionalism. Students should have typing competency and basic formatting knowledge before enrolling in classes in this program.

18

Medical Terminology II .......................................... 3 Introduction to Medical Transcription ..................... 3 Hospital Administrative Procedures ......................... 4 Medical Coding I ................................................... 3 Professional Development ...................................... 1 Principles of Accounting II..................................... 3

Upon graduation students may be hired to work in physicians’ offices, public and private hospitals, teaching hospitals, clinics, laboratories, insurance companies, and governmental facilities. Please check the MHCC website for any curricular changes that have occured since the catalog was published.

17

43


First Quarter (Fall) MO10 AH11 BT116 MTH65 SP115

Cr

16

Second Quarter (Winter) MO12 MO14 MO25 AC120 BA131

17-18

Medical Terminology II .......................................... 3 Introduction to Medical Transcription ..................... 3 Hospital Administrative Procedures ......................... 4 Medical Coding I ................................................... 3 Telephone Techniques ............................................ 1 English Composition* ............................................. 3

17

Fourth Quarter (Fall) MO30 MO34 BA205 BT110 BT126 BT210

MA23 MA25 MO39 BT218 HPE295 WE280MO_

Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisor Carole Wickham: 503-491-7195 - Room AC 2772 wickhamc@mhcc.edu

A Medical Office Specialist in Management prepares to oversee a healthcare facility by learning how to lead people and manage office operations. The Management Specialist most often aspires to eventually manage some segment of a medical organization.

16-17

Medical Law and Ethics .......................................... 3 Medical Coding II .................................................. 3 Medical Office Billing II ......................................... 3 Medical Calculations .............................................. 3 Editing Techniques ................................................ 3 General Psychology or PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ........................................... 3

Sixth Quarter (Spring)

Business Editing (F/W/Sp)...................................... 3 Word - Level I (Su/F/W/Sp) .................................... 1 Medical Law and Ethics (W) .................................... 3 Work Behavior for Health Services (F/W) .................. 3 Diversity and Healthcare (W) .................................. 3 Medical Terminology I (Su/F/W/Sp) ......................... 3 Introduction to Medical Transcription (Su/F/W/Sp) .. 3 Medical Office Procedures (F/W).............................. 4 Hospital Administrative Procedures (W/Sp) .............. 4 Medical Office Billing I (F/W) ................................. 3 Medical Coding I (F/W/Sp) ..................................... 3 Telephone Techniques (Sp) ..................................... 1 Professional Development (Sp) ............................... 1 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4

Medical Office Specialist - Management

Medical Office Billing I........................................... 3 Medical Transcription I* ......................................... 3 Business Communications ...................................... 4 Business Editing.................................................... 3 Microsoft Word Skills Assessment* .......................... 3 Software Applications (Choice of Word, Access, or Excel) (optional) ..............................(1)

Fifth Quarter (Winter) MA24 MO32 MO40 MO47 BT111 PSY201

BT110 BT210 MA24 MO10 MO12 MO14 MO24 MO25 MO27 MO30 MO31 MO33 MO39 WE280MO_

Diversity and Healthcare ........................................ 3 Medical Terminology I ............................................ 3 Medical Office Procedures ...................................... 4 Accounting for Professional Services or BA211 Principles of Accounting I ..................... 3-4 Introduction to Business Computing ....................... 4

Third Quarter (Spring) MO15 MO24 MO27 MO31 MO33 WR121

Medical Receptionist, Recognition of Completion, may be awarded to a student who completes the following list of courses. The courses may provide structured review of skills used by persons already employed in the medical office field or are for those who wish to attain additional knowledge related to a current occupation. Please check the course description section in the back of this catalog to determine the terms when these courses may be offered. Applications for the non-transcripted, institutional award of attendance are available with the program advisor.

Work Behavior for Health Services ........................... 3 Survey of Body Systems ......................................... 4 Business Tools and Techniques ................................ 3 Beginning Algebra II (or higher)**‡ ........................ 3 Introduction to Intercultural Communication or SP100 Basic Speech Communication ................ 3

Students interested in management work in a medical setting should enjoy working with healthcare professionals, demonstrate strong communication skills, show an interest in medical and health issues, and be dedicated to professionalism. Students should have typing competency and basic formatting knowledge before enrolling in classes in this program. Upon graduation students may be hired to work in physicians’ offices, public and private hospitals, teaching hospitals, clinics, laboratories, insurance companies, and governmental facilities.

18

Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations ........... 3 Disease Processes .................................................. 3 Professional Development ...................................... 1 Records and Information Management ..................... 3 Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4

Please check the MHCC website for any curricular changes that have occured since the catalog was published.

First Quarter (Fall) MO10 AH11 BT116 MTH65 PSY201

17 * Prerequisite. See course description in back of catalog. ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. ‡ See pages 7-10.

SP115

The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) by the first week of classes.

Cr

Work Behavior for Health Services ........................... 3 Survey of Body Systems ......................................... 4 Business Tools and Techniques ................................ 3 Beginning Algebra II (or higher)**‡ ........................ 3 General Psychology or PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ........................................... 3 Introduction to Intercultural Communication or SP100 Basic Speech Communication ................ 3

19

Note: A minimum grade of “C” grade is required in all courses.

44


Second Quarter (Winter) MO12 MO14 MO25 BA131 BA211

BT220

Diversity and Healthcare ........................................ 3 Medical Terminology I ............................................ 3 Medical Office Procedures ....................................... 4 Introduction to Business Computing ....................... 4 Principles of Accounting I ...................................... 4

18

Third Quarter (Spring) MO15 MO24 MO27 MO31 MO39 BA101 BT11F

Medical Terminology II .......................................... 3 Introduction to Medical Transcription ..................... 3 Hospital Administrative Procedures ........................ 4 Medical Coding I ................................................... 3 Professional Development ...................................... 1 Introduction to Business........................................ 4 Basic Keyboarding (optional) ................................(2)

Fourth Quarter (Fall) MA25 MO30 BA205 BA206 BT110 HPE295

18-20

Disease Processes (optional) ................................(3) Medical Office Billing I........................................... 3 Business Communications ...................................... 4 Management and Supervisory Fundamentals ............. 3 Business Editing.................................................... 3 Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3

Fifth Quarter (Winter) MA24 MO32 MO40 BA206 BA226 WR121

Medical Office Coding, Recognition of Completion, may be

given to a student who complete the following list of courses. These courses provide a structured review of skills used by those employed in the medical office field or are for those who wish to attain additional knowledge related to a current occupation. Please check the course description section in the back of this catalog to determine the terms when these courses may be offered. Applications for the non-transcripted, institutional award of attendance are available with the program advisor.

16-19

Medical Law and Ethics .......................................... 3 Medical Coding II .................................................. 3 Medical Office Billing II ......................................... 3 Management Fundamentals .................................... 3 Introduction to Business Law ................................. 4 English Composition .............................................. 3

AH11 MA23 MA24 MA25 MO10 MO12 MO14 MO15 MO25 MO27 MO30 MO31 MO32 MO33 MO39 MO40 MO41 MO42 WE280MO_

19

Sixth Quarter (Spring) MA23 MO41 MO42 BA224 WE280MO_

MA24 MO10 MO12 MO14 MO15 MO25 MO27 MO30 MO31 MO32 MO33 MO39 MO40 MO41 MO42 WE280MO_

Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations ........... 3 Medical Coding III ................................................. 3 Applied Billing and Coding ..................................... 3 Human Resources Management ............................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship ........................ 4-8

16-20 * Prerequisite. See course description in back of catalog. ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. ‡ See pages 7-10. The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) by the first week of classes.

Survey of Body Systems (Su/F/W/Sp)....................... 4 Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations (Sp) .... 3 Medical Law and Ethics (W) .................................... 3 Disease Processes (F/Sp) ........................................ 3 Work Behavior for Health Services (F/W) .................. 3 Diversity and Healthcare (W) .................................. 3 Medical Terminology I (Su/F/W/Sp) ......................... 3 Medical Terminology II (Su/W/Sp) .......................... 3 Medical Office Procedures (F/W).............................. 4 Hospital Administrative Procedures (W/Sp) .............. 4 Medical Office Billing I (F/W) ................................. 3 Medical Coding I (F/W/Sp) ..................................... 3 Medical Coding II (W/Sp) ....................................... 3 Telephone Techniques (Sp) ..................................... 1 Professional Development (Sp) ............................... 1 Medical Office Billing II (W/Sp) .............................. 3 Medical Coding III (Su/Sp) ..................................... 3 Applied Billing and Coding (Sp) .............................. 3 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 8

Medical Office Specialist - Unit Secretary

Note: A minimum grade of “C” grade is required in all courses.

Medical Billing/Claims Analyst, Recognition of Completion,

may be given to a student who complete the following list of courses. These courses provide a structured review of skills used by those employed in the medical office field or are for those who wish to attain additional knowledge related to a current occupation. Please check the course description section in the back of this catalog to determine the terms when these courses may be offered. Applications for the non-transcripted, institutional award of attendance are available with the program advisor. AH11 BT11F

Electronic Calculator and 10-Key Operations (S/F/W/Sp) ....................................................... 1 Medical Law and Ethics (W) .................................... 3 Work Behavior for Health Services (F/W) .................. 3 Diversity and Healthcare (W) .................................. 3 Medical Terminology I (Su/F/W/Sp) ......................... 3 Medical Terminology II (Su/W/Sp) .......................... 3 Medical Office Procedures (F/W).............................. 4 Hospital Administrative Procedures (W/Sp) ............. 4 Medical Office Billing I (F/W) ................................. 3 Medical Coding I (F/W/Sp) ..................................... 3 Medical Coding II (W/Sp) ....................................... 3 Telephone Techniques (Sp) ..................................... 1 Professional Development (Sp) ............................... 1 Medical Office Billing II (W/Sp) .............................. 3 Medical Coding III (Su/Sp) ..................................... 3 Applied Billing and Coding (Sp) .............................. 3 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 8

Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisor Carole Wickham: 503-491-7195 - Room AC 2772 wickhamc@mhcc.edu

A Medical Office Specialist as a Unit Secretary functions as the center of the communications hub found in a hospital unit. S/he works in a dynamic medical setting with physicians, nurses, and other healthcare professionals. Desirable traits of a Unit Secretary include strong communication skills, flexibility, professionalism, and responsibility. Students should have typing competency and basic formatting knowledge before enrolling in classes in this program.

Survey of Body Systems (Su/F/W/Sp)...................... 4 Basic Keyboarding (F/W/Sp) ................................... 2

45


Medical Transcription

Upon graduation, students may be hired to work in physicians’ offices, public and private hospitals, teaching hospitals, clinics, laboratories, insurance companies, and governmental facilities.

Associate of Applied Science Degree Program

Please check the MHCC website for any curricular changes that have occured since the catalog was published.

First Quarter (Fall) MO10 MO14 AH11 BT116 MTH65

SP115

17

Transcription offers unlimited intellectual challenge to those who possess an interest in learning. Characteristics of a successful medical transcriptionist include dedication to excellence, extensive medical knowledge and understanding, sound judgment, deductive reasoning, and excellent English and computer skills. This program is designed to prepare students for entry-level positions. Academic courses include science and English, with practical courses in computer technology, medical transcription, and medical record coding. Students will use computers to transcribe authentic physician-dictated medical reports organized by body system or medical specialty. Students will be graded on accuracy, speed, and medical knowledge in the transcription of letters, chart notes, history and physical examination reports, consultations, emergency room reports, and discharge summaries. Students will use reference materials and other resources. Students will edit and proofread each report, using proper grammar, spelling, and punctuation.

17

Please check the MHCC website for any curricular changes that have occured since the catalog was published.

17

First Quarter (Fall)

Medical Law and Ethics .......................................... 3 Medical Coding II .................................................. 3 Medical Calculations .............................................. 3 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II ....... 4 Records and Information Management .................... 3 Electronic Calculator and 10-Key Operations ............ 1

Sixth Quarter (Spring) MA23 MA25 MO39 WE280MO_ WR121

Medical transcriptionists utilize their talents in a variety of healthcare settings, including doctor’s offices, public and private hospitals, teaching hospitals, medical transcription services, clinics, laboratories, radiology and pathology departments, insurance companies, medical libraries, government medical facilities, rehabilitation centers, legal offices, research centers, veterinary medical facilities, and associations representing the healthcare industry. Transcriptionists may also choose to work out of their homes as employees of transcription services or hospitals, or as independent contractors.

Medical Coding I ................................................... 3 Medical Transcription II ......................................... 3 Business Communications ...................................... 4 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I* ...... 4 Business Editing.................................................... 3

Fifth Quarter (Winter) MA24 MO32 MO47 BI122 BT218 BT220

16

Hospital Administrative Procedures ......................... 4 Telephone Techniques ............................................ 1 Medical Transcription I .......................................... 3 Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3 General Psychology or PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ........................................... 3 Introduction to Intercultural Communication or SP100 Basic Speech Communication ................ 3

Fourth Quarter (Fall) MO31 MO36 BA205 BI121 BT110

Medical transcriptionists transform spoken words into comprehensive records that accurately communicate medical information. These reports are used in the areas involved in all aspects of each patient’s care. These reports function as legal documentation and fulfill requirements for insurance reimbursement. They also serve as references for scientific research.

Diversity and Healthcare ........................................ 3 Medical Terminology II .......................................... 3 Introduction to Medical Transcription ..................... 3 Medical Office Procedures ...................................... 4 Introduction to Business Computing ....................... 4

Third Quarter (Spring) MO27 MO33 MO34 HPE295 PSY201

Cr

Work Behavior for Health Services ........................... 3 Medical Terminology I ............................................ 3 Survey of Body Systems ......................................... 4 Business Tools and Techniques ................................ 3 Beginning Algebra II (or higher)**‡ ........................ 3

Second Quarter (Winter) MO12 MO15 MO24 MO25 BA131

MHCC Faculty Advisor Carole Wickham: 503-491-7195 - Room AC 2772 wickhamc@mhcc.edu

MO10 MO14 MO24 AH11 CIS120 CIS120L

17

Second Quarter (Winter)

Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations ........... 3 Disease Processes .................................................. 3 Professional Development ...................................... 1 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4 English Composition* ............................................. 3

MO12 MO15 MO34 BT110 BT124A MTH65

14 * Prerequisite. See course description in back of catalog. ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. ‡ See pages 7-10. The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) by the first week of classes.

17

Diversity and Healthcare ........................................ 3 Medical Terminology II .......................................... 3 Medical Transcription I .......................................... 3 Business Editing.................................................... 3 Intermediate Keyboarding for Accuracy and Speed I.. 2 Beginning Algebra II (or higher)**‡ ........................ 3

Third Quarter (Spring) MA25 MO36 BT111 HPE295 WR121

Cr

Work Behavior for Health Services ......................... 3 Medical Terminology I ............................................ 3 Introduction to Medical Transcription ..................... 3 Survey of Body Systems ......................................... 4 Computer Concepts I* ............................................ 3 Computer Concepts Lab I* ..................................... 1

17

Disease Processes ................................................... 3 Medical Transcription II ........................................... 3 Editing Techniques ................................................. 3 Health and Fitness for Life ....................................... 3 English Composition* .............................................. 3

15

Note: A minimum grade of “C” grade is required in all courses.

46


Fourth Quarter (Fall) MO44 BI121 BT124B PSY201 SP115

First Quarter HS101 HS107 HS111 HS141 WR121

Medical Law and Ethics .......................................... 3 Medical Coding I ................................................... 3 Medical Transcription IV......................................... 3 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II ....... 4 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4

HS112 HS135 HS150 HE 207

Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations ........... 3 Medical Coding II .................................................. 3 Medical Transcription V: Medical Specialty .............. 3 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 8

14-17

Interviewing Skills II............................................. 2 Case Management I................................................ 2 The Effective Helper, A Personal Skills Approach....... 3 Stress Control - Activity Intervention ...................... 1 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 1 Curriculum Track - see A, B, C, D, E ....................... 5-6

14-15

17

Third Quarter HS113 HS136 HS291 PSY237 PSY239 WE280HS_

* Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog. ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. ‡ See pages 7-10. Note: The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B Vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) by the first week of classes.

Interviewing Skills III: Cross Cultural ...................... 3 Case Management II .............................................. 2 Practicum Seminar................................................. 2 Human Development .............................................. 4 Introduction to Abnormal Psychology...................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4

Fourth Quarter HS265 HS291 MTH65

A minimum grade of “C” in all courses is required.

Mental Health/Human Service

PSY225 WE280HS_

Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisors Dr. Ann Bonner: 503-491-7425 - Room AC 2771 Leslie Allen: 503-491-7178 - Room AC 2765

Cr

Introduction to Social Services ............................... 3 Orientation to Mental Health Careers ...................... 3 Interviewing Skills I .............................................. 2 Pharmacology of Psychoactive Substances*.............. 3 English Composition .............................................. 3 Curriculum Track - see A, B, C, D, E ....................... 0-3

Second Quarter

17

Sixth Quarter (Spring) MA23 MO32 MO48 WE280MO_

Please check the MHCC website for any curricular changes that have occured since the catalog was published.

15

Fifth Quarter (Winter) MA24 MO31 MO46 BI122 WE280MO_

able on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Once you have read the application packet, if you have questions, please call 503-491-7220.

Medical Transcription III ........................................ 3 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I* ...... 4 Intermediate Keyboarding for Accuracy and Speed II 2 General Psychology or PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ............... 3 Introduction to Intercultural Communication or SP100 Basic Speech Communication ............... 3

Intervention Strategies I ....................................... 3 Practicum Seminar................................................. 2 Beginning Algebra II or MTH105 Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics**/**** ....................................... 3-4 Psycho-Social Development I .................................. 3 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4 Curriculum Track - see A, B, C, D, E ....................... 0-3

Fifth Quarter HS144 HS266 HS291 HDFS224 PSY226 WE280HS_

bonnera@mhcc.edu allenl@mhcc.edu

Mental Health/Human Service is a tremendously diverse field of study devoted to preparing students as professionals in mental health, additions counseling, community corrections, youth work and gerontology. Classroom study and practical experiences are combined to prepare the student to work in community and institutional treatment facilities. These facilities deal with the emotional, social physical needs of the chemically dependent, the adolescent, the mentally ill and the elderly, as well as others. Courses include basic information in group dynamics, community resources, case management, interviewing, recording and other helping skills. This two-year course of study is designed to meet transfer requirements for Portland State University’s Child and Family Studies Program and Concordia University’s Social Work Program through formal agreements with these institutions. Interested students should contact program advisors for additional information.

15-19

Dual Diagnosis ...................................................... 2 Intervention Strategies II ...................................... 3 Practicum Seminar................................................. 2 Abuse in the Family ............................................... 3 Psycho-Social Development II................................. 3 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4

Sixth Quarter HS291 SW201 WE280HS_ WR123

18

17

Practicum Seminar................................................. 2 The Field of Social Welfare*** ................................ 3 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4 English Composition: Research*** ........................... 3 Science distribution requirement****‡ ................. 3-4 Curriculum Track - see A, B, C, D, E ....................... 0-3

15-19

Prospective students must meet admission program criteria before being considered for admission. Only completed applications received by the deadline will be assessed for admission. Applications are avail-

47


Curriculum Tracks A) Mental Health PSY201 PSY222 HS223

**** Students who plan to transfer to PSU or Concordia should consult with program advisor before making selection.

General Psychology................................................ 3 Diagnostic and Treatment Issues in Mental Health: Clinical Disorders (W)......................................... 2 Diagnostic and Treatment Issues in Mental Health: Personality Disorders (Sp) .................................. 2 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 1 Related electives................................................ 2-3

‡ See pages 7-10. Program Web Link: http://www.mhcc.edu/programs Transfer Schools’Web Links Portland State University - http://www.cfs.pdx.edu Concordia University - http://www.cu-portland.edu

10-11 B) Chemical Dependency Counselor HS142 HS143 HE208 PSY222 HS223

Mental Health/Human Service Youth Worker

Addiction Theories* (W) .......................................... 3 Treatment of Addiction*(Sp) .................................... 3 Aids and Other Sexually Transmitted Infections ........... 1 Diagnostic and Treatment Issues in Mental Health: Clinical Disorders (W)......................................... 2 Diagnostic and Treatment Issues in Mental Health: Personality Disorders (Sp) .................................. 2

Restricted Entry, Certificate Program MHCC Faculty Advisors Dr. Ann Bonner: 503-491-7425 - Room AC 2771 Leslie Allen: 503-491-7178 - Room AC 2765

11 C) Youth Worker HS153 HS154 CJA230 HE208

The Youth Worker Certificate program is designed for people who have a high school diploma, associate degree, or bachelor degree and want to work with youth. A one-year sequence of courses, it is designed to prepare the entry-level youth worker for employment in youth serving agencies. Course work is theory and experiential-based.

Principles of Youth Development*(Sp alt years) ........ 3 Juvenile Risk Assessment* (F) ................................ 3 Juvenile Crime and the Juvenile Justice Process ...... 3 Aids and Other Sexually Transmitted Infections ........ 1

The certificate can be completed in one year by attending classes during the day or a combination of day and evening/weekend courses. Students may elect to attend part time. Students may also elect to take selected courses from the certificate program listing.

10 D) Gerontology HE202 PSY222 SOC232

Adult Development and Aging ................................. 1 Diagnostic and Treatment Issues in Mental Health: Clinical Disorders (W)......................................... 2 Death and Dying ................................................... 3 Related Elective ................................................ 2-6

Students who complete this certificate may work in community justice programs, addictions, residential care, and in some recreational and community facilities. Students interested in this program must apply for and be accepted into the Mental Health/Human Service program. Within the application materials, applicants need to designate the Youth Worker Certificate as their major. Students can obtain the application materials on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions.

8-12 E) Community Corrections CJA112 CJA113

HE208 HS223

Criminal Justice Admin.: The Court System............... 3 Criminal Justice Administration: The Corrections System or CJA230 Juvenile Crime and the Juvenile Justice Process..................................... 3 Aids and Other Sexually Transmitted Infections ........ 1 Diagnostic and Treatment Issues in Mental Health: Personality Disorders (Sp) .................................. 2

All coursework (47 credits) can be applied toward the Associate of Applied Science Degree in Mental Health/Human Services. Students who complete this certificate program have the option of continuing their course work toward the Associate Degree of Applied Science in Mental Health/Human Service. In such a case, the student would need to change their major to Mental Health/Human Service in order to register for core classes.

9 Related Electives HS154 HS155 HS156 HS157 HS223 ASL101 PSY222 RUS111 SPAN111

bonnera@mhcc.edu allenl@mhcc.edu

Core Courses: Must be taken by all students pursing the certificate for a total of 41 credit hours.

Juvenile Risk Assessment* (F) ................................ 3 Negotiations (W)................................................... 1 Milieu Management* (Sp) ....................................... 3 Gangs* (F) ............................................................ 1 Diagnostic and Treatment Issues in Mental Health: Personality Disorders (Sp) .................................. 2 American Sign Language - Beginning I .................... 3 Diagnostic and Treatment Issues in Mental Health: Clinical Disorders (W)......................................... 2 Beginning Russian Conversation I ........................... 3 Beginning Spanish Conversation I ........................... 3

Specialty Courses: A total of 6 credit hours may be selected from the related electives listing. Please check the MHCC website for any curricular changes that have occured since the catalog was published.

Core Courses First Quarter HS111 HS141 HS154 WR121

* Courses open to professionals in the human services field. Students must apply for college admission as a general studies major at www.mhcc.edu/admissions . ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. *** Courses must be taken concurrently.

Second Quarter HS112 HS150

48

Cr

Interviewing Skills I .............................................. 2 Pharmacology of Psychoactive Substances*.............. 3 Juvenile Risk Assessment* ..................................... 3 English Composition .............................................. 3

11

Interviewing Skills II............................................. 2 The Effective Helper, A Personal Skills Approach....... 3


HS155 MTH65

Negotiations* ....................................................... 1 Beginning Algebra II or higher**‡ .......................... 3 Related Elective .................................................... 3

Students desiring to enter Natural Resources Technology program are advised that admission is on a first-come, first-served basis after satisfactory completion of placement criteria. Application packets are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Once you have read the application packet, if you have questions about the admission process, please call 503-491-7346.

12 Third Quarter HS113 HS153 HS291 WE280HS_

Interviewing Skills III: Cross-Cultural...................... 3 Principles of Youth Development* ........................... 3 Practicum Seminar................................................. 2 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4

Selected courses (up to 65 credits) may be transferred to several fouryear institutions in appropriate bachelor degree programs. Check with the program advisor for current information.

First Quarter (Fall)

12

F111 F141 NR160 CIS120L MTH60 PE285OL

Fourth Quarter HS291 PSY225 WE280HS_

Practicum Seminar................................................. 2 Psycho-Social Development I .................................. 3 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4 Related Elective .................................................... 3

12

Related Electives CJA230 HDFS224 HE208 HS156 HS157 HS223

Second Quarter (Winter)

Juvenile Crime and the Juvenile Justice Process (F) .. 3 Abuse in the Family (W) ......................................... 3 Aids and Other Sexually Transmitted Infections ........ 1 Milieu Management* (Sp) ....................................... 3 Gangs (F) ............................................................. 1 Diagnostic and Treatment Issues in Mental Health: Personality Disorders (Sp) ...................... 2

FT122 NR180 FW251 MTH80 WR121

F200 NR144 NR230 MTH85

F240 FT221 FT222 NR242

Natural Resources Technology - Forest Resources

15

Natural Resources Ecology ...................................... 4 Aerial Photos and Resource Mapping ....................... 5 Forest Measurements II.......................................... 4 Watershed Processes .............................................. 3

16 Fifth Quarter (Winter) FT228 NR212 NR244 PSY101 WR122

Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisor Joan DeYoung: 503-491-7322 - Room AC 2569

15

Introduction to Forest Surveying ............................ 4 Forest Insects and Diseases .................................... 3 Forest Botany ....................................................... 4 Technical Mathematics II*...................................... 4

Fourth Quarter (Fall)

‡ See pages 7-10.

16

Forest Measurements I ........................................... 4 Career Development in Natural Resources ................. 1 Principles of Wildlife Conservation .......................... 3 Technical Mathematics I* ....................................... 4 English Composition** ........................................... 3

Third Quarter (Spring)

* Courses open to professionals in the human services field. Students must apply for college admission as a general studies major at wwww.mhcc.edu/admissions . ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

Cr

Introduction to Natural Resources........................... 3 Tree and Shrub Identification ................................. 3 Wildland Fire......................................................... 3 Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1 Beginning Algebra I............................................... 3 Wilderness Survival ............................................... 3

deyoungj@mhcc.edu

The Natural Resources Technology program, Forest Resources option prepares students for positions of technical responsibility in natural resources management and research. Forest technicians serve in a wide variety of capacities, and may work in such diverse areas as reforestation, mapping, vegetation inventory, outdoor recreation, timber appraisal, land surveying, harvesting, stream surveying, wildlife habitat enhancement, and fire fighting. The Forest Resources option is recognized by the Society of American Foresters.

Introduction to Geographic Information Systems...... 3 Current Issues in Forest Resources .......................... 1 Applied Silviculture I: Reforestation ........................ 3 Psychology of Human Relations ............................. 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 Related elective .................................................... 3

Sixth Quarter (Spring) FT235 NR238 NR246 WE280NR_ WR227

Good physical condition and the willingness to work in all kinds of weather are important for those interested in outdoor field positions. There are also more limited opportunities for those who would prefer to stay indoors. These would include positions in computerized mapping, aerial photo interpretation and database management.

16

Outdoor Recreation ............................................... 3 Timber Harvesting and Products ............................. 5 Applied Silviculture II: Forest Stand Dynamics.......... 3 Cooperative Education Internship*** ...................... 3 Technical Report Writing ........................................ 3

17 * Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. ** Optional communications sequence: WR101, WR102, WR199FI *** Cooperative Education-Students are encouraged to satisfy WE280NR during the summer between their first and second years.

Outdoor labs are an integral part of the coursework. Students learn field techniques that they will use on the job in local forests, parks and natural areas. The courses incorporate technologically advanced equipment and software into the field data collection and analysis. In addition, each student completes a cooperative work internship, which gives college credit for on-the-job work experience.

49


Related Electives The related elective is intended to provide enrichment in an area of interest to the student. In selecting a related elective, students should consult with their adviser to determine which course will best meet their academic and professional goals.

FW253 MTH85

Birds: Biology and Techniques ................................ 4 Technical Mathematics II*...................................... 4

F240 FT221 NR242 FW252

See advisor for baccalaureate curriculum. MHCC Program Web Link: www.mhcc.edu/academics/programs/

Natural Resources Ecology ...................................... 4 Aerial Photos and Resource Mapping ....................... 5 Watershed Processes .............................................. 3 Mammals: Biology and Techniques........................... 4

Transfer School’s Web Link:

Fifth Quarter (Winter)

Oregon State University - www.cof.orst.edu

FT228 NR212 NR224

Natural Resources Technology - Wildlife Resources

NR244 WR122

FT235 NR260 FW254 WE280NR_ WR227

shrinerw@mhcc.edu hollerak@mhcc.edu

The Natural Resources Technology program, Wildlife Resources option is designed to educate field technicians for natural resource management with an emphasis on wildlife resources. This ecosystem centered program prepares students for jobs such as 1) conducting wetlands, wildlife, and stream surveys; 2) performing vegetation, aquatic, and botanical inventories; and 3) assessing habitat suitability. Employment opportunities exist in local, state, and federal agencies and in private industry.

Introduction to Geographic Information Systems...... 3 Current Issues in Forest Resources .......................... 1 Introduction to Wetlands Identification and Management ............................................... 3 Applied Silviculture I: Reforestation ........................ 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 Human Relations requirement‡ ............................... 3

Outdoor Recreation ............................................... 3 Field Projects........................................................ 3 Fish: Biology and Techniques .................................. 4 Cooperative Education Internship*** ...................... 3 Technical Report Writing ........................................ 3

16

Program Web Link: http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/programs/ Transfer School Web Links: Oregon State University - http://fw.oregonstate.edu/

Students desiring entry into the Natural Resource Technology Program are advised that admission is on a first-come, first-served basis after satisfactory completion of placement criteria. Application packets are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Once you have read the application packet, if you have questions about the admission process, please call 503-491-7346.

Natural Resources Technology

First Quarter (Fall)

Limited Entry, Certificate Program

FT122 NR180 FW251 MTH80 WR121

MHCC Faculty Advisors Walter Shriner: 503-491-7362 - Room AC 2591 Kate Holleran: 503-491-7306 - Room AC 2592 Joan DeYoung: 503-491-7322 - Room AC 2569

shrinerw@mhcc.edu hollerak@mhcc.edu deyoungj@mhcc.edu

Students may earn a certificate in Natural Resources Technology. The curriculum would be suitable for people now working for industry or public agencies in the areas of forest and conservation work or anyone interested in entering this field. Students may find this option a beginning point for the associate degree program.

16

Forest Measurements I............................................. 4 Career Development in Natural Resources .................. 1 Principles of Wildlife Conservation ............................. 3 Technical Mathematics I* ........................................ 4 English Composition** ........................................... 3

Third Quarter (Spring) F200 NR230

Cr

Introduction to Natural Resources........................... 3 Tree and Shrub Identification ................................. 3 Wildland Fire.......................................................... 3 Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1 Beginning Algebra I............................................... 3 Wilderness Survival ............................................... 3

Second Quarter (Winter)

16

* Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. ** Optional communications sequence: WR101, WR102, WR199FI *** Cooperative Education-Students are encouraged to satisfy WE280NR during the summer between their first and second years. ‡ See pages 7-10.

A majority of the course work will involve hands-on experiences both in the classroom and in the field. Students use a variety of advanced equipment and technology. Each student in the program completes a cooperative work internship. The curriculum culminates with a final field project which allows the students to integrate their previous coursework into a “real-life” situation.

F111 F141 NR160 CIS120L MTH60 PE285OL

16

Sixth Quarter (Spring)

Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisors Walter Shriner: 503-491-7362 - Room AC 2591 Kate Holleran: 503-491-7306 - Room AC 2592

16

Fourth Quarter (Fall)

Application packets are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc. edu/LRadmissions or in the Admissions and Records Office. Once you have read the application packet, if you have questions about the admission process, please call 503-491-7346.

15

First Quarter (Fall) F111 F141 NR160

Introduction to Forest Surveying ............................ 4 Forest Botany ....................................................... 4

50

Cr

Introduction to Natural Resources........................... 3 Tree and Shrub Identification ................................. 3 Wildland Fire......................................................... 3


CIS120l MTH60 PE285OL

Computer Concepts I.............................................. 1 Beginning Algebra I............................................... 3 Wilderness Survival ............................................... 3

Second Quarter (Winter) FT122 NR180 FW251 PSY101 WR121

MTH65 WR122

16

Forest Measurements I ........................................... 4 Career Development in Natural Resources ................. 1 Principles of Wildlife Conservation .......................... 3 Psychology of Human Relations .............................. 3 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I.............................................. 3

Third Quarter (Spring) FT235 NR230 FW253

Admission is based on meeting application deadlines and satisfactorily completing qualifying criteria. Application packets are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Information sessions are also offered on a regular basis. The information sessions are listed in the application packet. Once you have read the application materials and attended an information session, you can call 503-4917165 if you have questions about the admission process. Placement of Licensed Practical Nurses (LPNs) into the program is based on completion of 1) curriculum requirements; 2) the Individualized Education plan, which includes enrollment in NUR151; 3) program requirements such as immunizations and CPR; and 4) possession of a current unencumbered LPN license for the State of Oregon. Packets describing this procedure are available on the MHCC web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions.

14

Outdoor Recreation ............................................... 3 Forest Botany ....................................................... 4 Birds: Biology and Techniques or NR144 Forest Insects and Diseases ...................................... 3-4 Beginning Algebra II*............................................ 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking or WR102 Workplace Communications II.................. 3

Students who wish to transfer into the program directly from another nursing program should contact the nursing program director. Transfer students must meet transfer student admission criteria and will be accepted on a space available basis. Packets describing this procedure are available on the MHCC web site at http://www.mhcc. edu/LRadmissions. Students returning to the program after a leave of absence must fulfill all requirements as stated on their Leave of Absence form.

16-17

Accommodations are available by following the procedures established by MHCC Disability Services Office.

* Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

2006-07 Program Prerequisites: BI231; FN225; MTH951; PSY2372; WR121 and WR122; and any 100-level or above Social Science course1. These courses must be completed with a grade of “C” or better by the 2006-07 application deadline. Students must have completed 30 credit hours of college-level work before applying to the program. Check the MHCC web site, http://www.mhcc.edu/admissions/limit_restrict_programs/ nursing/main.htm for additional information.

Program Web Link: http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/programs/

Nursing

Please note: For degree completion and general education requirements, a college level math course, MTH95 or higher, must be transcripted.

Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisor Janie Griffin: 503-491-6701 - Room BCAH130

Note: A minimum of “C” grade in all courses is required.

griffinj@mhcc.edu

Please check the MHCC website for any curricular changes that have occured since the catalog was published.

Nurses provide and manage care for individuals of all ages who have health concerns. They work independently and collaboratively with other health team members to meet patient needs and use scientific and humanistic principles of care. Registered nurses (RNs) can independently assess, plan, implement, and evaluate basic health and nursing needs and therapies for persons whose health status is stable or unstable. The RN is expected to delegate responsibilities and supervise auxiliary workers as manager of care. Employment opportunities in nursing are available in the Portland metropolitan area and throughout most of the state. Graduates from Mt. Hood Community College (MHCC) generally find employment within three months of graduation.

Courses to be taken before starting Nursing courses BI232 BI233 BI234 FN225 NAX10 PSY201 WR122

First Quarter (Fall or Spring)

Completion of the program’s course of study fulfills the educational requirements necessary to be eligible to apply to take the Registered Nurse National Council Licensure Examination (RN-NCLEX). Licensure is necessary to practice nursing as a registered nurse (RN). It is obtained through the Oregon State Board of Nursing (OSBN) after satisfactory completion of all OSBN requirements. Required and related general education courses are part of the basic curriculum.

NUR101 NUR111 NUR121 NUR122 PSY237

NUR102 NUR131 NUR132 NUR220 NUR221 PSY239

29

Nursing I .............................................................. 5 Nursing Student Success Strategies (optional) ........(2) Nursing Lab I ........................................................ 1 Nursing Clinical I ................................................... 2 Human Development .............................................. 4

Second Quarter (Winter or Summer)

The student must document: a) immunizations for: varicella (Chickenpox), Tetanus-Dipthereia Toxoid, two doses of the measles vaccine, and initiation of the three-dose Hepatitis B vaccine series; b) the tuberculin skin test (PPD) ; c) CPR - Health Care Provider, level C (valid through June of the first year). Requirements also include completion of an Oregon State Board of Nursing approved nursing assistant program prior to entry into first quarter of the Nursing Program. All nursing students must pass a criminal background check through the Department of the State Police.

Cr

Human Anatomy and Physiology II .......................... 4 Human Anatomy and Physiology III ........................ 4 Microbiology ......................................................... 4 Nutrition .............................................................. 4 Basic Training - Nursing Assistant 3 .......................... 7 General Psychology................................................ 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

12-14

Nursing II............................................................. 5 Nursing Lab II....................................................... 1 Nursing Clinical II ................................................. 3 Nursing Assessment ............................................... 2 Nursing Assessment Lab ......................................... 1 Introduction to Abnormal Psychology* or BI240 Pathology* (or OHSU Pathophysiology) ...... 3

15

51


Office Assistant

Third Quarter (Spring or Fall) NUR103 NUR141 NUR142 BI240 WR123

Nursing III ........................................................... 4 Nursing Lab III ..................................................... 1 Nursing Clinical III ................................................ 4 Pathology*(or OHSU Pathophysiology) or PSY239 Introduction to Abnormal Psychology* .... 3 English Composition: Research or WR227 Technical Report Writing .......................... 3

Certificate Program MHCC Faculty Advisor Brenda Houchen: 503-491-7431 - Room AC 2782 houchenb@mhcc.edu

If you are a self-starter with strong organizational skills and attention to detail, you can use this program to gain entry into positions in any industry or business. Learn to manage time and develop human relations expertise while developing your professional attitude and project management skills. Ensure that offices run smoothly with technology training in MS Office software.

15 *PSY239 and either BI240 or OHSU Pathophysiology may be taken either Winter or Spring term. Both must be completed by the end of the first year.

Employment opportunities for full-time, temporary, or part-time work in the Portland metropolitan area are excellent. The demand for office support personnel is high in both the private and the public sector. If you are eager to enter the world of work at an entry-level position, you will find this program appealing.

LPN, Transfer or Returning Nursing Students only: NUR151

Transition: ADN4 ............................................... (1-4)

Fourth Quarter (Fall or Winter) NUR201 NUR211 NUR222A NUR222B NUR231

Fifth Quarter (Winter or Spring) NUR202 NUR232 NUR235 HPE295

First Quarter (Filing Clerk)

13

BT101 BT110 BT122

Nursing V.............................................................. 5 Nursing Clinical V .................................................. 4 Cardiac Dysrhythmia and EKG’s (optional) ..............(1) Health and Fitness for Life (or any 3 hours of PE)‡.... 3 Social Science or Humanities distribution‡ .............. 3

Sixth Quarter (Spring or Summer) NUR203 NUR242 MTH105

For further advising assistance, students are highly encouraged to follow the web link “Additional Program Information” found on this program’s web page at http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/catalog/programs0506/offassist.htm.

Nursing IV ............................................................ 5 Nursing Pharmacology............................................ 3 Nursing Clinical IV- A ............................................. 2 Nursing Clinical IV-B .............................................. 2 Nursing Lab IV ...................................................... 1

BT218 BA131 PSY101

15-16

Nursing VI ............................................................ 4 Nursing Clinical VI ................................................. 6 Contemporary Mathematics (or higher)5/6 ................. 4

Second Quarter (Clerk/Receptionist) BT111 BT116 BT123A

14 Students must either complete MTH95, the equivalent or higher; OR place into MTH105 or higher on the Mt Hood community College Placement Test (CPT). 2 PSY201 is recommended, as it satisfies both the PSY237 prerequisite and the 100-level or above Social Science program prerequisite requirement. 3 Students may meet this requirement by completing any OSBN Nursing Assistant course or by submitting an active CNA license. 4 NUR151 is required for LPN students and Transfer students transitioning into the program or for Nursing students returning after a leave of absence. (TBA by instructor.) 5 MTH243 is recommended for students who plan to earn a BSN. 6 Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. 1

BT125 AC120 WR121

17

Editing Techniques ................................................ 3 Business Tools and Techniques ................................ 3 Keyboarding for Accuracy and Speed I* or BT122 Professional Keyboarding*/** ................ 2-3 Word Processing with Word* .................................. 3 Accounting for Professional Services ....................... 3 English Composition* ............................................. 3

Third Quarter (Office Clerk) BT117 BT126 BT225 BA205 MTH65

Cr

Office Careers Survey ............................................. 1 Business Editing.................................................... 3 Professional Keyboarding*/** or BT121 Keyboarding Principles ............................. 3 Records and Information Management ..................... 3 Introduction to Business Computing* ...................... 4 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology ................................ 3

17-18

Professional Development ...................................... 3 Microsoft Word Skills Assessment* .......................... 3 Document Processing* ........................................... 3 Business Communications ...................................... 4 Beginning Algebra II (or higher)***‡ ...................... 3

16 * Prerequisite required not already included in curriculum. See course description in back of catalog. ** Students must complete either 1) BT121 and BT122 or 2) BT122 and BT123A. *** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

‡ See pages 7-10.

‡ See pages 7-10.

Coursework and Recognition of Completion In selecting additional coursework, the student should consult with the program advisor. Students may choose to earn the Business Technology/Software Specialist certificate or expand employment opportuni-

52


ties further by taking additional coursework in the associate degree program, Office Management/Administrative Assistant. Students might also wish to consider additional coursework in Legal Administrative Assistant, Office Administration/Human Resource Management, and Web Publishing/Information Technology.

For further advising assistance, students are highly encouraged to follow the web link “Additional Program Information” found on this program’s web page at http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/catalog/programs0506/ofmgmt.htm.

First Quarter (Fall)

Office Management/ Administrative Assistant

BT___ BT101 BT110 BT218

Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisors Robin Brush: 503-491-7174 - Room AC 2777 Brenda Houchen: 503-491-7431 - Room AC 2782 Pam Shields: 503-491-7458 - Room AC 2780

BA131 HPE295

brushr@mhcc.edu houchenb@mhcc.edu shieldsp@mhcc.edu

Second Quarter (Winter) BT___ BT111 BT116

This is an associate degree program designed for students who seek immediate employment in the wide open field of administrative professionals by providing training for both first-time job seekers and experienced employees who wish to advance in their careers. In addition to earning the degree in Office Management/Administrative Assistant, this degree offers individual custom designed electives to concentrate on courses that will give students the opportunity to focus on various career paths.

BT125_ AC120

Legal Administrative Assistant

BT___ BT117 BT126 BT225

If you are bright, hard working, and interested in the law, then this career path is the one for you! As the “communication hub” in a law office, a well-prepared Legal Administrative Assistant possesses initiative, flexibility, organizational, secretarial, and computer skills. These attributes are rewarded with one of the highest entry-level salaries in the administrative assistant fields. Students will earn an Associate of Applied Science degree in Office Management/Administrative Assistant and a non-transcripted Recognition of Completion as a Legal Administrative Assistant. This course of study provides the student hands-on development of professional level office skills with an emphasis on communication with clients. Learn to create legal documents and court pleadings from actual Oregon cases in an up-to-date, computerized classroom utilizing the most commonly used word processing software, MS Word and WordPerfect.

Office Administration/Human Resource Management Brenda Houchen, Advisor Do you value excellence, integrity, and client service? Use communication, teamwork, and problem-solving skills to pursue a career in a quickly expanding field. Businesses in all industries need administrative professionals to manage benefits, administer insurance programs, generate payroll, and provide confidential support for their employees. Students may take a variety of business administration courses that stress higher-level decision-making.

Web Publishing/Information Technology

15-16

Keyboarding***.................................................. 2-3 Business Communications* ..................................... 4 Beginning Algebra II (or higher)****‡ ..................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship or ICD electives** ................................................. 4 ICD electives** .................................................. 3-4

Sixth Quarter (Spring) BA226 WE280___

14-15

Keyboarding***.................................................. 2-3 English Composition .............................................. 3 Human Relations requirement‡ ............................... 3 ICD electives** ..................................................... 7

Fifth Quarter (Winter) BT___ BA205 MTH65 WE280___

14-15

Keyboarding***.................................................. 2-3 Professional Development** ................................... 3 Microsoft Word Skills Assessment* .......................... 3 Document Processing* or ICD elective ..................... 3 ICD electives** ..................................................... 3

Fourth Quarter (Fall) BT___ WR121

16-17

Keyboarding***.................................................. 2-3 Editing Techniques ................................................. 3 Business Tools and Techniques or BT218 Records and Information Management ................ 3 Word Processing with Word .................................... 3 Accounting for Professional Services ....................... 3

Third Quarter (Spring)

(Recognition of Completion) Pam Shields, Advisor

Cr

Keyboarding***.................................................. 2-3 Office Careers Survey ............................................. 1 Business Editing.................................................... 3 Records and Information Management or BT116 Business Tools and Techniques................... 3 Introduction to Business Computing* ...................... 4 Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3

16-18

Introduction to Business Law ................................. 4 Cooperative Education Internship or ICD elective**(s) ............................................... 4 ICD electives** ................................................. 4 Distribution requirement‡ ...................................... 3

15

Robin Brush, Advisor

* Prerequisite required not already included in curriculum. See course description in back of catalog. ** See below *** Students must complete a minimum of 5 keyboarding classes to be selected from BT11S, BT121, BT122, BT123A/B, BT124A/ B. This selection must include BT122 and BT123A. See advisor to determine appropriate sequence. **** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

Are you an intelligent, self-confident individual with integrity and accountability and would like to work in a fast-paced environment? This career path seeks an individual who is highly motivated, detail oriented, and creative. Core courses develop your organizational, problem-solving, interpersonal, leadership skills, and strong written and verbal communication skills. Learn project management, Internet research skills, and have an opportunity to take electives in web page development, support and maintenance. The individual custom designed electives provide an opportunity to concentrate on courses specifically designed to prepare you as an integral part of an office support team.

‡ See pages 7-10.

53


Individual Custom Designed (ICD) Electives and Recognition of Completion

BT210___ PowerPoint - Level I (Su/F/W/Sp) ........................... 1 BT210___ PowerPoint - Level II (Su/F/W/Sp) .......................... 1 BT210___ Internet for the Business Professional (Su/F/W/Sp) .. 1 BT225 Document Processing (Sp) ...................................... 3 WE280___ Cooperative Education Internship ........................ 3-4 Brenda Houchen 503-491-7431 - houchenb@mhcc.edu

The Office Management/Administrative Assistant degree allows for students to develop with their faculty advisors an individual custom designed program that meets their career goals whether that is job entry preparation or college transfer. The program allows students up to 29 credits (about a third of the program) to specialize in a specific area relating to their chosen specialty. Upon entering the program students will meet with his/her advisor and mutually develop an individual custom designed program that will provide them with the necessary expertise to be successful in their chosen career path.

Web Publishing/Information Technology Within this focus, you can also develop project management expertise, Internet research skills, and have an opportunity to take related electives in web page development, support, and maintenance. Related electives provide an opportunity to concentrate on courses specifically designed for using the Internet as an integral part of an office management support system.

Legal Administrative Assistant Recognition of Completion, given to students who complete the following list of courses. The courses may provide structured review of skills used by persons in the administrative assistant field or are for those who wish to attain additional knowledge related to a current occupation. Applications for this non-transcripted, institutional award of attendance are available with the program advisor.

Individual Custom Designed Electives, choose from: BA231 Information Technology in Business (F/W/Sp) .......... 4 BA267 eBusiness Project Management (Sp) ........................ 3 BT210___ Access - Level I (Su/F/W/Sp) .................................. 1 BT210___ Access - Level II (Su/F/W/Sp) ................................. 1 BT210___ Excel - Level I (Su/F/W/Sp) .................................... 1 BT210___ Excel - Level II (Su/F/W/Sp) ................................... 1 BT210___ Excel - Level III (Su/F/W/Sp) ................................. 1 BT210___ PowerPoint - Level I (Su/F/W/Sp) ........................... 1 BT210___ PowerPoint - Level II (Su/F/W/Sp) .......................... 1 BT210___ Internet for the Business Professional (Su/F/W/Sp) .. 1 CIS125HTA HTML - Level 1 ..................................................... 1 CIS125HTB HTML - Level 2 ..................................................... 1 CIS125HTC HTML - Level 3 ..................................................... 1 CIS125MPA Project Management (MS Project) - Level 1 .............. 1 CIS125PSA Photoshop - Level 1 .............................................. 1 CIS140W Windows OS .......................................................... 2 CIS144 Problem Solving Methodologies ............................. 3 CIS145A Computer Upgrading and Maintenance ..................... 1 CIS178B Web Publishing .................................................... 1 CIS195B Web Page Design .................................................. 1 CIS278A Communication Technologies .................................. 2 WE280___ Cooperative Education Internship ........................ 3-4 Robin Brush 503-491-7174 - brushr@mhcc.edu

LA230 Law Office Systems (Spring) .................................. 3 LA231 Law Office Simulation (Fall) ................................... 3 LA232 Pleadings and Practices I (Fall) .............................. 4 LA233 Pleadings and Practices II (Winter) ........................ 4 LA242 ALS Certification Review (Spring)........................... 2 WE280LA_ Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 3 Additional Individual Custom Designed Electives: BT225 Document Processing (Sp) ...................................... 3 BT210___ WordPerfect - Level I (Su/F/W/Sp) .......................... 1 BT210___ WordPerfect - Level II (Su/F/W/Sp) ......................... 1 BT210___ Excel - Level I (Su/F/W/Sp) .................................... 1 BT210___ Excel - Level II (Su/F/W/Sp) ................................... 1 BT210___ Excel - Level III (Su/F/W/Sp) ................................. 1 BT210___ PowerPoint - Level I (Su/F/W/Sp) ........................... 1 BT210___ PowerPoint - Level II (Su/F/W/Sp) .......................... 1 BT210___ Access - Level I (Su/F/W/Sp) .................................. 1 BT210___ Access - Level II (Su/F/W/Sp) ................................. 1 BT210___ Internet for the Business Professional (Su/F/W/Sp) .. 1 Pam Shields 503-491-7458 - shieldsp@mhcc.edu

Office Software Specialist

Office Administration/Human Resource Management Individual Custom Designed Electives, choose from: BA101 Introduction to Business (Su/F/W/Sp)..................... 4 BA177 Payroll Accounting and Payroll Tax Filing Requirements (W) .............................................. 3 BA206 Management Fundamentals (F/W/Sp)....................... 3 BA218 Personal Finance (F/W) .......................................... 3 BA224 Human Resource Management (Sp) .......................... 3 BA231 Information Technology in Business (W/Sp) ............. 4 BA267 eBusiness Project Management* (Sp)....................... 3 BA285 Leadership and Human Relations (W)....................... 3 BT117 Professional Development (Sp) ............................... 3 BT210___ Access - Level I (Su/F/W/Sp) .................................. 1 BT210___ Access - Level II (Su/F/W/Sp) ................................. 1 BT210___ Publisher - Level I (Su/F/W/Sp) .............................. 1 BT210___ Publisher - Level II (Su/F/W/Sp) ............................. 1 BT210___ WordPerfect - Level I (Su/F/W/Sp) .......................... 1 BT210___ WordPerfect - Level II (Su/F/W/Sp) ......................... 1 BT210___ Excel - Level I (Su/F/W/Sp) .................................... 1 BT210___ Excel - Level II (Su/F/W/Sp) ................................... 1 BT210___ Excel - Level III (Su/F/W/Sp) ................................. 1

Certificate Program MHCC Faculty Advisor Robin Brush: 503-491-7174 - Room AC 2777

brushr@mhcc.edu

Office Software specialists work in all types of businesses as technicians in a variety of software applications that may include word processing, presentations, database, spreadsheet and electronic communications. The ideal candidate must have the ability to work independently as well as a contributing, collaborative team member. These professionals produce and organize quality publications from handwritten, printed, or electronic material. If you want to be on the cutting edge of technology, you will thrive in this field. Students will be trained in Microsoft applications using Microsoft-approved textbooks that cover the required objectives on the Microsoft Office Specialist exams. Students will become prepared to take Microsoft Office Specialist exams indicating that they have an understanding of the core and possibly the expert features in Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Access, and Outlook in Microsoft Office software programs. By passing one or more certification exams, students can demonstrate proficiency in a given Office application to employers.

54


work consists of lecture and laboratory instruction on campus, and supervised clinical experience in health care facilities in the Portland metropolitan area and throughout the state. Upon taking the state board examination and becoming licensed, the assistant is qualified to work in any health care facility which provides supervision by a licensed physical therapist.

The outlook for jobs in this field of software applications is excellent. Specialists are in high demand with opportunities for advancement. They possess problem solving and technical skills and are prepared for tomorrow’s challenges. For further advising assistance, students are highly encouraged to follow the web link “Additional Program Information” found on this program’s web page at http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/catalog/programs0506/offsft.htm.

First Quarter (Fall) BT101 BT110 BT116 BT122 BA131

WR121

Applicants to the Physical Therapist Assistant Program must be physically and mentally able to cope with the rigors of the curriculum and the demanding nature of the physical therapy profession. Established academic and clinical requirements essential to the program of instruction apply to all students and cannot be waived. Attempts will be made to accommodate and retain qualified applicants with disabilities unless results of evaluations indicate that given reasonable accommodation an individual will still not be able to perform the essential functions required by the program.

14

Professional Keyboarding** or Related electives*** .. 3 Word Processing with Word .................................... 3 Records and Information Management ..................... 3 Beginning Algebra II (or higher)****‡ ..................... 3 Related electives................................................... 3

Third Quarter (Spring) BT111 BT126 BT210__ PSY101

Cr

Office Careers Survey ............................................. 1 Business Editing.................................................... 3 Business Tools and Techniques ................................ 3 Professional Keyboarding** or BT121 Keyboarding Principles*** ........................ 3 Introduction to Business Computing* ...................... 4

Second Quarter (Winter) BT122 BT125 BT218 MTH65

Admission is based upon meeting application deadlines and satisfactory completion of criteria. Further information and applications can be accessed from the MHCC website at www.mhcc.edu. Enter “pta” at “Search the MHCC Website” to reach the PTA Program webpages. Information sessions are also offered on a regular basis. Dates and times are listed in the application packet and on the website. Once you have read the application materials and attended an information session, you may call 503-491-7220 if you have questions about the admission process.

15

Note: A minimum of “C” grade in all courses is required.

Editing Techniques ................................................ 3 Microsoft Word Skills Assessment ............................ 3 PowerPoint - Level II ............................................. 1 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology ................................ 3 English Composition* ............................................. 3 Related electives................................................... 3

Related Electives and Recognition of Completion

Please check the MHCC website for any curricular changes that have occured since the catalog was published.

Summer Quarter (Optional) (Newly admitted students who have not taken MTH65 or higher must complete this option) MTH60

16

Beginning Algebra I............................................ 0-3

First Quarter (Fall)

In selecting related courses, the student must consult with the program advisor. Students may choose to earn the Office Assistant certificate or expand employment opportunities further by taking additional coursework in the associate degree program, Office Management/Administrative Assistant. Students might also wish to consider additional coursework in Legal Administrative Assistant, Office Administration/Human Resource Management, and Web Publishing/Information Technology.

PTA111 PTA112 AH12 AH140 BI121 WR101

* Prerequisite required not already included in curriculum. See course description in back of catalog. ** Students must check with the program advisor. *** Students must complete either: 1) BT121 and BT122 or 2) BT122 and a related elective. **** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

Cr

Patient Care Skills ................................................. 3 Introduction to Physical Therapy ............................ 3 Medical Vocabulary ................................................ 2 Clinical Emergency Procedures ................................ 2 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I ........ 4 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition* .............................. 3 Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................. 1

18 *Those students electing to take WR121 and WR122 to satisfy the communication general education and program requirements must also take a speech course to satisfy program requirements (see sixth quarter). Students electing to take WR101 and WR102 do not have to take the program speech requirement.

‡ See pages 8-9.

Physical Therapist Assistant

Second Quarter (Winter) PTA114 PTA114L PTA130 BI122 PSY201 WR102

Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisors Jane Cedar: 503-491-7464 - Room AC 2775 cedarj@mhcc.edu Debbie VanDover: 503-491-7465 - Room AC 2790 vandoved@mhcc.edu

Physical Therapy Interventions I............................. 3 Physical Therapy Interventions Lab I....................... 2 Issues in Physical Therapy ...................................... 3 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II ....... 4 General Psychology................................................ 3 Workplace Communications II or WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking** ... 3

18

The Physical Therapist Assistant program at Mt. Hood Community College is two years in length, leading to an associate degree. Course

55


Third Quarter (Spring) PTA113 PTA115 PTA115L PTA125 HE207

Beginning Algebra II (or higher)**‡ ........................ 3

3

Fifth Quarter (Fall) PTA216 PTA216L PTA220 PTA226

Physical Therapy Interventions III .......................... 3 Physical Therapy Interventions Lab III .................... 3 Pathological Conditions I ....................................... 5 Clinical Affiliation II .............................................. 5

First Quarter (Fall) ART117 ART266 PHO131 PHO260 WR121

Physical Therapy Interventions IV ........................... 3 Physical Therapy Interventions Lab IV ..................... 3 Pathological Conditions II...................................... 5 Clinical Affiliation III ............................................ 5

16

Seventh Quarter (Spring) PTA228

Note: Prior to first quarter, students must complete ART261, Photography I. This is an open enrollment course offered each summer through spring term.

16

Sixth Quarter (Winter) PTA217 PTA217L PTA221 PTA227

Due to the sequencing of courses, students will be admitted only at the fall term. Alternates may be considered for midyear entry if space is available. Admission is based upon satisfactory completion of the application criteria by a stated deadline. Students accepted in the program will be expected to complete prior to the first quarter ART261 (Photography I) or have the program adviser’s waiver. Application packets are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Once you have read the application materials, you can call 503-491-7165 if you have questions about the admission process.

13

Fourth Quarter (Summer) MTH65

students will collaborate with radio, graphic design and television majors as they explore the relationship between words, images, sound, motion, time and space in digital media.

Clinical Kinesiology ............................................... 4 Physical Therapy Interventions II ........................... 3 Physical Therapy Interventions Lab II ..................... 2 Clinical Affiliation I ............................................... 3 Stress Control - Activity Intervention ...................... 1

Second Quarter (Winter) ART262 PHO270 PHO271

Clinical Affiliation IV ............................................. 8 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 1 Speech requirement*/*** .................................... 0-3

9-12 ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Text (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. *** Please see pages 7-10, Associate of Applied Science, general course listings and/or the faculty advisor for selection. ‡ See pages 7-10.

Professional Photography

ART279 IM260 PHO268 PHO274

MHCC Faculty Advisor Dana Spielmann: 503-491-7412 - Room AC1371 spielmad@mhcc.edu

Graduates of the photography program will emerge after two years of coursework with solid technical and aesthetic photography skills. In addition, they will gain a strong foundation in small business and marketing practices, essential to survival as an independent operator. Current market demand offers our graduates entry-level positions in general commercial, advertising, industrial, editorial, and free-lance photography. Employment will also be found as technicians in professional processing labs, electronic imaging and multimedia service bureaus, and as members of film or television production crews.

PHO227 PHO269 PHO281

14

Photography Business Practicum I .......................... 4 Page Layout for Photographers ............................... 4 Beginning Algebra II (or higher)*‡.......................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship** ........................ 4

Sixth Quarter (Spring)

Success in the competitive field of photography not only requires mastery of the craft but also an aptitude for pre-visualizing, problem-solving, teamwork and communication. For this reason, the curriculum ranges from basic black-and-white, color and lighting photography courses to courses in marketing and professional practice. Second-year students have two terms of a photo business practicum that simulates business environments by servicing the college’s internal photographic needs. Finally, students gain experience in the field as interns with the professional photographers from the greater Portland metropolitan area.

16

Integrated Media Survey ........................................ 3 Professional Practice in Integrated Media ................ 3 Photoshop II ........................................................ 4 Advanced Commercial Photo Applications ................ 4

Fifth Quarter (Winter) PHO226 PHO273 MTH65 WE280PH_

15

Field Photography ................................................ 3 Portrait Photography ............................................. 3 Photoshop I .......................................................... 4 Principles of Marketing .......................................... 3 Human Relations requirement‡ ............................... 3

Fourth Quarter (Fall)

Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program

15

Photography II ..................................................... 3 Small Product Photography..................................... 3 Photographic Style ................................................ 3 Distribution requirement‡ ...................................... 3 Health and/or Physical Education requirement‡........ 3

Third Quarter (Spring) ART263 ART264 PHO267 BA223

Cr

Basic Design III: 3-Dimensional .............................. 3 Color Slide Photography ......................................... 3 Basic Photographic Lighting ................................... 3 Digital Photography and Imaging ............................ 3 English Composition .............................................. 3

15

Photography Business Practicum II ......................... 4 Digital Studio ....................................................... 4 Photography Portfolio ........................................... 4 Related Elective .................................................... 3

15 * Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. ** WE280PH may be taken at any time in the second year. Maximum of 12 credit hours may be applied toward degree.

Photography students benefit from the use of the college’s newest Macintosh digital imaging lab where they learn to use the latest image-editing, page layout, and web page production software, as well as digital cameras and scanners. As members of Integrated Media,

‡ See pages 7-10.

56


Radio Broadcasting

Fifth Quarter (Winter) RB223 RB224 RB225

Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisor Jeff Young: 503-491-7632 - Room AC 1385

youngj@mhcc.edu

Radio broadcasting is an exciting career offering opportunities nationwide. Students prepare for careers in sales and promotion, as air-talent, news reporters/anchors, traffic and operation managers, program managers, production directors, and music directors. In radio, women and minorities are in great demand and are being employed on the air and in production and promotion. Salaries vary with the job and market size.

RB226 RB228 RB230 WE280RB_

* Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. ** WE280RB may be taken any term. Maximum of 12 credit hours may be applied toward degree.

Related Electives In selecting related courses the student should consult with an advisor to determine whether a selection of courses across divisional areas or a concentration of courses within a specific division is more appropriate to the student’s vocational goals. ‡ See pages 7-10.

Admission is based upon satisfactory completion of placement criteria and satisfactory completion of the screening process. The program begins fall quarter. Application packets are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Once you have read the application materials, you can call 503-491-7341 if you have questions about the admission process.

RB113 RB115 SP111

ART279 IM260

Cr

MHCC Faculty Advisor George Hicks: 503-491-7172 - Room AC 2768

hicksg@mhcc.edu

Respiratory Care is an allied health discipline that uses scientific principles to carry out physician directed diagnosis and treatment of abnormal respiratory conditions. Respiratory Care Practitioners work in a variety of settings, including hospitals, skilled nursing facilities, home care, research, education, and medical equipment sales.

14

The program combines basic science and modern respiratory care theory with clinical experience in local medical centers. Both campus and clinical learning focus on all areas of respiratory care, which includes adult, neonatal and pediatric, general and intensive care. The Respiratory Care Program prepares the student for both local and national standards. Graduates are eligible to take the national entry level examination and the national advanced practitioner level examinations administered by the National Board for Respiratory Care. Passing these examinations serves to fulfill state licensure testing requirements.

16

Radio Traffic ......................................................... 4 Broadcasting Practices III ..................................... 3 Broadcast News Reporting I.................................... 4 Beginning Algebra II (or higher)*‡.......................... 3

Fourth Quarter (Fall) RB222 RB235 RB240

Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program

Radio Scriptwriting ............................................... 4 Broadcasting Practices II ....................................... 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3 Distribution requirement‡ ...................................... 3 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 3

Third Quarter (Spring) RB116 RB118 RB120 MTH65

Respiratory Care

Introduction to Radio Broadcasting ........................ 4 Broadcasting Practices I ........................................ 3 Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3 Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I .................... 3

Second Quarter (Winter)

Broadcast Station Operation ................................... 4 Audition Tape and Resume...................................... 4 Broadcast Sales ..................................................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship**or Related elective ............................................... 4

15

Radio Broadcasting is a specific discipline within Integrated Media (IM) at Mt. Hood Community College. Radio, television, graphic design and photography students collaborate to explore relationships between words, images, sound, motion, time and space in the new world of digital media. Learning audio production skills for radio opens up additional career options in the world of integrated media.

RB110 RB112 CIS120 CIS120L WR121

16

Sixth Quarter (Spring)

X58, a modern rock, student-operated station, serves the campus, the community on AT&T Broadband, and the world at X58radio.com. All students work on-air, and X58 is managed by a core staff of second-year student managers, housed in state-of-the-industry digital facilities. Students are trained in digital production (ProTools, Cool Edit Pro), digital music rotation (Selector), and digital traffic systems (Marketron.) There is an equal emphasis on teaching concepts and principles in the classroom, getting lots of hands-on experience on the air and in the production room, and internships at local Portland area stations.

First Quarter (Fall)

Broadcast Advertising Practices .............................. 3 Advanced Digital Audio Production ......................... 4 Broadcast Programming ......................................... 3 Human Relations requirement‡ ............................... 3 Related elective .................................................... 3

The respiratory care profession continues to develop and diversify. Studies by the American Medical Association indicate that the need for Respiratory Care Practitioners will continue to grow.

14

The personal requirements necessary to succeed as a Respiratory Care Practitioner include a general aptitude for the biological and physical sciences. The Respiratory Care Practitioner is required to understand the physiology and pathology of circulation and respiration. Also required is the emotional maturity to deal with decision making in critical life and death situations.

Digital Audio Production ........................................ 4 Broadcast News Reporting II .................................. 3 Engineering for Radio Programmers - Basics of Electronics ....................................................... 2 Integrated Media Survey ........................................ 3 Professional Practice for Integrated Media ............... 3

Applicants are admitted on a space-available basis after academic criteria have been met. Applications packets are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions.

15

57


Sixth Quarter

Students who used the College Placement Test (CPT) to demonstrate mathematics proficiency for program admission as of 2004 – 2005 will not meet the general education requirement for the Associate of Applied Science Degree. Three credits of a mathematics course (MTH65 or higher, excluding MTH211) must be transcripted before graduation. Please see pages 7-10 for more details about the general education requirements of the Applied Associate of Science Degree.

RT232 RT253

14 * See (Optional Summer Courses) ‡ See pages 7-10.

Note: Although BI121 and BI122 is the anatomy and physiology sequence currently offered within the program, it is strongly recommended that students complete BI121 and BI122 prior to admission into the program.

Sheet Metal Technology Restricted to students participating in a Sheet Metal Apprenticeship program, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program

A minimum grade of “C” is required in all RT courses and BI121,BI122 and BI234. Please check the MHCC website for any curricular changes that have occured since the catalog was published.

(Optional Summer Quarter) BI121 BI122

RT111 RT112 AH12 BI121 WR121

12-16

The degree requirements are as follows:

Related Training Supervised Trade Experience

12 credits

Supervised trade experience is a process that combines work experience with specific trade instruction. It is dependent upon employers and educators cooperating to form a comprehensive training program for the students. This unique approach to training is designed to develop skills and knowledge and to improve self-understanding by integrating trade specific instruction with planned supervised work experience. A maximum of 12 credits may be earned that can be applied to the degree.

10-18

General Education

18 credits

In addition to the related training and industrial work experience, a minimum of 18 credit hours (effective 2002-03) is required to satisfy the general education requirements.

16

Total Credit Hours Required 1st Year

7

SMT110 SMT111 SMT112 SMT113

Pulmonary Assessment ........................................... 3 Neonatal and Pediatric Respiratory Care .................. 4 Clinical Practice I .................................................. 9

16 Fifth Quarter RT231 RT252 PSY101

60 credits

A minimum of 60 credit hours of course work earned through apprenticeship training must be completed.

Microbiology ......................................................... 4 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology ................................ 3

Fourth Quarter RT211 RT220 RT251

For additional information regarding the AAS degree contact the MHCC Apprenticeship Coordinator at 503-491-7401 located in room AC 1162 in The Center for Continuing Education and Apprenticeship at MHCC. For additional information regarding the application process into the Sheet Metal Apprenticeship program contact the Sheet Metal Training Center at 503-257-1022.

Respiratory Diseases and Pharmacology ...................... 6 Mechanical Ventilation ............................................ 4 Mechanical Ventilation Lab ...................................... 2 Clinical Clerkship .................................................... 1 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............... 3

(Optional Summer Quarter) BI234 PSY101

This degree combines a five-year sheet metal apprenticeship-training program, with apprenticeship trade experience, related industry training and general education courses leading to journeyman status and the awarding of the A.A.S. Degree.

Respiratory Care Procedures ................................... 5 Respiratory Care Procedures Lab ............................. 2 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II* ..... 4 Microbiology* ....................................................... 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking or WR102 Workplace Communications II................... 3

Third Quarter RT131 RT141 RT142 RT150

8

Cardiopulmonary Physiology ................................... 6 Cardiopulmonary Physiology Lab ............................. 1 Medical Vocabulary ................................................ 2 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I* ...... 4 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I ...................... 3

Second Quarter RT121 RT122 BI122 BI234 WR122

The associate degree in Sheet Metal Technology is designed for individuals serving in the sheet metal trades industry or individuals who have been accepted into the sheet metal apprenticeship program affiliated with Mt. Hood Community College.

Cr

Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I ........ 4 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II ....... 4

First Quarter

Cardiopulmonary Critical Care II ............................. 3 Clinical Practice III ............................................... 8 Social Science/Humanities requirement‡ ................. 3

90 credits Cr

Introduction to Sheet Metal ................................... 3 Sheet Metal Transitions .......................................... 3 Welding and Electrical Fundamentals ....................... 3 Sheet Metal Triangulation I .................................... 3 Communications requirement* ..............................6-7

2nd Year

Cardiopulmonary Critical Care I ............................... 3 Clinical Practice II................................................. 8 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology*............................... 3

SMT120 SMT121 SMT122 SMT123

11-14

58

Sheet Metal Triangulation II ................................... 3 Architectural Sheet Metal I .................................... 3 Architectural Sheet Metal II ................................... 3 Fundamentals of Calculator Layout .......................... 3 Mathematics requirement**‡ .................................. 3 Science/Mathematics/Computer Science distribution requirement‡ .................................. 3


3rd Year SMT230 SMT231 SMT232 SMT233

The student must initiate the three-dose Hepatitis B vaccine series upon acceptance to the program. Documentation of Hepatitis B Vaccine #1 immunization must be on file in the Allied Health Division in order to register for surgical technology courses; Hepatitis B Vaccine #2 one month later; and Hepatitis B Vaccine #3 prior to registering for second quarter.

Introduction to Environmental Systems ................... 3 Advanced Environmental Systems............................ 3 Gas Metal Arc Welding............................................ 3 Plans and Specifications......................................... 3 Human Relations requirement‡ ............................... 3 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 3

Documentation of the following immunization information must be on file in the Allied Health Division by September 1: • Second dose of measles (Rubeola) immunization • Immunity to rubella by one of the following: • documentation of immunization, or • immunity confirmed by positive rubella IgG antibody • Documentation of immune status to varicella (chicken pox) • Tuberculin skin test (PPD) - current through the end of the following spring term. Must also show proof of CPR certification for the Professional Healthcare Provider, Adult and Pediatric, valid September through June of the second year.

4th Year SMT240 SMT241 SMT242 SMT243

Sheet Metal Triangulation III ................................. 3 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing HVAC Systems ....... 3 Introduction to Gas Tungsten Arc Welding ............... 3 Food Service Equipment ......................................... 3

5th Year SMT250 SMT251 SMT252 SMT253 APP200E

Advanced Gas Tungsten Arc Welding ........................ 3 Industrial Sheet Metal ........................................... 3 Introduction to Detailing ....................................... 3 Advanced Detailing................................................ 3 Trade and Industrial Experience .............................12

Surgical technologists are allied health professionals who are an integral part of the team of medical practitioners providing surgical care to patients in a variety of settings. The surgical technologist works under medical supervision to facilitate the safe and effective conduct of invasive surgical procedures. This individual works under the supervision of a surgeon to ensure that the operating room or environment is safe, that equipment functions properly, and that the operative procedure is conducted under conditions that maximize patient safety. A surgical technologist possesses expertise in the theory and application of sterile and aseptic technique and combines the knowledge of human anatomy, surgical procedures, and implementation tools and technologies to facilitate a physician’s performance of invasive therapeutic and diagnostic procedures.

* Select WR101 and WR102; or WR121 and WR122; or three credits in writing and RD117; or three credits in writing and BA205. ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. The Oregon State Bureau of Labor and Industry journeyman’s card in the trade of Sheet Metal Worker may be used in conjunction with transcripts to verify that the SMT and the APP200E requirements of the MHCC Sheet Metal Technology AAS degree program have been met.

Providing safe patient care is the primary focus of all the actions and responsibilities of the surgical technologist.

The student must satisfy all other MHCC degree requirements, which includes a minimum of 90 college credits earned.

Applicants are admitted on a space-available basis after academic criteria have been met. Application packets are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. In addition, information meetings are held regularly and are listed in the application packet. Once you have read the application materials and attended an information session, you can call 503-491-7341 if you have questions about the admission process.

‡ See pages 7-10.

Surgical Technology Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program

Applicants to the Surgical Technology Program must be physically and mentally able to cope with the rigors of the curriculum and the demanding nature of the field of surgical technology. Established academic and clinical requirements essential to the program of instruction apply to all students and cannot be waived. Attempts will be made to accommodate and retain qualified applicants with disabilities unless results of evaluations indicate that given reasonable accommodation an individual will still not be able to perform the essential functions required by the program.

MHCC Faculty Advisors Jackie Morfitt: 503-491-7179 - Room AC 2766 morfittj@mhcc.edu Tracy Woodsworth: 503-491-7459 - Room AC 2764 woodswot@mhcc.edu

The Surgical Technology program at Mt. Hood Community College is six quarters in length leading to an Associate of Applied Science degree. It is designed for selected men and women who wish to prepare for a paramedical career as members of a multi-disciplinary team caring for patients in the operating room and in the surgical practice setting. The program combines academic study with clinical practice in metropolitan hospitals. After completion of this program, the graduate is eligible to take the national certification examination. Successfully passing this exam is a requirement for employment in many hospitals.

Program prerequisites: Students must complete the following before applying to the program. Biology: BI101 with a grade of “C” or better within the last 7 years Chemistry: CH104, CH151, or CH221 with a grade of “C” or better within the last 7 years. Mathematics: MTH65 or higher (or equivalent coursework) excluding MTH211.

The Surgical Technology Program at Mt. Hood Community College has been accredited by CAAHEP (formerly CAHEA), since 1978. The Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs (CAAHEP), in collaboration with the American College of Surgeons (ACS) and the Association of Surgical Technologists (AST), which sponsor the Accreditation Review Committee on Education in Surgical Technology (ARC-ST), is the accrediting agency that acts on the accreditation recommendation formulated by the ARC-ST. The ARC-ST is located at 7108-C South Alton Way, Centennial, Colorado, 80112-2106. The ARCST’s phone number is 303-694-9262; their web site is www.arcst.org.

Note: A grade of “C” or better is required for all Surgical Technology courses and for BI121, BI122, BI234 and AH12. Please check the MHCC website for any curricular changes that have occured since the catalog was published.

59


First Quarter (Fall) ST101 AH12 BI234 WR101

Second Quarter (Winter) ST102 ST111 BI121

MHCC offers a two-year Associate of Applied Science Degree in Television Production Technology. It is a Restricted Entry program with acceptance only after admission criteria has been met and applicants are reviewed by program advisors and faculty members. Because the core courses are sequential, students must start in the fall term. Application packets are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc. edu/LRadmissions. Once you have read the application materials, you can call 503-491-7341 if you have questions about the admission process.

16

First Quarter (Fall) TV100 TV110 PHO260 WR121

14

Surgical Technology Theory VI ................................ 4 Surgical Technology Theory VII ............................... 4 Surgical Technology Clinical Practicum .................... 6

Sixth Quarter (Spring) ST208 ST209 ST223

16

Surgical Technology Theory IV ................................ 4 Surgical Technology Theory V ................................. 4 Surgical Technology Clinical Practicum .................... 6

Fifth Quarter (Winter) ST206 ST207 ST222

Television Production is a specific discipline within Integrated Media (IM) at Mt. Hood Community College. Program students benefit from the use of the college’s newest Macintosh digital imaging lab where they learn video production using FinalCutPro, Avid, and Final Draft. As members of the larger Integrated Media Group, students will collaborate with radio, graphic design and photography majors as they explore the relationship between words, images, sound, motion, time and space in digital media.

Surgical Technology Theory III ............................... 6 Surgical Technology Lab ......................................... 2 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II ....... 4 Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3 Computer Concepts Lab I ....................................... 1

Fourth Quarter (Fall) ST204 ST205 ST221

16

Surgical Technology Theory II................................. 4 Surgical Technology Lab ......................................... 2 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I* ...... 4 Human Relations‡ ................................................. 3 Approved communications distribution requirement‡ .................................................... 3

Third Quarter (Spring) ST103 ST112 BI122 CIS120 CIS120L

The Television Production Technology program at MHCC is perhaps the best way to gain an understanding and obtain training. Over the last 30 years, MHCC’s Television Production Technology program has placed hundreds of graduates in a variety of video and media related jobs. A production oriented curriculum benefits from a fully equipped multi-camera studio, portable field production units, and editing facilities that train fundamental, as well as digital and nonlinear, concepts. Our instructors are working professionals with experience in every aspect of this field.

Surgical Technology Theory I .................................. 4 Medical Vocabulary ................................................ 2 Microbiology* ....................................................... 4 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition ................................ 3 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ........ 3

Second Quarter (Winter)

14

TV112 TV115 HE252 MTH65 WR122

Surgical Technology Theory VIII ............................. 4 Surgical Technology Theory IX ................................ 4 Surgical Technology Clinical Practicum .................... 6

14

Cr

Critical Viewing ..................................................... 3 Fundamentals of Digital Video Acquisition ............... 5 Digital Photography and Imaging ............................ 3 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I .................... 3

14

Editing Digital Video ............................................. 4 Introduction to Television Scriptwriting .................. 3 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies ...................... 3 Beginning Algebra II (or higher)*‡.......................... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking or WR102 Workplace Communications II................... 3

16

* Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog. ‡ See pages 7-10.

Third Quarter (Spring) TV114 TV116 TV117

Television Production Technology Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program

Studio Applications Lab ......................................... 3 Television News Reporting ...................................... 3 Film and Video Production Management ..................... 3 Human Relations requirements‡ .............................. 3 Distribution requirement‡*** ................................. 3

Fourth Quarter (Fall) TV237 TV238 ART279 IM260 WE280TV_

MHCC Faculty Advisor Jack Schommer: 503-491-7611 - Room AC 1372 schommej@mhcc.edu

Television first came into America’s living rooms in the 1940s and moved swiftly to the top of the entertainment world. In the 1960s, powerful images of war changed forever the way we received our news and information. The space age took television equipment to the moon, which in turn moved us toward video production on a smaller scale. Video equipment that only a few years ago would have cost thousands and required an engineer to operate is now as accessible as the medium itself. The World Wide Web offers a glimpse at the next level of change and with this increasingly accessible technology has come a growing demand for people trained to develop media messages.

Advanced Digital Acquisition .................................. 5 Grip, Sound and Lighting Systems ........................... 3 Integrated Media Survey ........................................ 3 Professional Practice for Integrated Media ............... 3 Cooperative Education Internship** ........................ 3

Fifth Quarter (Winter) TV239 TV240 WE280TV_

15

17

Non-linear Editing ................................................. 5 Documentary Production ........................................ 3 Cooperative Education Internship** or Related electives ............................................... 6

14

60


Sixth Quarter (Spring) TV241 TV242 WE280TV_

WLD114 WLD118 WLD119 MTH33

Advanced Production Management .......................... 5 Digital Video Systems ............................................ 3 Cooperative Education Internship** or Related electives ............................................... 6

Second Quarter

14

WLD130

* Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. ** Cooperative education internship must be limited to 12 credits or less in any one academic year. *** It is recommended that Television Production students select from the Film History series (FA257, FA258, FA266, etc.) to satisfy distribution requirements.

WLD131 WLD132 WLD133 WLD134 WR101

Related Electives In selecting related courses the student should consult with an advisor to determine whether a selection of courses across divisional areas or a concentration of courses within a specific division is more appropriate to the student’s vocational goals.

WLD150 WLD151 WLD152 WLD153 MTH65 PSY101

Welding Technology Certificate Day Program

17

Fabrication Practices ............................................. 2 Fabrication Practices Lab ....................................... 3 Welding Processes and Procedures ........................... 2 Welding Certification Preparation Lab...................... 4 Beginning Algebra II*/** ....................................... 3 Psychology of Human Relations or HUM202 Age of Technology: Ethics in the Workplace ................................................... 3

17

johnsonw@mhcc.edu

* Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. ** This course has a prerequisite of MTH60 with a grade of “C” or better or suitable placement on the Mathematics Placement Exam (CPT).

The program is designed to prepare the person with little or no welding skill to enter the welding field with skill, knowledge and confidence. Also, it is designed for those wishing to upgrade their welding skills or to learn a new process. MHCC Welding Technology is an AWS accredited welding testing facility. The day program is a participating organization in the American Welding Society entry level welder program. The curriculum is designed to meet AWS standards.

A Recognition of Completion, Welding, may be given to students who complete the following list of courses. The courses may provide structured review of skills used by persons in the welding field or are for those who wish to attain additional knowledge related to a current occupation. Applications for this non-transcripted, institutional award of attendance are available with the program advisor.

What are the employment opportunities? Students who apply themselves in the program and obtain a satisfactory level of competence in welding should be able to secure employment in many areas, such as in ship repair, metal fabrication, construction and maintenance welding. Most companies require the prospective employee to pass a welding test as a condition of employment. This program will assist the student in preparing for the welder qualification testing.

Please note that the following courses are typically held in the evening and may not be offered each term (please refer to the quarterly schedule of classes) and will only be offered based on sufficient enrollment.

You are required to have the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Heavy duty clothes suitable for welding. High top boots, “safety toes.” One pair gauntlet gloves. Leather welding jacket, burning glasses. Miscellaneous small tools, pliers, rule, tip cleaners, igniter, slag hammer and tool box. 6. Welding and blueprint reading textbooks. 7. Welding helmet. 8. Safety glasses and ear plugs.

WLD110 WLD111A WLD130 WLD131A WLD150B WLD153A

Shielded Metal Arc Welding (Stick) .......................... 2 Shielded Metal Arc Welding Lab (Stick) .................... 2 Gas Metal and Flux Core Arc Welding Theory (Wire Feed) ................................ 2 Gas Metal and Flux Core Arc Welding Lab (Wire Feed) .... 2 Blueprint Reading.................................................. 2 Welding Certification Prep Lab ................................ 2

Additional Supporting Courses

Lab Fees

WLDX11 WLDX13 WLD116 WLDX16 WLDX17 WLDX34 MTH20 VT10WE

A lab fee for each term is charged for the welding program. All electrodes, materials, gas, supplies, and power tools are furnished by the college.

Welding Technology (Day Program) 9-Month Certificate First Quarter WLD110 WLD111

16

Gas Metal and Flux Core Arc Welding Theory (Wire Feed) .......................... 2 Gas Metal and Flux Core Arc Welding Lab (Wire Feed).................................... 4 Welding Metallurgy ................................................ 3 Welding Metallurgy Lab .......................................... 1 Automated Manufacturing ...................................... 4 Workplace Communications or WR121 English Composition ................................ 3

Third Quarter

‡ See pages 7-10.

MHCC Faculty Advisor Wendall Johnson: 503-491-7217 - Room IT 44

Blueprint Reading for Welders ................................. 3 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (TIG) .............................. 2 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding Lab (TIG) ........................ 2 Professional-Technical Computation I ...................... 3

Cr

Shielded Metal Arc Welding (Stick) .......................... 2 Shielded Metal Arc Welding Lab (Stick) .................... 4

61

TIG-GTAW (Heli-Arc) Welding .................................. 2 MIG-GMAW (Wire Feed) Welding .............................. 2 General Welding I .................................................. 3 General Welding I .................................................. 2 General Welding II................................................. 2 CNC Burning.......................................................... 3 Applied Arithmetic & Pre-algebra ........................... 3 Special Projects ................................................. 1-4


Special Studies General Studies .......................................................62 Performing Arts Special Studies: Music .......................................63 Special Studies: Theatre Arts ....................... 63-65 International Education ...........................................65

Associate of General Studies Degree

The purpose of the Degree in General Studies is to provide the student an opportunity to pursue a broad general education during the two years at a community college. It is intended as a flexible program for the student who is not pursuing a specified curriculum in the lower division transfer or professional-technical area. The general studies degree may, in addition to including the number of hours in the divisional areas as listed below, include courses in lower division collegiate transfer, occupational education, professional-technical education and general education. Because of the flexibility and broad approach of this degree, a student may find that it may not fulfill all of the requirements of full junior standing when transferred to a four-year institution. The transferable credits generally include only those courses numbered 100 or above. Please refer to page 197, “Courses Numbered 100- 299”, for more information.

3. 4. 5.

The Associate of General Studies Degree will be awarded to students who satisfy the following requirements: 1. Complete a minimum of 90 applicable credit hours. 2. Successfully complete all required courses in the general studies curriculum as follows. Progression of classes must be vertical. That is, once a course has been successfully completed, a lower level course may not be taken for credit. Repeated courses may be counted only once toward graduation unless specified in the course description or unless specifically required in a program curriculum. Courses (except for electives) must be selected from a list of approved general education courses (see page 9). The list is available in the Admissions and Records Office, the Academic Advising and Transfer Center or from the program advisor.

6.

A. Health and Physical Education A minimum of three credit hours which must include one class in Physical Education (PE) and one class in Health Education (HE). Other options: HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life, HPE291 Lifeguard Training, or PE285OL (3 credits) satisfies the total HPE requirement. A student successfully completing PE285OL Wilderness Survival for 2 credits may satisfy the HPE requirement by completing one additional credit in either health or physical education. Two (2) credit hours of PE185 credit may be granted toward an Associate degree at Mt. Hood for completion of military basic training. A copy of the DD214 form is required. B. Communications Six quarter credit hours at a level equivalent to WR101 and WR102; or WR121 and WR122; or three credits in writing and three credits in speech; or three credits in writing and RD117; or three credits in writing and BA205. C. Mathematics

F. Social Sciences 12 credit hours in social science. G. Science/Mathematics/Computer Science 9 credit hours in science or mathematics or computer science. (MTH20 and MTH40 are excluded and will not meet this requirement.) H. Complete the above requirements plus elective courses (no more than 25 credits of one discipline may apply as electives, with the exception of Special Studies curricula) to total 90 applicable credit hours. Elective courses may be any course number 10 or higher, not including those listed as Developmental Education courses, see page 198. A maximum of 25 credits of ENL courses, numbered 100 and above, may be applied toward the AGS degree. (ENL94R, ENL94S, and ENL94W are not to be included. See Developmental Education Courses.) Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher. Maintain a 2.00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the degree and maintain a 2.00 GPA in the core requirements (an average; not a “C” in every class). Satisfactorily earn a minimum of 24 hours of credit at Mt. Hood Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which the degree is completed. Non-traditional credit (College Level Examination Program, Advanced Placement Program, Challenge, Experience-Based Credit, International Baccalaureate) does not satisfy this requirement. If extenuating circumstances prevent a student from being in attendance the last term, the student may petition to take the remaining credits (maximum of nine) at a regionally accredited college or university within one year from the date of last attendance at MHCC. This request must be in writing and indicate the school at which the courses will be completed. It is the student’s responsibility to obtain written approval from MHCC of course acceptance prior to enrollment and to send an official transcript to MHCC upon completion of the course work. Complete the application process and pay a non-refundable application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (i.e., spring term graduates must apply during fall term). Note: The sequence of courses, UNST101, UNST102, UNST103, is an interdisciplinary alternative way for students to earn general education credits. It is designed for students who are intending to transfer to Portland State University and want to complete their freshman inquiry requirement. All three courses must be taken to satisfy the 15 credit requirement. Students who successfully complete will receive credit in writing, social science, science, and humanities.

Please see pages 7-10 for additional information on Associate of General Studies degree.

The Performing Arts

The special studies curricula at Mt. Hood Community College are designed to provide opportunities for students who wish to attain an optimum of self-development in the performing arts. The programs also provide a basis for those who may later wish to expand into more specialized areas.

The special studies program is a two-year associate of General Studies degree program designed to provide students with the basic skills and techniques necessary for the development of their music or theatre interests. It differs from a transfer program in that the course requirements provide for breadth as well as an opportunity to concentrate in special interest areas. Specialized courses not otherwise available in a transfer program are included.

Three quarter credit hours at a level equivalent to MTH20 or higher (except MTH33, MTH34, MTH35). D. Human Relations Three quarter credit hours; refer to the general education course list on page 9. E. Humanities (Arts and Letters) 12 credit hours in humanities (arts and letters) (maximum of six credit hours in skill oriented classes).

Students who plan to graduate from Mt. Hood Community College with this associate degree should fulfill all the requirements in one of the curricula. Provision for related electives adds flexibility to the

62


Fifth Quarter

programs. Substitutions can be made for parallel or related courses on either the transfer or non-transfer levels with the approval of the associate dean.

MUS212 MUS215 MUP MUP

The special studies curricula are not intended to meet prerequisites or to be transferable to a four-year college. Any student who is planning to enroll in a special studies curriculum should understand thoroughly this situation and the intent of the special studies programs, and thus avoid possible disappointment later. Students who intend to earn a four-year degree in the arts should choose a college transfer program.

Sixth Quarter

MUS213 MUS224 MUP MUP HE250

Special Studies: Music The curriculum in music is designed to give the student a broad background in the understanding of music and in the development of skills, with an opportunity to select areas in which he/she would like to specialize. It includes course work in music and in general education to total 90 hours; other related courses may be substituted with the approval of the Performing and Visual Arts program manager.

First Quarter MUS111 MUS114 MUS131 MUS147 MUP MUP WR101

MUS112 MUS115 MUS132 MUS148 MUP MUP WR102

MUS113 MUS116 MUS133 MUP MUP PE PSY101 SP111

MUS211 MUS214 MUP MUP

Cr

General Education Electives In selecting related courses the student should consult with an adviser to determine selection of courses.

Related Electives In selecting related courses the student should consult with an adviser to determine whether a selection of courses across divisional areas or a concentration of courses within a specific division is more appropriate to the student’s vocational goals.

15-16

Note: This program is a unique version of a General Studies degree. ‡ See pages 7-10.

Special Studies: Theatre Arts

15-16

(Actor Director) Two programs in theatre are offered, one concentrating in acting and directing and one in stage technology and design. The Actor-Director program is designed to give the student a broad background in the understanding of drama and in the development of skills in acting and directing. The curriculum includes course work in theatre and related electives, and in general education to total 96-101 hours; other related courses may be substituted with the approval of the Performing and Visual Arts program manager.

Music Theory III.................................................... 3 Sight Singing/Ear Training ...................................... 1 Group Piano: Skills for Majors or Proficiency Test ...... 2 Music Performance Group .................................... 1-2 Applied Individual Lessons ..................................... 1 Physical Education* ............................................... 1 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology ................................ 3 Fundamentals of Speech......................................... 3

Fourth Quarter

Music Theory VI...................................................... 3 Advanced Sight Singing/Ear Training ......................... 1 Music Performance Group ...................................... 2-3 Applied Individual Lessons ....................................... 1 Personal Health** .................................................. 3 General Education requirement‡ ............................... 3 Related Elective .................................................... 3

* Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. ** Students who complete HE252 Standard First Aid or HE250 Personal Health are required to complete at least one additional credit of P.E. activity to satisfy the Health and Physical Education requirement for the Associate of General Studies degree.

Music Theory II ..................................................... 3 Sight Singing/Ear Training ...................................... 1 Group Piano: Skills for Majors or proficiency test ...... 2 Class Percussion Intermediate II ............................. 1 Music Performance Group .................................... 1-2 Applied Individual Lessons ..................................... 1 Workplace Communications II or WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ...... 3 General Education requirement‡ ............................. 3

Third Quarter

13-14

16-17

Music Theory I ....................................................... 3 Sight Singing/Ear Training ....................................... 1 Group Piano: Skills for Majors or proficiency test ...... 2 Class Percussion Beginning I .................................. 1 Music Performance Group .................................... 1-2 Applied Individual Lessons ..................................... 1 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition ................................ 3 General Education requirement‡ ............................. 3

Second Quarter

Music Theory V ...................................................... 3 Keyboard Harmony ................................................ 1 Music Performance Group .................................... 2-3 Applied Individual Lessons ..................................... 1 General Education requirement‡ ............................. 6

Forecast: Sequence of offerings may be altered in a given year.

First Quarter TA106 TA141 TA153D WR101

15-16

Music Theory IV .................................................... 3 Keyboard Harmony ................................................ 1 Music Performance Group .................................... 2-3 Applied Individual Lessons ..................................... 1 General Education requirement‡ ............................. 6 Mathematics requirement*‡.................................... 3

Cr

Introduction to Theatre I ....................................... 3 Acting Fundamentals I ........................................... 3 Theatre Workshop: Children’s Workshop, First Year .... 2 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition ................................ 3 Human Relations requirement‡ ............................... 3 General Education requirement‡ ............................. 3

17

16-17

63


Special Studies: Theatre Arts

Second Quarter TA107 TA142 TA153A/B/C WR102

Introduction to Theatre II...................................... 3 Acting Fundamentals II ......................................... 3 Theatre Workshop, First Year ................................ 1-3 Workplace Communications II or WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ...... 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6

Third Quarter TA101 TA143 TA153A

TA227 TA241 HE250

First Quarter TA106 TA111 TA114A/B/C HE252 WR121

16

Cr

Introduction to Theatre I ....................................... 3 Theatre Technology I ............................................. 3 Technical Theatre Workshop, First Year.................. 1-3 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies* .................... 3 English Composition .............................................. 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3

16-18

Second Quarter TA35 Theories of Directing ............................................. 3 TA107 Introduction to Theatre II...................................... 3 TA112 Theatre Technology II ............................................ 3 TA114A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop, First Year.................. 1-3 WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 PE Requirement* ................................................... 1

18

Theories of Directing ............................................. 3 Theatre Technology II ............................................ 3 Movement for the Actor ......................................... 3 Special Studies in Theatre ...................................... 1 Theatre Workshop, Second Year ............................ 1-3 Voice and Articulation ........................................... 3

Sixth Quarter TA113 TA144 TA199A TA213 TA253A/B/C

Forecast: Sequence of offerings may be altered in a given year.

Theatre Technology I ............................................. 3 Theatre Workshop: Children’s Workshop, Second Year ...................................................... 2 Theatrical Makeup ................................................. 3 Intermediate Acting Techniques: Styles ................... 3 Personal Health** ................................................. 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3 Physical Education* ............................................... 1

Fifth Quarter TA35 TA112 TA148 TA199A TA253A/B/C SP262

16-18

Appreciating Theatre ............................................. 3 Acting Fundamentals III ........................................ 3 Theatre Workshop, First Year ................................... 1 Mathematics requirement*‡.................................... 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6

Fourth Quarter TA111 TA253D

Technician-Designer The Technician-Designer program objective is to train students in the planning and construction of sets, lighting operations and design, sound systems and stage management. The curriculum includes course work in theatre and related electives, and in general education to total 90 hours; other related courses may be substituted with the approval of the Performing and Visual Arts program manager.

Third Quarter

14-16

TA101 Appreciating Theatre ............................................. 3 TA113 Theatre Technology III .......................................... 3 TA114A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop, First Year.................. 1-3 Human Relations Requirement‡ .............................. 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3 Related Electives................................................... 3

14-16

Theatre Technology III .......................................... 3 Improvisation ....................................................... 3 Special Studies in Theatre ...................................... 1 Stage Lighting Design ............................................ 3 Theatre Workshop, Second Year ............................ 1-3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3

Fourth Quarter

16-18

TA141 Acting Fundamentals I ........................................... 3 TA214A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop, Second Year .............. 1-3 TA227 Theatrical Makeup ................................................. 3 Mathematics requirement*‡.................................... 3 General Education requirement‡ ............................. 3 Related Electives................................................... 3

14-16 * Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. ** Students who complete HE252 Standard First Aid or HE250 Personal Health are required to complete at least one additional credit of P.E. activity to satisfy the Health and Physical Education requirement for the Associate of General Studies degree.

Fifth Quarter

16-18

General Education Electives

TA121 Costuming ............................................................ 3 TA211 Scene Design ....................................................... 3 TA214A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop, Second Year .............. 1-3 General Education requirement‡ ............................. 6 Related Elective .................................................... 3

In selecting related courses the student should consult with an adviser to determine selection of courses.

Sixth Quarter

16-18

TA199A/B/C Special Projects in Theatre .................................. 1-3 TA213 Stage Lighting Design ............................................ 3 TA214A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop, Second Year .............. 1-3 General Education requirement‡ ............................. 6 Related Elective .................................................... 3

Note: This program is a unique version of a General Studies degree. ‡ See pages 7-10.

14-18

64


* Students who complete HE252 Standard First Aid or HE250 Personal Health are required to complete at least one additional credit of P.E. activity to satisfy the Health and Physical Education requirement for the Associate of General Studies degree. ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

Suggested Related Electives ART115 Basic Design 1: Two-dimensional ART116 Basic Design 2: Color Theory ART117 Basic Design 3: Three-dimensional ART281 Painting I ART291 Sculpture: Beginning EET111 Introduction to Electronics Technology ENG105 Introduction to Literature: Drama ENG201 Shakespeare: The Early Period ENG202 Shakespeare: The Middle Period ESR285 Safety and Health Standards and Laws ET120 Architectural Drawing ET154 Computer-Aided Design I ET231 Basic Strengths of Materials FA257 Films and Society FA258 Understanding the Film FA266 The Great Film Directors TV100 Critical Viewing TV115 Introduction to TV Scriptwriting WLD110 and WLD111 Shielded Metal Arc Welding

GER101, 102, 103 GER111, 112, 113 GER201, 202, 203

First-Year German I, II, III Beginning German Conversation I, II, III Second-Year German I, II, III*

ITAL101

First-Year Italian I (study abroad only)

JPN101, 102, 103 JPN201, 202, 203

First-Year Japanese I, II, III Second-Year Japanese I, II, III

RUS101, 102, 103 RUS111, 112, 113

First-Year Russian I, II, III Beginning Russian Conversation I, II, III

SPAN101, 102, 103 SPAN111, 112, 113 SPAN150, 151 SPAN201, 202, 203 SPAN211, 212, 213

First-Year Spanish I, II, III Beginning Spanish Conversation I, II, III Beginning Spanish I, II (Intensive) Second-Year Spanish I, II, III Intermediate Spanish Conversation I, II, III

ART201, 202, 203

Introduction to the History of Art

ENG107, 108, 109 ENG250 HUM110 HUM111 HUM112

World Literature: Introduction to Mythology Contemporary Culture: Introduction to Human Values Contemporary Culture: Changing Values Contemporary Culture: Future Trends

R210

World Religions

Social Sciences

Note: This program is a unique version of a General Studies degree.

Courses dealing with an international perspective give the student understanding of the world as a global community consisting of interdependent peoples and nations. Areas of concentration in Asian, European, or Latin American studies provide an opportunity to examine carefully a specific area of the world. These courses are valuable for students who are interested in international issues, in learning about life in countries other than the United States, in working for corporations with offices abroad, in the diplomatic service and other international careers or experiences.

ANTH101 ANTH102 ANTH103 ANTH180 ANTH231 ANTH232 GEOG105 GEOG106 GEOG107 GEOG214 HST110, 111, 112 HST195 HST211 HST212 HST213 HST264 HST270, 271, 272

The following courses all emphasize an understanding not only of the United States, but also of other countries and cultures.

HST292 HST293

Introduction to Biological Anthropology Introduction to Archaeology and World Prehistory Introduction to Cultural Anthropology Language and Culture Indian Cultures of the Pacific NW North American Indians Introduction to Physical Geography Introduction to World Regional Geography Introduction to Cultural Geography Geography of Mexico & Central America World Civilizations History of Vietnam War* Introduction to Peace Studies* Peace Studies: Nonviolent Political Theory* Peace Studies: World Order Theory* African American History* History of Mexico, Central America, South America* China: Past and Present* Japan: Past and Present*

INTL101 IS210

Introduction to International Studies I Comparative Culture I*

PS204 PS205 PS215 PS220 PS225 PS241

Introduction to Comparative Politics International Relations* Global Issues American Foreign Policy and World Order Political Ideology Political Terrorism

‡ See pages 7-10.

MHCC Courses on International Education

Business

HT140 HT241 WE280

Travel and Tourism Geography International Hospitality and Tourism Cooperative Education Internship

Communication Arts SP115

Introduction to Intercultural Communication

Language, Literature and Humanities

FR101, 102, 103 FR111, 112, 113 FR201, 202, 203

First-Year French I, II, III Beginning French Conversation I, II, III Second-Year French I, II, III

65


SOC213 SOC214

Race Relations in the United States Social Problems: Introduction to U.S. Culture and Society

* Offered at irregular intervals

Study Abroad The college offers a variety of study abroad options. Choose from two Spanish immersion programs in San Miguel de Allende, Mexico—an eightweek program during spring term and a two-week program during summer session. We also offer a three-week Japanese conversation program in Kyoto, Japan during the summer. In addition, we offer a spring study abroad program in England, “The London Quarter” and a fall program in Italy, “The Florence Quarter.” For information call 491-7488.

66


Transfer Information Engineering, Computer Science and Mathematics .......503-491-7292 • Computer Science • Engineering (Pre-professional) • Mathematics Performing Arts ..................................................... 503-491-6969 • Music • Theater Science ..................................................... 503-491-7364 • Biological Sciences • Biology • Botany • Entomology • Microbiology • Zoology • Chemistry/Biochemistry • Environmental Science • Fish and Wildlife Science • Forest Resources Management • Geology • Pre-professional Studies • Chiropractic • Dentistry • Medicine • Optometry • Pharmacy • Physicians Assistant • Veterinary Medicine • Physics Social Science ..................................................... 503-491-7480 • Anthropology • Criminology • Economics • Education • General Social Science • Geography • History • Law (pre-professional) • Philosophy • Political Science • Psychology • Sociology Visual Arts ..................................................... 503-491-7309 • Art

Mt. Hood Community College is an excellent starting place for students who wish to pursue a bachelor’s degree. MHCC students can complete all or most of the general education requirements for both public and private colleges and universities. In addition, MHCC’s transfer subject areas allow students to begin work on the requirements of their chosen majors. The advantages of starting a four-year program at MHCC include smaller classes, lower costs, instructors’ focus on teaching excellence, and the availability of courses for improvement of skills in reading, writing and mathematics.

Planning for Transfer Different colleges and universities have different general education and graduation requirements. Therefore, it is vital to plan ahead for transfer by reviewing catalogs and transfer advising guides for the various transfer schools. The MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center has information on colleges and universities and the degrees that they offer. Planning for transfer is an important part of one’s educational preparation. For example, some intended majors may require an early start on mathematics, or other courses. Certain majors include essential coursework at the sophomore level, so students may need to be attending their transfer schools after only one year at MHCC. Professional academic advisors, faculty advisors, and counselors are available to help students develop educational plans that will meet the requirements of their chosen majors and transfer schools.

Transfer Departments and Advisors Transfer majors may lead toward hundreds of potential careers. The subject areas for transfer study are listed below. Students with a declared major are assigned faculty advisors. Division contact phone numbers are listed below; however, students should determine who their assigned avisor is and contact that person directly. The staff in Admissions, Registration and Records or the Academic Advising and Transfer Center can provide the referral for the student’s specific advisor. Advisors in major areas are assigned to assist students wihth appropriate educational planning, selection of transfer schools, and keeping updated on changing reuirements and standards. Lists of advisors for all majors are updated annually. The Academic Advising and Transfer Center ...............503-491-7315 • General Studies Allied Health ..................................................... 503-491-7180 • Dental Hygiene • Pre-professional Studies • Medical Technology • Nursing • Occupational Therapy • Physical Therapy Business ......................................................503-491-7196 • Business (AS-OT) • Business Administration: Accounting • Hospitality and Tourism Management Career Planning and Counseling Center • Undeclared and/or exploring majors Health and Physical Education ..................................503-491-7452 • Outdoor Recreation Leadership and Tourism • Physical Education/Exercise and Sport Science Industrial Technology ..............................................503-491-7470 English, Language and Speech .................................. 503-491-7290 • Communications • English • International Studies • Journalism • Modern Languages

Academic Advising and Transfer Center One of the most efficient and effective ways to learn about specific transfer programs at colleges and universities is to visit prospective schools on-line. Students are welcome to use the computers in the advising center to explore their options. Visiting web sites is a great first step. Most colleges post everything you need to know and the professional academic advisors who staff the Advising Center are happy to assist and answer questions.

Transfer Days Each fall, winter and spring term, representatives from colleges and universities visit MHCC for Transfer Days. These conveniently scheduled and located “fairs” give students the opportunity to investigate several colleges at one time. Personal contact with college representatives offers a chance to ask for detailed information about transfer subjects and procedures. For information on upcoming Transfer Days, students may contact the Academic Advising and Transfer Center in AC 2182, or call 503-491-7315.

67


basis by the transfer school.

There are also regularly scheduled workshops for students who seek to understand the transfer process and who wish to plan accordingly.

Direct transfer students must meet the transfer schools’ Freshman or transfer admission requirements. Catalogs from transfer institutions contain information about credit-hour and grade point average requirements and transfer application procedures.

Associate of Arts-Oregon Transfer Degree This is a degree designed for students planning to complete an associate’s degree before transferring into a bachelor’s degree program at one of Oregon’s public universities (University of Oregon and Oregon State University; Eastern, Western, and Southern Oregon Universities; Portland State University; Oregon Institute of Technology). All of these universities accept the AA-OT as a “block transfer,” enabling a student to enter as a junior with all of the transfer school’s lower division general education requirements met. The AA-OT offers students the flexibility to choose courses that interest them and still meet requirements at their transfer schools (see the AA-OT degree requirements on page 10).

It is each student’s responsibility to learn the program requirements of any prospective transfer school, and to keep up to date on changes in those requirements. Therefore, students should periodically contact the Academic Advising and Transfer Center and/or the transfer schools for updates.

Successful Transfer Success in the transfer process is largely the result of careful planning and attention to the requirements of transfer colleges. Transfer success is a student’s individual responsibility. However, prudent use of available resources and advising can help to ensure smooth transition to a four-year institution. Students can benefit from following these tips for successful transfer: • Plan Ahead: Enroll in HD100: College Success and/or contact an dvisor during your first term at MHCC to develop an education plan. If you need help with choosing a major or career, enroll in HD110 or HD208.

A limited number of private and out-of-state institutions also accept the AA-OT. These include Concordia University, Pacific University, Warner Pacific College, George Fox University and Marylhurst University in the Portland area, as well as Western Baptist College, BYU - Hawaii, Hawaii Pacific University, Boise State University, Seattle Pacific University, and Washington State University - Vancouver. Some of these schools have unique general education requirements that must also be met. Advisors and counselors can assist students planning for those courses.

• Maintain Contact: Establish early contact with admissions representatives and major advisors at MHCC and transfer colleges. Keep in touch with them in order to keep up to date on major and transfer requirements.

Associate of Science - Oregon Transfer in Business

• Know the Rules: Pay attention to GPA and transfer credit policies, application deadlines and both general education and major course requirements of transfer schools.

The AS/OT-Business is designed for business majors planning to transfer to a baccalaureate degree program at four-year institutions in the Oregon University System (OUS). It does not guarantee admission to the Business school/program of any OUS institution. Any student who holds the AS/OT - Business degree transferring to any institution in the Oregon University System, will have met the lower-division general education requirements for that institution’s baccalaureate degree programs. Students will also have junior standing for admission and registration purposes.

• Confirm Transferability of Courses: Not all 100-200 level courses transfer to all four-year schools. Transfer colleges have the “last say” on transferability. • Utilize Transfer Resources: This catalog, the Transfer Center, quarterly Transfer Days; and MHCC faculty advisors, academic advisors, and counselors are key sources of information and guidance.

Associate of Science

• Ask for Help: Make sure you have current and complete information; ask for what you need to complete the transfer process successfully.

The Associate of Science degree is designed for students who plan to transfer and complete a Bachelors of Science degree at a four-year institution. The degree requirements allow students more flexibility in course selection allowing them to focus on their discipline requirements. NOTE: Completion of this degree does not guarantee that all lower-division General Education requirements have been met for a baccalaureate degree (i.e., this is not a block transfer degree as is the AA/OT). In selecting courses for this degree, students are highly encouraged to consult the specific transfer curriculum pages in this catalog, the faculty advisor, and the institution to which they intend to transfer to determine if it is an appropriate choice.

Transfer Hotline If a student has a problem transferring classes to a college or university, the student should first try to resolve the problem through contact with the transfer school. MHCC advisors and counselors may be of assistance in such cases. However, if after some effort such a problem cannot be resolved, the student may call the Transfer Problem Hotline at the Oregon Department of Education for help. The hotline number is 503-378-8609, ext 367.

The Associate of General Studies degree The Associate of General Studies degree may be a useful alternative for direct transfer students (see degree requirements on pages 7-8). This flexible degree option enables a student to complete an associate’s degree that is tailored to the general education requirements of the transfer school. Students must exercise caution in using the AGS option, as the degree does not guarantee transferability of courses completed. Educational planning for the Associate of General Studies should be done with the help of an advisor or counselor.

Direct Transfer Transfer without a degree from MHCC is also a viable option for MHCC students. Students in certain majors may need to transfer after one year in order to take advantage of critical major courses offered in the sophomore year. Or, a student may select a major and transfer school, then take only the specific courses required for that major and/or college. When a student opts for direct transfer, MHCC courses are evaluated and accepted on a course-by-course

68


Quick Transfer Reference Guide PAGE

TRANSFER SUBJECTS

PHONE

DEGREE OR DIRECT TRANSFER Curricula as listed will lead to the following degree. (The subject area will not appear on the student’s degree.)

In addition to preparing for transfer to a four-year university, the student might also complete a two-year MHCC Associate of Science or an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer. See pages 10-14.

TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

MHCC has current formal transfer agreements with the following schools

70

Anthropology

503-491-7480

AAOT

*

70

Art

503-491-7309

(Direct)

*

71

Biology, Botany, Zoology

503-491-6081

AS

*

72

Business – Accounting

503-491-7196

AS

*

72

Business (AS/OT-Business)

503-491-7196

AS/OT - Bus

*

73

Chemistry/Biochemistry

503-491-6081

AS

*

74

Computer Science

503-491-7017

AS

*

75

Criminal Justice Administration

503-491-7480

AS

Western Oregon University

75

Economics

503-491-7480

AS

*

76

Education

503-491-7480

AS

*

77

Engineering

503-491-7017

AS

*

78

English

503-491-7018

AAOT

*

79

Environmental Science

503-491-6081

(Direct)

Portland State University, Concordia University, Marylhurst University

80

Fish and Wildlife Science

503-491-6081

AS

*

80

Forest Resources Management

503-491-6081

AS

Oregon State University

81

General Social Science

503-491-7480

AAOT

82

Geography

503-491-7480

AAOT

*

83

Geology

503-491-6081

AS

*

83

History

503-491-7480

(Direct)

*

84

Hospitality and Tourism Management

503-491-7196

AS

Portland State University, Oregon State University - Cascades, Washington State University

85

Journalism

503-491-7410

AAOT

University of Oregon

86

Mathematics

503-491-7292

AS

87

Modern Languages

503-491-7018

AAOT

*

88

Music

503-491-6970

(Direct)

*

89

Outdoor Recreation Leadership and Tourism

503-491-7450

AS

Oregon State University - Cascades

91

Philosophy

503-491-7480

AAOT

92

Physical Education/Exercise and Sport Science

503-491-7450

AAOT

*

93

Physics

503-491-6081

AS

*

93

Political Science

503-491-7480

(Direct)

*

94

Pre-Law

503-491-7480

AAOT

*

95

Pre-Professional (Medicine, Dentistry, Pharmacy, Veterinary Medicine)

503-491-6081

AS

*

95

Psychology

503-491-7480

AAOT

*

96

Sociology

503-491-7480

AAOT

*

97

Theatre Arts

503-491-7157

AAOT

*

AS: Associate of Science degree AA-OT: Associate of Arts – Oregon Transfer degree AS/OT – Business: Associate of Science – Oregon Transfer in Business (Direct): Direct Transfer * The curriculum guides listed in this section transfer to many four-year schools.

69


Anthropology

Sixth Quarter Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 3 Humanities requirement 3 ....................................... 3 Lab Science requirement5 ....................................... 4 Electives6 ............................................................. 6

Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer MHCC Faculty Advisor Corey Pressman: 503-491-7101 - Room AC 2672 pressmanc@mhcc.edu

16

Anthropology is commonly defined as “the study of humankind”. Anthropologists conduct this study by focusing on humanity’s most unique and essential attribute: culture. At Mt. Hood Community College, human culture is explored and explained via introductory coursework reflecting various anthropological subdisciplines as well as courses on specific topics.

Refer to Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer degree requirements for course options, page 10. 2 First-year language electives may be satisfied with the following course sequences FR101-103, GER101-103, JPN101102, or SPAN101-103. 3 Suggested courses to fulfill humanities requirements include: (must be earned in at least two disciplines, no more than 9 credits in one discipline) PHL201-203, SP112, SP114, R210, ENG104 or FR201-203, GER201-203, JPN201-203, SPAN201-203. NOTE: Oregon transfer students seeking a Bachelor of Arts degree must complete the second year of a language other than English (201-203 or equivalent) before graduation from their transfer school. 4 Suggested courses to fulfill social science requirements include SOC204-206. 5 Suggested course sequence to fulfill lab science requirements is BI101-103, G201-203 6 Suggested courses to fulfill elective requirements include ANTH180, ANTH211-213, ANTH215, ANTH231-232, R210, SOC204-206. 1

The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Arts -Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Arts in Anthropology at Eastern Oregon University, Oregon Institute of Technology, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, University of Oregon or Washington State University/Vancouver, Western Oregon University. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions. These institutions may require different courses within the various areas of General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending, the faculty advisors and /or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center. Suggested quarterly program:

First Quarter ANTH103 WR121

Second Quarter ANTH101 MTH111 WR122

MHCC Course Web Link: http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/schedule/main.htm

Art

15

Direct Transfer Curriculum MHCC Faculty Advisors Mary Girsch: 503-491-7416 - Room VA 30E girschm@mhcc.edu Lori Lorion: 503-491-6767 - Room VA 30D lorionl@mhcc.eduStephen Mickey: 503-491-7149 - Room VA 30C mickeys@mhcc.edu Tamsie Ringler: 503-491-6968 - Room VA 30A ringlert@mhcc.edu Georganne Watters: 503-491-6947 - Room VA 30B wattersg@mhcc.edu

Introduction to Biological Anthropology ................. 3 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions or MTH105 Contemporary Mathematics ................. 4-5 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 First-year language elective2................................... 5

Third Quarter ANTH102 WR123

Cr

Introduction to Cultural Anthropology..................... 3 English Composition .............................................. 3 Computer Literacy requirement1 ............................. 1 First-year language elective2................................... 5 Humanities requirement 3 ....................................... 3

15-16

The Mt. Hood Community College Visual Arts Department prepares students for entrance into Visual Arts programs at four-year colleges, universities, and art institutes for the completion of a Bachelors of Arts/Art. MHCC art courses are designed to fulfill typical humanities elective requirements of such schools, and as major requirements for the art major transfer degrees. The University of Oregon, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, Marylhurst University, Pacific Northwest College of Art, and Oregon College of Arts and Crafts are typical schools to which many interested students transfer.

Introduction to Archaeology and World Prehistory .... 3 English Composition: Research ................................ 3 First-year language elective2................................... 5 Oral Communication/Rhetoric requirement1 .............. 3 Social Sciences requirement1,4 ................................ 3

Fourth Quarter

17

Science/Math/Computer Science requirement1 ....... 3-4 Humanities requirement 3 ....................................... 3 Lab Science requirement5 ....................................... 4 Elective6............................................................... 3

Fifth Quarter

It should be noted that an Associate Degree is not awarded at the completion of this course of study; rather students direct transfer to the four-year institution of their choice. MHCC Visual Arts courses generally transfer to most Oregon four-year educational institutions. However, it is highly recommended that students contact their transfer institution of choice immediately to begin the process of degree planning and to fulfill requirements for application and acceptance. MHCC art faculty and advising staff will assist students in communicating with transfer institutions and assessing methods for meeting the school’s requirements.

13-14

Science/Math/Computer Science requirement1 ....... 3-4 Humanities requirement 3 ....................................... 3 Lab Science requirement5 ....................................... 4 Social Science requirement1,4 .................................. 3

First year

13-14

Foundation courses ART115, 116, 117 ART201, 202, 203 ART231, 232, 233

70

(27 credits) Basic Design I, II, III Introduction to the History of Art Drawing I, II, III


Studio courses ART225, 226, 227 ART240, 241 ART254, 255, 256 ART257, 258, 259 ART271, 272, 273 ART281, 282, 283 ART291, 292, 293 ART288 ART294, 296, 297

Choose 6-9 credits of the following courses: Digital Art I, II, III Drawing: Cartooning I, II Ceramics I, II, III Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing I, II, III Printmaking I, II, III Painting I, II, III Sculpture I, II, III Sculpture: Ceramic Watercolor I, II, III

However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions that require different courses within the various subject areas of General Education. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending, the faculty advisor and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.

First Quarter CH221 MTH251 PH201 WR121

Second year

Foundation courses (9 credits) ART234, 235, 236 Life Drawing Studio courses ART225, 226, 227 ART240, 241 ART254, 255, 256 ART257, 258, 259 ART271, 272, 273 ART281, 282, 283 ART287 ART288 ART289 ART290 ART291, 292, 293 ART294, 296, 297 ART198A/B/C

Second Quarter CH222 MTH252 PH202 WR122

Choose 18-24 credits of the following courses: Digital Art I, II, III Drawing: Cartooning I, II Ceramics I, II, III Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing I, II, III Printmaking I, II, III Painting I, II, III Sculpture: Ironcasting Sculpture: Ceramic Sculpture: Metalcasting Sculpture: Welding Sculpture I, II, III Watercolor I, II, III Independent Studies: Visual Arts

Transfer Schools’ Web Links Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/dept/arts/

BI212 CH242

Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/art.shtml University of Oregon - http://art-uo.uoregon.edu/ Marylhurst University - http://www.marylhurst.edu/attend/undergrad/ fna-art-content.html

BI213 CH243

Oregon College of Arts and Crafts - http://www.ocac.edu Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Art. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

16

Biology III ........................................................... 5 Organic Chemistry III2 .......................................... 5 Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 3 Computer Literacy requirement1 ............................. 1

14 Refer to Associate of Science degree requirements, page 11. 2 This sequence replaces the 300-level Organic Chemistry requirement at colleges and universities. With an acceptable score on the ACS National Exam and a minimum of a C or better in each course, this sequence transfers as 11-15 credits of 300-level coursework to all OUS schools. 1

Biology, Botany, Zoology Associate of Science

MHCC Faculty Advisor Lee Mitchell: 503-491-7441 - Room AC 2595

16

Biology II ............................................................. 5 Organic Chemistry II2 ............................................ 5 Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3 Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3

Sixth Quarter

Pacific Northwest College of Art - http://www.pnca.edu/bfa/index.php

16

Biology I .............................................................. 5 Organic Chemistry I2 ............................................. 5 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3 Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3

Fifth Quarter

Portland State University - http://www.art.pdx.edu/

17

General Chemistry III ............................................ 5 General Physics III ................................................ 5 English Composition: Research ................................ 3 Social Sciences requirement1 ................................. 3

Fourth Quarter BI211 CH241 SP111

17

General Chemistry II .............................................. 5 Calculus II ............................................................ 4 General Physics II ................................................. 5 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

Third Quarter CH223 PH203 WR123

Cr

General Chemistry I ............................................... 5 Calculus I ............................................................. 4 General Physics I .................................................. 5 English Composition .............................................. 3

Related MHCC Program Web Links: http://www.mhcc.edu/programs

mitchell@mhcc.edu

Biology is a tremendously diverse field of study devoted to examining life processes. Courses offered by the Department of Life Science are tailored to allow graduating students to function as informed citizens or to move on to careers as practicing scientists, educators and health professionals.

Transfer Schools’ Web Links Eastern Oregon University - http://www2.eou.edu/%7Ejrinehar/ biodept.htm

The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Science degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science in the Biological Sciences at Eastern Oregon University, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, or University of Oregon.

Portland State University - http://www.bio.pdx.edu/

Oregon State University - http://www.science.orst.edu/majors.html Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/biology.shtml University of Oregon - http://biology.uoregon.edu/

71


Fifth Quarter (Winter)

Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Biological Sciences. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

CIS122 EC202

BA205 EC203 MTH244

Associate of Science

koherlj@mhcc.edu arnoldj@mhcc.edu 1

2 3

4

The two-year course of study listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Science degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science from Eastern Oregon University, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, University of Portland, or University of Oregon. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions that require different courses within the various subject areas of General Education. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending, the faculty advisor and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center. BA101 BA211 MTH111 WR121

BA212 CIS120

PHL202 WR122

Electives will be determined with the assistance of a faculty adviser and will depend on the institution to which you intend to transfer. Refer to Associate of Science degree requirements, page 11. PS200, Intro to Political Science meets General Education requirements for Social Science and is a required course at PSU. PSU requires 8 credits of science with lab or fieldwork; EOU does not require science with lab. Required for PSU, not required for EOU. Required for EOU, not required for PSU.

Related MHCC Program Web Links http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/programs/classes_programs_d/bss/ bhtc/accounting/main.htm Transfer Schools’ Web Links Concordia University - http://www.cu-portland.edu/catalog/som/ business_admin.cfm

Cr

Eastern Oregon University (Portland) - http://www.eou.edu/business/ busadmin.html Marylhurst University - http://www.marylhurst.edu/attend/undergrad/ asns-management.html Oregon State University - http://www.bus.oregonstate.edu/ prospective/option/acounting/default.htm

16

Portland State University - http://www.sba.pdx.edu University of Oregon - http://lcb.uoregon.edu/ University of Portland - www.up.edu Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Business Administration - Accounting. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

13

Principles of Accounting III ................................... 4 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3 English Composition: Research or WR 227 Technical Report Writing ......................... 3 Health and Physical Education requirement2 ............ 3 Electives1 ............................................................ 3

Fourth Quarter (Fall) EC201 MTH243 PS200

6

Principles of Accounting II..................................... 3 Computer Concepts I5 and CIS120L Computer Concepts Lab I5; or BA131 Introduction to Business Computing6.......................................... 4 Fundamental Ethics ............................................... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

Third Quarter (Spring) BA213 SP111 WR123

5

Introduction to Business........................................ 4 Principles of Accounting I ..................................... 4 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ...................... 5 English Composition .............................................. 3

Second Quarter (Winter)

Business Communications ...................................... 4 Principles of Economics III .................................... 3 Statistics II .......................................................... 4 Science requirement2,4 ....................................... 3-4

14-15

Accounting has often been characterized as the language of business. As such, a solid foundation in accounting allows a myriad of choices in business career paths. Examples are Chief Financial Officers, Controllers, and Finance VP’s. To enhance their career options, many students combine accounting with other majors or minors such as Finance or Information Technology.

First Quarter (Fall)

17

Sixth Quarter (Spring)

Business - Accounting MHCC Faculty Advisors Jerry Kohler: 503-491-7408 - Room AC 2682 Jim Arnold: 503-491-7468 - Room AC 2686

Computer Concepts III5 .......................................... 4 Principles of Economics II (Macro) .......................... 3 Science requirement2,4 ........................................... 4 Electives1 ............................................................ 6

Business (AS/OT - Bus)

Associate of Science/Oregon Transfer - Business MHCC Faculty Advisors (Students with last name beginning A-L) Lola Lackey: 503-491-7313 - Room AC 2688 lackeyl@mhcc.edu (Students with last name beginning M-Z) Susan Smith McClaren: 503-491-7126 - Room AC 2661 smiths@mhcc.edu

16

Principles of Economics I (Micro) ............................ 3 Probability and Statistics I..................................... 4 Introduction to Political Science3 .......................... 3 Humanities requirement2 ....................................... 3 Science requirement2,4 .......................................... 4

If your goal is to earn a four-year degree in Business Administration, start that degree at MHCC. Mt. Hood Community College business courses offer tremendous opportunities to the transfer student. Students can complete the first two years of course work at MHCC and seamlessly transfer their college credits to many four-year colleges and universities.

17

72


Related MHCC Program Web Link: http://www.mhcc.edu/business/business_marketing/main.htm http://www.ous.edu/aca/ASOT-Bus.pdf

The two-year course of study outlined below is designed to meet transfer requirements for business majors and results in the awarding of an Associate of Science - Oregon Transfer in Business (AS/OT-Bus) degree from Mt. Hood. Please be advised the program has entry-level expectations for skill levels in reading, writing, and mathematics and therefore, completion time may vary. The curriculum is specifically tailored to follow transfer requirements for Oregon University System four-year schools. Note: students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending, the faculty advisors and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.

Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Business Administration. Some colleges have specific requirements for admission to their Business Administration programs that may include, transfer GPA, specific course completion, and application deadlines. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

Note: For students transferring to EOU, see Business Management Marketing, Management and eBusiness Associate of Applied Science Degree.

First Quarter (Fall) BA101 BA211 MTH111 WR121

BA212 MTH243 WR122

The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Science degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science/Art in Chemistry/Biochemistry at Eastern Oregon University, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, University of Oregon or Western Oregon University. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions that require different courses within the various subject areas of General Education. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending, the faculty advisor, and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.

17

14

First Quarter CH221 MTH251 WR121

13

Principles of Economics II (Macro) .......................... 3 Arts and Letters requirement2 ................................ 6 Lab Science requirement2 ...................................... 4 Elective or university-specific prerequisite3 ............. 3

Sixth Quarter (Spring) BA226 EC203

The science of chemistry deals with the composition, analysis, structure, and properties of matter and the various transformations matter may undergo. Chemical processes are the foundation of many diverse systems that are of great interest to mankind, including biological functions, the natural and polluted environment, industrial processes, food and agriculture, etc.

Principles of Economics I (Micro) ............................ 3 Lab Science requirement2 ...................................... 4 Social science requirement2 ................................... 3 Elective or university-specific prerequisite3 ............. 3

Fifth Quarter (Winter) EC202

16

Principles of Accounting III ................................... 4 Technical Report Writing ........................................ 3 Arts and Letters requirement2 ................................ 3 Mathematics requirement1 ...................................... 4

Fourth Quarter (Fall) EC201

MHCC Faculty Advisors Dr. Elizabeth Cohen: 503-491-6012 - Room AC 2594 cohene@mhcc.edu Dr. Michael Russell: 503-491-7443 - Room AC 2596 russellm@mhcc.edu

Introduction to Business Computing or CIS120/L Computer Concepts I and Lab ................ 4 Principles of Accounting II1 ................................... 3 Probability and Statistics I .................................... 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 Oral communications requirement1 ......................... 3

Third Quarter (Spring) BA213 WR227

Associate of Science

Introduction to Business........................................ 4 Principles of Accounting I ...................................... 4 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions1 .................... 5 English Composition .............................................. 3

Second Quarter (Winter) BA131

Chemistry/Biochemistry

Cr

Second Quarter CH222 MTH252 WR122

16

Introduction to Business Law ................................. 3 Principles of Economics III .................................... 3 Arts and Letters requirement2 ................................ 3 Lab Science requirement2 ...................................... 4 Elective or university-specific prerequisite3 ............. 3

16 AS/OT-Bus General Requirements: see pages 12-14. 2 AS/OT-Bus Distribution Requirements: see pages 12-14. 3 AS/OT-Bus Electives and/or University-Specific Requirements: see pages 12-13. 1

15

General Chemistry III ............................................ 5 Calculus III .......................................................... 4 English Composition: Research or WR227 Technical Report Writing .......................... 3 Social Science requirement1 .................................. 3

Fourth Quarter CH241 MTH254 PH211

15

General Chemistry II ............................................. 5 Calculus II ............................................................ 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 Humanities requirement1 ...................................... 3

Third Quarter CH223 MTH253 WR123

Cr

General Chemistry I ............................................... 5 Calculus I ............................................................. 4 English Composition .............................................. 3 Humanities requirement1 ...................................... 3

15

Organic Chemistry I2 .............................................. 5 Vector Calculus I ................................................... 4 General Physics with Calculus I ............................... 5

14

73


Fifth Quarter CH242 PH212 SP111

First quarter CIS140 CS160 MTH251 WR121

16

Sixth Quarter CH243 CIS120 CIS120L PH213

High school programming or computer applications courses should not be taken in place of other college preparatory courses.

Organic Chemistry II2 ........................................... 5 General Physics with Calculus II ............................. 5 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3 Social Science requirement1 .................................. 3

Organic Chemistry III2 .......................................... 5 Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3 Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1 General Physics with Calculus III ............................ 5 Health and Physical Education requirement1 ........... 3

Second Quarter CS161 MTH252 SP111 WR122

17 Refer to Associate of Science degree requirements, page 11. 2 This sequence replaces the 300-level Organic Chemistry requirement at colleges and universities. With an acceptable score on the ACS National Exam and a minimum of a C or better in each course, this sequence transfers as 11-15 credits of 300-level coursework to all OUS schools. Check with your transfer institution to determine any additional Organic Chemistry requirmenets. 1

Related MHCC Program Web Links http://www.mhcc.edu/programs

CS133JA PH211

Oregon State University - http://www.chem.orst.edu/ or http:// oregonstate.edu/dept/biochem/ Portland State University - http://chem.pdx.edu/

CS260 PH212

University of Oregon - http://darkwing.uoregon.edu/~chem/ Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/physci//chem. html Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Chemistry/Biochemistry. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

17

General Physics with Calculus III ............................ 5 Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3 Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3 Elective3 .............................................................. 6

17

Computer Science

Refer to Associate of Science requirements, page 11. Some universities may have specific preferences. 2 Requirements may vary among universities, but typically the science requirement is a set of two courses from among BI211, 212, 213; CH221, 222, 223; and G201, 202, 203. 3 Some universities may have specific recommendations for elective course choices. 1

Associate of Science

MHCC Faculty Advisor David Todd, Ph.D.: 503-491-7198 - Room AC 2668

17

Data Structures ..................................................... 4 General Physics with Calculus II ............................. 5 Humanities requirement1 or Social Science requirement1 ............................... 3 Science requirement1,2 .......................................... 5

Sixth Quarter PH213

17

JAVA - Design and Programming.............................. 4 General Physics with Calculus I ............................... 5 Science requirement1,2 .......................................... 5 Elective3 .............................................................. 3

Fifth Quarter

Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/chem.shtml

14

Problem Solving Methodologies .............................. 3 Computer Science II .............................................. 4 Calculus III .......................................................... 4 Technical Report Writing ........................................ 3 Humanities requirement1 or Social Science requirement1 ............................... 3

Fourth Quarter

Transfer Schools’ Web Links Eastern Oregon University - http://www2.eou.edu/chem/

18

Computer Science I ................................................ 4 Calculus II ............................................................ 4 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

Third Quarter CIS144 CS162 MTH253 WR227

Cr

Introduction to Operating Systems ......................... 4 Computer Science Orientation................................. 4 Calculus I ............................................................. 4 English Composition .............................................. 3 Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 3

toddd@mhcc.edu

The Computer Science Transfer curriculum offered at Mt. Hood Community College provides a solid foundation for the student who wishes to earn a bachelor’s degree in Computer Science at a four-year institution. A bachelor’s degree in Computer Science prepares a student for careers in the computing industry or for graduate school.

It is highly recommended that you meet with the MHCC faculty advisor before the beginning of your first term. Related MHCC Program Web Links http://www.mhcc.edu/programs

The curriculum offered at Mt. Hood Community College is designed to closely follow the lower division Computer Science program at Oregon State University and to meet the eligibility requirements of Portland State University’s School of Engineering and Applied Science - Computer Science, and of other professional Computer Science schools.

Transfer Schools’ Web Links Eastern Oregon University - http://www.eou.edu/ Oregon Institute of Technology - http://www.oit.edu/dgrs/

The MHCC curriculum has entry-level expectations of the student for skills in reading, writing, and mathematics. The recommended high school preparation is four years of mathematics, science and English.

Oregon State University - http://eecs.oregonstate.edu/ Portland State University - http://www.cs.pdx.edu/

74


Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/CS/

Fifth Quarter

University of Oregon - http://www.cs.uoregon.edu/

CJA212

Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/cs/

CJA214 PHL202 PSY239

Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Computer Science. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year school to confirm specific admission requirements.

Introduction to Criminal Law: Criminal Justice Procedure ................................. 3 Introduction to Criminal Investigation .................... 3 Fundamental Ethics ............................................... 3 Introduction to Abnormal Psychology...................... 3 Advisor approved elective ...................................... 3

15

Sixth Quarter CJA123 CJA213 CJA219 WR227

Criminal Justice Administration

Contemporary Issues In Criminal Justice .................. 3 Introduction to Evidence ....................................... 3 Introduction to Community Policing........................ 3 Technical Report Writing ........................................ 3 Science/Math/Computer Science requirement1 ......... 3

15

Associate of Science

MHCC Faculty Advisor Chris Gorsek Ph.D.: 503-491-7321 - Room AC 2674 gorsekc@mhcc.edu

1

Advisor Approved Electives:

This curriculum is recommended for students interested in studying criminal justice at MHCC, earning an Associate of Science Degree, and transferring to a four-year college or university to work toward a bachelor’s degree. Courses provide students with knowledge about the nature and causes of crime and delinquency, law and the legal system in American society, and the decision processes of criminal justice agencies. A criminal justice major is broadly educated and also provided with courses that directly apply to careers in law and the justice system.

ANTH103 GEOG106 PS201 PSY202 PSY203 PSY216 SOC204 SOC205 SOC206 SOC213 SOC225 SP115 WR228

Students may transfer to institutions within the Oregon University System. These institutions may require different courses within the various areas of General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending, the faculty advisor, and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.

First Quarter CJA111 MTH111 WR121

CJA112 WR122 CJA280_

CJA211 CJA230 CJA270 CIS120/L PSY201

Transfer Schools’ Web Links Portland State University - http://www.upa.pdx.edu/AJ/ Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/socsci/ criminaljusticedept.htm

17

Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/Criminology. shtml Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Criminal Justice Administration. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

15

Intro to Criminal Justice: The Corrections System ..... 3 Introduction to Cultural Geography ......................... 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3 Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 3 Advisor approved elective ...................................... 3

Fourth Quarter

Introduction to Cultural Anthropology Introduction to World Regional Geography American Government General Psychology General Psychology Social Psychology General Sociology General Sociology General Sociology Race Relations in the United States Social Issues Introduction to Intercultural Communication Police Report Writing

Related MHCC Program Web Link http://:www.mhcc.edu/programs

Intro to Criminal Justice: The Court System ............. 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 Cooperative Work Experience - Criminal Justice ........ 3 Advisor approved elective ...................................... 6

Third Quarter CJA113 GEOG107 SP111

Cr

Intro to Criminal Justice: Law Enforcement .............. 3 Pre-Calculus I ....................................................... 5 English Composition .............................................. 3 Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3 Advisor approved elective ...................................... 3

Second Quarter

Refer to Associate of Science degree requirements, page 11.

Economics

Associate of Science

15

MHCC Faculty Advisor Ted Scheinman: 503-491-7104 - Room 2662

Introduction to Criminal Law: Fundamentals ............ 3 Juvenile Crime and the Juvenile Justice Process ....... 3 Criminology/Geography of Crime ............................. 3 Computer Concepts I (with lab) .............................. 4 General Psychology................................................ 3

scheinmt@mhcc.edu

Economics at MHCC focuses on improving economic literacy - the ability to apply economic principles to personal, business, and government issues. Transfer students who follow the Principles of Economics sequence at MHCC report superb preparation for upper division courses in economics. Students also report back that economics was one of the most significant classes they took as an undergraduate - it taught them how to think critically.

16

75


Economic majors find jobs in private industry and government. They continue in graduate school in law, political science, economics, business administration, and engineering.

Transfer Schools’ Web Links Eastern Oregon University - http://www.eou.edu/business/busecon. html

So, if you want to have a broad background that can be applied to numerous other areas, economics is the major for you.

Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/dept/econ/ Portland State University - http://www.econ.pdx.edu/

Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending, the faculty advisor, and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.

Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/Economics.shtml University of Oregon - http://economics.uoregon.edu/ Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/business/ majore.htm#bs

The two-year curriculum listed below is designed to meet requirements of the Associate of Science degree from MHCC and to prepare students to complete a Bachelor degree in Economics from an accredited college or university including: Eastern Oregon University, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, University of Oregon and Western Oregon University. This curriculum may be started in any quarter. NOTE: Oregon transfer students seeking a Bachelor of Arts degree must complete the second year of a language other than English (201-203 or equivalent).

First Quarter MTH111 WR121

Statistics II .......................................................... 4 English Composition: Research or WR227 Technical Report Writing .......................... 3 General Electives1 ................................................. 9

EC203 MTH241

The sample two-year course of study listed below is designed to meet the requirements of the Associate of Science degree from MHCC and to prepare students to complete a baccalaureate degree in Education from an accredited college or university. Education program requirements vary widely at the baccalaureate level so a student’s course work must be planned in accordance with their chosen transfer institution. Students completing an Associate of Science degree are strongly encouraged to work closely with the MHCC Education faculty advisor and their transfer institution to develop a meaningful course of study at MHCC.

16

Principles of Economics I (Micro) ............................ 3 Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3 General Electives1 ................................................ 8

14

First Quarter

Principles of Economics II (Macro) .......................... 3 Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 3 Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3 General Electives1 ................................................. 6

CIS120 CIS120L ED200 WR121

15

Sixth Quarter

Principles of Economics III .................................... 3 Elementary Calculus............................................... 4 General Electives ................................................. 8

ED209A WR122

15 Refer to Associate of Science degree requirements for options, page 11. General electives should be selected with the assistance of an academic advisor.

Cr

Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3 Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1 Introduction to Education ...................................... 3 English Composition .............................................. 3 Oral Communication requirement1 .......................... 3 Science requirement4 ............................................ 4

Second Quarter

1

1

dain@mhcc.edu

If you want to be an elementary or secondary school teacher, you will be making a number of decisions: What age group do you want to teach? What subject do you want to teach? Will you transfer to a school with an undergraduate (four-year/Bachelors) or graduate (fifth year/Masters) teaching program? Which school do you want to transfer to? The answer to these questions will help determine the appropriate courses to take. MHCC offers a number of education courses to help you determine if teaching is really for you and prepare you for transfer to a four-year college or university. Two courses, ED200 and ED209A/B, are recommended for students who want to more fully explore the profession before beginning an educational program.

14

Fifth Quarter EC202

MHCC Faculty Advisor Dr. Dain Smith: 503-491-7105 - Room AC 2671

Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3 Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1 Probability and Statistics I..................................... 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 General Electives1 ................................................ 3

Fourth Quarter EC201

Associate of Science

17

Third Quarter MTH244 WR123

Education

Cr

Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ...................... 5 English Composition .............................................. 3 Oral Communication requirement1 .......................... 3 General Electives1 ................................................. 6

Second Quarter CIS120 CIS120L MTH243 WR122

Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Economics. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

17

Education Theory and Practicum ............................. 1 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3 Science requirement4 ............................................ 4 Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3

14

MHCC Transfer Center http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/advising/transfer_center/online.htm

76


Third Quarter ED209B WR123

Fourth Quarter MTH211

ED124 ED130 ED131 ED200 ED209A ED209B ED211 ED230 ED235 ED251 ED257 ED258 ED268 MTH211 PSY201

15

15

Fundamentals of Elementary Mathematics II2 .......... 3 Program electives3 .............................................. 12

Sixth Quarter MTH213

ED123

Fundamentals of Elementary Mathematics I2 ........... 3 Program electives3 .............................................. 12

Fifth Quarter MTH212

Please note that the following courses are not offered each term and will be offered based on sufficient enrollment; please refer to the quarterly schedule.

Educational Theory and Practicum .......................... 2 English Composition: Research ................................ 3 Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3 Science requirement4 ............................................ 4 Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3

15

Fundamentals of Elementary Mathematics III2 ......... 3 Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 3 Program electives3 ................................................ 9

15 Refer to Associate of Science degree requirements, page 11. 2 These courses are required for elementary education majors only. All other education majors should check with their faculty advisor or transfer school. 3 The following courses are suggested to fulfill program elective requirements: ED230, ED131. See faculty advisor for selection assistance. 4 Students intending to transfer should see the MHCC advisor or talk with their four-year transfer school.

Classroom Techniques in Reading and Language .................................................. 3 Classroom Techniques in Math and Science ............... 3 Classroom Management ......................................... 3 Teaching Strategies .............................................. 3 Introduction to Education (F/W/Sp) ........................ 3 Education Theory and Practicum (F/W/Sp) ............... 1 Education Theory and Practicum (F/W/Sp) ............... 2 Professional Portfolio Development ......................... 3 Psychology of Learning .......................................... 3 Instructional Technology ...................................... 3 Overview of Students with Special Needs ................ 3 Second Language Teaching Techniques .................... 3 Multi-cultural Education ........................................ 3 Education of Mildly/Severely Handicapped (F) .......... 3 Fundamentals of Elementary Mathematics I (F) ........ 3 General Psychology (Su/F/W/Sp)............................. 3

1

Engineering Associate of Science

MHCC Faculty Advisor Nikolene Schulz: 503-491-7463 - Room AC 2581

schulzn@mhcc.edu

The Engineering Transfer curriculum offered at Mt. Hood Community College is designed to closely follow the pre-engineering program at Oregon State University, Portland State University and Oregon Institute of Technology and meet the requirements for an Associate of Science degree from MHCC. This program is intended, specifically, for civil, electrical, and mechanical engineering majors, however, it may be modified to meet the needs of students transferring into other disciplines of engineering and/or to other institutions. In all cases, the student must make application to both the transfer institution and the College or School of Engineering.

MHCC Program Web Links: http://www.mhcc.edu/programs Transfer Schools’ Web Links Concordia University - http://www.cu-portland.edu/catalog/coe/ education.cfm Eastern Oregon University - http://www.eou.edu/edbus/cueste/

The MHCC program has entry-level expectations of students for skills in reading, writing, and mathematics. Prior to fall term registration, it is highly recommended that you consult the MHCC engineering faculty advisor or The Academic Advising and Transfer Center (see below). You should also make early contact with an advisor at the institution to which you plan to transfer. It is especially important that you do so, because the requirements at each institution may vary by engineering field. In addition, you will need to keep abreast of any changes in the program of your choice. It is your responsibility as a student to learn the program requirements of the school that you plan to attend.

Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/education/ Portland State University - http://www.ed.pdx.edu/program.shtml University of Oregon - http://education.uoregon.edu/path. htm?setpath=19 Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/education/ Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Education. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

NOTE: This program is specifically designed for transfer to a four-year institution and is not intended for students who seek direct entry into the job market after completion of an associate degree. MHCC’s Engineering Technology program offers an AAS program intended for direct entry to the engineering technician job market.

Instructional Assistant, Recognition of Completion, may be awarded to a student who completes the following courses. The courses may provide a structured review of skills used by persons who work as instructional aides, teacher aides, education assistants, and teacher assistants, or are for those who wish to attain additional knowledge in support of public K-12 classroom teachers. Applications for this non-transcipted, institutional award of attendance are available with the program advisor. Please note that the following courses will be offered in later afternoon or early evening to meet the needs of those employed during the day. Some course work may be offered during the summer term in a compressed format.

First Quarter CH221 GE101 MTH251 WR121

Cr

General Chemistry I ............................................... 5 Engineering Orientation ......................................... 4 Calculus I ............................................................. 4 English Composition .............................................. 3

16

77


English

Second Quarter CH222 GE102 MTH252 SP111 WR122

General Chemistry II .............................................. 5 Engineering Computations ..................................... 3 Calculus II ............................................................ 4 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

Third Quarter GE115 MTH253 WR227

The two-year program listed below is designed to meet requirements of the Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer degree (AA/OT) from MHCC and to prepare students to complete a Bachelor of Arts degree in English from an accredited college or university. Students are urged to consult catalogs and websites of the four-year institutions they are considering in order to meet fully their lower division course requirements. English majors also need to be aware that to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree they are required to achieve two years of college-level second language competency.

16

18

After consulting with their advisors, students may also choose to add a focus on creative writing by taking some of the following classes:

Strength of Materials ............................................. 4 Differential Equations ............................................ 4 General Physics with Calculus II ............................. 5

WR226 Creative Nonfiction Writing WR241 Imaginative Writing: Fiction WR242 Imaginative Writing: Poetry WR244 Advanced Poetry Writing WR245 Advanced Fiction Writing WR247A/B The Literary Publication WR248 Strategies for Revision: Advanced Professional Writing

Sixth Quarter ENGR212 PH213

13

Dynamics.............................................................. 4 General Physics with Calculus III ............................ 5 Health and Physical Education requirement .............. 3 Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3 Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3

Students should consult with their faculty advisor as they plan their individual course of study within the framework suggested below and the requirements of MHCC’s AA/OT degree.

18 1

barrag@mhcc.edu

English majors enjoy the study of imaginative literature and the development of effective utilization of language. The range of their classes may cover modern literature as well as great writers from America, Great Britain, Europe, and the world. Career paths for English majors are various; they may plan on careers in creative writing, education, journalism, law, technical writing - indeed, any field where expert command of the English language is central.

18

Electrical Fundamentals I ....................................... 5 Statics ................................................................. 4 Vector Calculus I ................................................... 4 General Physics with Calculus I ............................... 5

Fifth Quarter ENGR213 MTH256 PH212

MHCC Faculty Advisor Gerry Barra: 503-491-7659 - Room 2386

Engineering Graphics ............................................. 3 Calculus III .......................................................... 4 Technical Report Writing ........................................ 3 Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3 Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3

Fourth Quarter ENGR201 ENGR211 MTH254 PH211

Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer

First Quarter

Refer to Associate of Science degree requirements, page 11.

WR121 ENG107

NOTE: The curriculum shown above consists of all of MHCC’s Engineering Transfer courses, and some of the other math and science courses available at MHCC that are required during the first two years of a typical pre-engineering curriculum. Not every course required by the various programs at different schools is offered at MHCC.

Second Quarter

MHCC Transfer Center http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/advising/transfer_center/online.htm

WR122 ENG108

Related MHCC Program Web Links http://www.mhcc.edu/programs WR123 ENG109

Oregon State University - http://engr.oregonstate.edu/ Portland State University - http://www.cecs.pdx.edu/ Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Engineering. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

16-17

English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 World Literature: The Renaissance to the Age of Reason (1200 - 1800) .............................. 3 First-Year Modern Language elective ....................... 5 Lab Science requirement1 ................................... 4-5

Third Quarter

Transfer Schools’ Web Links Oregon Institute of Technology - http://www.oit.edu/d/geociv/

Cr

English Composition .............................................. 3 World Literature: The Classic World (7th Century B.C. to 1200 A.D.) ........................... 3 Computer Literacy requirement1 ............................. 1 First-Year Modern Language elective ....................... 5 Lab Science requirement1 ................................... 4-5

15-16

English Composition: Research ................................ 3 World Literature: Romanticism to Contemporary Writings (1800 - present) .............. 3 First-Year Modern Language elective ....................... 5 Lab Science requirement1 ................................... 4-5

15-16

78


Environmental Science

Fourth Quarter Select a sequence from the following three options. Take one course from the sequence each quarter:

Direct Transfer Curriculum

MHCC Faculty Advisor Dr. Javid Mohtasham: 503-491-7440 - AC 2571

ENG 201-203 Shakespeare or ENG 204-206 British Literature or ENG 253-255 Survey/American Literature ............. 3 ANTH180 Language and Culture2 .......................................... 3 Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 1 Oral Communication/Rhetoric requirement1 ............. 3 Second-Year Language (humanities) requirement1, 3 ... 4 Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3

The study of Environmental Science equips students with a general understanding of the environmental challenges facing our world. It is an interdisciplinary science that prepares students for positions in a variety of fields including environmental policy, natural resource management, pollution control, conservation, lobbying, environmental education, and environmental communication.

17

Fifth Quarter

The two-year course of study listed below is designed to meet the transfer requirements for Portland State University, Concordia University, and Marylhurst University through formal agreements with these institutions. However students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions that require different courses within the various subject areas of General Education. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC are highly encouraged to consult with the program advisor and the institution they will be attending. It should be noted that an Associate Degree is not awarded at the completion of this course of study; rather students direct transfer to the four-year institution of their choice.

ENG 201-203 Shakespeare or ENG 204-206 British Literature or ENG 253-255 Survey/American Literature ............. 3 MTH105 Intro to Contemporary Mathematics or MTH111 Pre-Calculus I: Elem Functions1 ........... 4-5 Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 1 Second-Year Language (humanities) requirement1, 3 .. 4 Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3

Sixth Quarter

mohtashj@mhcc.edu

15-16

First Quarter CH221 EHS100

ENG 201-203 Shakespeare or ENG 204-206 British Literature or ENG 253-255 Survey/American Literature ............. 3 Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 1 Science/Math/Computer Science requirement1 ......... 3 Second-Year Language (humanities) requirement1, 3 .. 4 Social Science requirement1 ................................... 6

EHS101 MTH251 WR121

17

Second Quarter CH222 EHS143

Note: A maximum of 15 credits of the highest level of ENL courses may be applied as electives only toward the AA-OT Degree.

ESR281 WR122

Refer to Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer (AAOT) requirements, page 10. 2 Recommended course to fulfill social science general education requirement 3 Suggested courses to fulfill humanities requirements include: FR201-203, GER201-203, JPN201-203, SPAN201-203. NOTE: Oregon transfer students seeking a Bachelor of Arts degree must complete the second year of a language other than English (201-203 or equivalent) before graduation from their transfer school. 1

ESR285 WR123

Transfer Schools’ Web Links: Eastern Oregon University - http://www2.eou.edu/engwrite/

BI211 EHS221

Portland State University - http://www.english.pdx.edu Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/catalog/00-01/ English/INDEX.HTM

EHS225 ESR271

University of Oregon - http://www.uoregon.edu/~engl/ Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/humanities/ english.htm (Oregon Institute of Technology - No English Major or Department)

BI212 EHS201 EHS222

18

Biology I1 ............................................................ 5 Environment Safety I: Emergency Response Planning ............................ 4 Human and Environment Toxicology ....................... 3 Environment Science II: Intro to Environmental Engineering ................... 4

Fifth Quarter

Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in English. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

14

Environmental Chemistry ....................................... 4 General Chemistry III1 .......................................... 5 Environment Science I: Chemistry of Hazardous Materials ....................... 3 Safety and Health Studies and Laws ........................ 3 English Composition: Research ................................ 3

Fourth Quarter

Oregon State University - http://www.orst.edu/dept/english/

17

General Chemistry II1 ............................................ 5 Environment Science Lab I: EPA Methodology Lab and Sampling..................... 3 Elements of Industrial Hygiene ............................... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

Third Quarter CH170 CH223 EHS171

Cr

General Chemistry I1 ............................................. 5 Introduction to Environment Health and Safety ........................................................ 2 Environment Health and Safety Regulations I ........... 3 Calculus I1 ........................................................... 4 English Composition .............................................. 3

16

Biology II1 ........................................................... 5 Environment Health and Safety Regulations II ......... 3 Environment Safety II: Environmental Auditing ........ 4

12

79


Sixth Quarter

Second Quarter

BI213 EHS230 EHS243

CH105

WE280EV_

Biology III1 ......................................................... 5 Sustained Business Practice ................................... 3 Environment Science Lab II: Intro to Instrumental Analysis ............................ 4 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 3

FW251 WR122

15 1

CH104-106, MTH111 and BI101-103 may be substituted if you are planning to obtain an Environmental Policy or Management degree.

CH106 WR123 HPE295

Transfer Schools’ Web Links Concordia University - http://www.cu-portland.edu

BI211 CH241 G201

Portland State University - http://www.esr.pdx.edu Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Environmental Science. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

BI212 CH242 MTH243

Biology I .............................................................. 5 Organic Chemistry I ............................................... 5 Principles of Geology ............................................. 4

14

Biology II ............................................................. 5 Organic Chemistry II .............................................. 5 Probability and Statistics I..................................... 4

14

Sixth Quarter BI213 MTH244

Associate of Science

Fisheries worcestt@mhcc.edu hannat@mhcc.edu

Biology III ........................................................... 5 Statistics II .......................................................... 4 Humanities requirement1 ...................................... 3 Elective1 ............................................................. 3

15 1

Wildlife Dr. Walter Shriner: 503-491-7362 - Room AC 2591 shrinerw@mhcc.edu

Fish and Wildlife Science is a diverse field of study devoted to examining our natural resources and the effect of human impact. It provides individuals with the knowledge necessary to address issues of conservation, sustainable use and ecosystem restoration.

For course selection, see a faculty advisor and/or refer to the OSU Baccalaureate Core website: http://oregonstate.edu/BCC. aspx

MHCC Program Web Links http://www.mhcc.edu/programs Transfer Schools’ Web Links Oregon State University - http://fw.oregonstate.edu

The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Science degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science in Fish and Wildlife Science at Oregon State University. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions that require different courses within the various subject areas of General Education. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending, the faculty advisor, and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.

MTH251 SP111 WR121

15

Fifth Quarter

Fish and Wildlife Science

CH104

General, Organic and Biological Chemistry III or CH223 General Chemistry III ........................... 5 English Composition: Research ................................ 3 Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3 Computer Literacy requirement1 ............................. 1 Social Science requirement1 .................................. 3

Fourth Quarter

Marylhurst University - http://www.marylhurst.edu

First Quarter

17

Third Quarter

Related MHCC Program Web Links http://www.mhcc.edu/programs

MHCC Faculty Advisors Tom Worcester: 503-491-7330 - Room AC 2570 Todd Hanna: 503-491-7163 - Room HF 13

General, Organic and Biological Chemistry II or CH222 General Chemistry II ............................ 5 Principles of Wildlife Conservation .......................... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 Humanities requirement1 ...................................... 3 Social Science requirement1 ................................. 3

Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Fish and Wildlife Science. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

Forest Resources Management

Cr

General, Organic and Biological Chemistry I or CH221 General Chemistry I.............................. 5 Calculus I ............................................................. 4 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3 English Composition .............................................. 3

Associate of Science

MHCC Faculty Advisor Joan DeYoung: 503-491-7322 - Room AC 2569

15

deyoungj@mhcc.edu

Opportunities to study Forest Management, Forest Engineering, Forest Recreation, Natural Resources or Forest Products exist at many universities throughout the United States and Canada. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from institution to institution,

80


Related MHCC Program Web Link Two thirds of MHCC’s Forest Resources Technology program credits transfer to area universities. For program information, visit the website listed below.

but in general, most programs require a year of Biology, a year of Chemistry and Mathematics through Calculus. The following is a two-year transfer guide for the Forest Resources Management degree at Oregon State University. Students completing this curriculum will earn an A.S. degree from MHCC. This curriculum satisfies al lower division general education requirements for the B.S. in Forest Resources Management at OSU. Please see an advisor if you are interested in a related degree or alternate college.

Fall Quarter, First Year F111 CH104 MTH111 WR121

15

General Social Science Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer

MHCC Faculty Advisor Karen DeVoll: 503-491-7190 - Advising and Transfer Center devollk@pdx.edu

16

Intro to Geographic Information Systems ................ 3 Biology II ............................................................ 5 Computer Concepts Lab I5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Principles of Economics II (Macro) .......................... 3 Humanities distribution requirement 3,4 .................... 3

Spring Quarter, Second Year BI213 HPE295 WR227

Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Forest Resources Management. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

Aerial Photos and Resource Mapping2 ...................... 5 Biology I ............................................................. 5 Principles of Economics I (Micro) ............................ 3 Social Science elective4 ......................................... 3

Winter Quarter, Second Year FT228 BI212 CIS120L EC202

16

Outdoor Recreation .............................................. 3 General, Organic & Biological Chemistry III .......... 5 Elementary Calculus............................................... 4 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3

Fall Quarter, Second Year FT221 BI211 EC201

16

Forest Measurements I2 ........................................ 4 General, Organic & Biological Chemistry II .............. 5 Probability and Statistics I..................................... 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

Spring Quarter, First Year FT235 CH106 MTH241 SP111

Transfer Schools’ Web Links Oregon State University - http://www.cof.orst.edu (direct transfer and articulation agreement with MHCC) Humbolt State Univerity - http://humboldt.edu (direct transfer and articulation agreement with MHCC) University of Idaho - http://www.uidaho.edu/cnr (direct transfer ) University of Montana - http://www.forestry.umt.edu (direct transfer ) University of Washington - http://www.cfr.washington.edu (direct transfer) Washington State University - http://wsu.edu (direct transfer)

Cr

Introduction to Natural Resources ......................... 3 General, Organic & Biological Chemistry I ................ 5 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions1...................... 5 English Composition .............................................. 3

Winter Quarter, First Year FT122 CH105 MTH243 WR122

http://www.mhcc.edu/programs

General Social Science is an interdisciplinary major that allows students to take a concentration of courses in the social sciences (anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, sociology, and women’s studies). The following curriculum is intended for those students preparing to enter Portland State University’s Degree Completion Program and graduate with a B.A. or a B.S. in Social Sciences. A social science degree provides a solid foundation for students preparing for teaching, social work, counseling, graduate study, or for those seeking to remain generalists while earning their Bachelor’s degree. There are no specific courses required to enter the social science major at PSU. However, students are strongly encouraged to complete at least 20 credits of lower division social science and begin fulfilling the modern language requirement for a Bachelor of Arts or complete science/math courses for a Bachelor of Science1. Students may transfer up to 124 MHCC credits toward their Bachelor’s degree requirements for this PSU major.

15

Biology III .......................................................... 5 Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3 Technical Report Writing5 ....................................... 3 Humanities distribution requirement 3,4 .................... 3 Social Science elective4 ......................................... 3

17 This curriculum assumes placement into MTH111. Students may have to adjust the curriculum if starting at a lower math level. 2 FT122 and FT221 together satisfy the requirements for FOR220 Aerial Photo Interpretation and Forest Measurements. 3 Refer to Associate of Science degree requirements, page 11. 4 See advisor for appropriate liberal arts courses to meet OSU baccalaureate core. 5 WR227 and CIS120L are MHCC requirements for the A.S. degree, but are not required by OSU. Students wishing to forgo the A.S. degree may substitute F200, Introduction to Forest Surveying for these two courses (taught spring quarter) It transfers as OSU’s FE308. 1

First Quarter CIS120/L WR121

Second Quarter PSY201 WR122

Cr

Computer Concepts I and Lab ................................. 4 English Composition2 ............................................. 3 First-year Language elective ................................... 5 Social Science requirement4 .................................... 3

15

General Psychology................................................ 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking2 .................... 3 First-year Language elective ................................... 5 Mathematics requirement4 ................................... 4-5

15-16

81


Third Quarter SOC204 WR123

Fourth Quarter HST201

Many of our students transfer to such schools as Portland State University, the University of Oregon and Oregon State University. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions of their choosing. These institutions may require different courses within the various General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to any four-year college or university after attending MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center. NOTE: Oregon transfer students seeking a Bachelor of Arts degree must complete the second year of a language other than English (201-203 or equivalent)

General Sociology.................................................. 3 English Composition: Research2 ............................... 3 First-year Language elective ................................... 5 Health/PE requirement 4......................................... 3

14

U.S. History - Pre-Colonial to 1830 .......................... 3 Fine Arts requirement5 ........................................... 3 Lab Science requirement1,4 ..................................... 4 Second-year Language (humanities) requirement 3 ..... 4

Fifth Quarter

First Quarter

14

GEOG105 ART261 CIS120L WR121

Lab Science requirement1,4 ..................................... 4 Oral Communications/Rhetoric requirement4 ............ 3 Second-year Language (humanities) requirement 3 ..... 4 Social Science requirement4 .................................... 6

Sixth Quarter

17

Second Quarter GEOG106 MTH111 WR122

Fine Arts requirement5 ........................................... 3 Lab Science requirement1,4 ..................................... 4 Second-year Language (humanities) requirement 3 ..... 4 Social Science requirement4 .................................... 3

14 Students who choose to pursue the B.S. are required to complete 12 credits of science course work, of which 8 credits must be lab science, and 4 credits of college-level mathematics. Students who choose to pursue the B.A. are required to demonstrate proficiency in a foreign language through the second-year of college-level coursework and complete an additional 4 credits in science, and 4 credits in fine arts. These may be completed within this prescribed AAOT curriculum. 2 Students may complete UNST101, 102, and 103, PSU’s freshman inquiry series instead of writing. They will receive credit for WR121, WR122, humanities (3 cr), social science (3 cr) and non-lab science (3 cr) for completion of the entire sequence. 3 Suggested courses to fulfill humanities elective requirements include: FR201-203, GER201-203, JPN201-203, or SPAN201-203. NOTE: Oregon transfer students seeking a Bachelor of Arts degree must complete the second year of a language other than English (201-203 or equivalent) before graduation from their transfer school. 4 Refer to Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer degree requirements, see page 10. 5 Fine Arts courses may be selected from Art, Music, and Theatre Arts. MHCC students will need to complete two courses (6 cr) to fulfill PSU’s requirement.

GEOG107 GEOG180 WR227

Geography

13

General Biology III ................................................ 4 Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3 Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3 Humanities distribution requirement2. ..................... 6

16

Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer MHCC Faculty Advisor Chris Gorsek, Ph.D. : 503-491-7321 - Room AC 2674

16

Geography of Mexico and Central America ................ 3 Environmental Problems ......................................... 3 Introduction to the History of Art........................... 3 General Biology II ................................................. 4

Sixth Quarter BI103 CIS120 HPE295

14

Geography of Oregon ............................................. 3 General Biology I .................................................. 4 World Civilizations: Ancient World........................... 3 General Sociology.................................................. 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3

Fifth Quarter GEOG214 GEOG290 ART202 BI102

16

Introduction to Cultural Geography ........................ 3 Map Reading and Interpretation ............................. 3 Technical Report Writing ........................................ 3 First-year Language elective1 .................................. 5

Fourth Quarter GEOG206 BI101 HST110 SOC204 SP111

15

Introduction to World Regional Geography .............. 3 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ...................... 5 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 First-year Language elective1 .................................. 5

Third Quarter

1

Cr

Introduction to Physical Geography ........................ 3 Photography I ....................................................... 3 Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1 English Composition .............................................. 3 First-year Language elective1 .................................. 5

First year language electives may be satisfied with the following course sequences FR101-103, GER101-103, JPN101103, and SPAN101-103. 2 Suggested courses to fulfill humanities requirements include: PHL201-203, SP112, FR201-203, GER201-203, JPN201-203, and SPAN201-203. NOTE: Oregon transfer students seeking Bachelor of Arts degree must complete the second year of a language other than English before graduation from their transfer school. 1

gorsekc@mhcc.edu

This curriculum is recommended for students interested in studying geography at MHCC, earning an Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer Degree and transferring to a four-year college or university to work towards a bachelor’s degree. Courses provide students with general theoretical knowledge of the field of geography, as well as the ability to work as a field researcher or a computer map technician (using GIS - a Geographic Information System).

82


Fourth Quarter

Professional Association and Transfer Schools’ Web Links Association of American Geographers - http://www.aag.org/

G201 MTH254 PH201

Association of Pacific Coast Geographers - http://www.csus. edu/apcg/ Oregon State University - http://www.science.orst.edu/geography. html

Principles of Geology ............................................. 4 Vector Calculus I ................................................... 4 General Physics I or PH211 General Physics with Calculus I ................. 5 Elective1 .............................................................. 3

Portland State University - http://geogres.pdx.edu/

Fifth Quarter

University of Oregon - http://www.geography.uoregon.edu/

G202 PH202

Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Geography. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

SP111

Geology

Associate of Science MHCC Faculty Advisor Rick Bolesta: 503-491-7361 - Room AC 2564

1

CH222 MTH252 WR122

CH223 MTH253 WR123

Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/geology.shtml University of Oregon - http://darkwing.uoregon.edu/~dogsci/ Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Geology. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

Cr

History

Direct Transfer Curriculum MHCC Faculty Advisors Patrick Casey: 503 491-7302 - Room AC 2669 caseyp@mhcc.edu Elizabeth Milliken: 503 491-7127 - Room AC 2679 millikee@mhcc.edu

15

General Chemistry II ............................................. 5 Calculus II ............................................................ 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 Social Science requirement1 .................................. 3

Third Quarter

Refer to Associate of Science degree requirements, page 11.

Portland State University - -http://www.geol.pdx.edu/

General Chemistry I ............................................... 5 Calculus I ............................................................. 4 English Composition .............................................. 3 Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3

Second Quarter

Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3 Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1 Principles of Geology ............................................. 4 General Physics III or PH213 General Physics with Calculus III .............. 5 Health and Physical Education requirement1 ........... 3

Transfer Schools’ Web Links Oregon St ate Universit y - ht tp ://oregonst ate.edu/dept/ geosciences/

The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Science degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science/Art in Geology at Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, or University of Oregon. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions that require different courses within the various areas of General Education. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending, the faculty advisor and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center. CH221 MTH251 WR121

15

16

bolestar@mhcc.edu

Geology is the science discipline that seeks to describe, classify and analyze the earth’s physical and chemical characteristics and catalog the history of earth and its life forms. It is deeply concerned with the ties between the nature of our physical environment and the quality of human life.

First Quarter

Principles of Geology ............................................. 4 General Physics II or PH212 General Physics with Calculus II................ 5 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3 Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3

Sixth Quarter CIS120 CIS120L G203 PH203

16

The courses listed below are designed for direct transfer to four-year colleges/universities and completion of them does not result in the awarding of an associate degree. Two MHCC History sequences, World Civilizations (HST110, HST111, and HST112) and United States History (HST201, HST202, and HST203) transfer directly to Oregon’s public universities as History credit. Each of these courses may be taken individually or as part of a sequence. All other MHCC History classes transfer as a social sciences distribution requirement or a social sciences elective. As transfer policies at four-year schools differ, it is vital to check with the transfer institution directly for specific information.

15

General Chemistry III ............................................ 5 Calculus III .......................................................... 4 English Composition: Research or WR227 Technical Report Writing .......................... 3 Humanities requirement1 ...................................... 3

Each of the History courses on this page is offered at least once a year at Mt. Hood Community College, and several are available in an Independent Study format.

15

“Not to know what happened before one was born,” said the Roman orator Cicero, “is always to remain a child.”

83


Hospitality and Tourism Management

Studying History moves you beyond childhood by systematically observing and documenting the past. The knowledge this study uncovers - and the process of uncovering and recording it - provides you with a wealth of skills useful in careers such as teaching history, founding and managing a business, practicing law, reporting the news, writing novels, directing movies, managing an archive or library or being President of the United States - and anything in between.

Associate of Science

MHCC Faculty Advisors Court Carrier: 503-491-7486 - Room AC2665

Corporate management trainers report liberal arts majors advance further in business careers than students with other majors; and recent figures show that students majoring in History score especially well in entrance examinations for Master’s of Business Administration (MBA) programs and for Law School.

Foundation History Courses: HST110 HST111 HST112 HST201 HST202 HST203

carrierc@mhcc.edu

The Mt. Hood Community College Hospitality and Tourism program offers tremendous opportunities to the student who is interested in a four-year degree. This curriculum is recommended for students interested in transferring to Portland State University’s Business Administration Bachelor of Science Degree Program. The courses listed below have been selected with the PSU program in mind as part of current articulation agreement discussions.

Cr

World Civilization: Ancient World ............................ 3 World Civilization: Medieval World .......................... 3 World Civilization: Modern World ............................ 3 U.S. History: Pre-Colonial - 1830............................. 3 U.S. History: 1830 - 1917 ...................................... 3 U.S. History: 1910 - Present ................................... 3

However, students from MHCC seeking a four-year degree, may transfer to other institutions such as University of Nevada-Las Vegas, Oregon State/Cascades (see Outdoor Recreation Leadership and Tourism, page 89), Washington State University, and others. These institutions may require different courses. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending, the faculty advisor and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.

Other MHCC History Electives World History HST104 History of the Middle East* .................................... 3 HST195 History of the Vietnam War..................................... 3 HST270 History of Mexico* ................................................ 3 HST272 History of South America*...................................... 3 HST294 History of Ancient Greece* ..................................... 3

First Quarter (Fall) HT140 MTH111 WR121

United States History - specialized HST237 America in the 1960s ............................................. 3 HST240 History of Oregon .................................................. 3

Second Quarter (Winter) CIS122 MTH243 SP111 WR122

Women’s History HST204 Women in U.S. History ........................................... 3 HST225 Women in World History ......................................... 3

BA101 HPE295 MTH244

NOTE: Students who want to pursue an Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer degree should consult the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center for academic planning. Useful History Web Links American Historical Association - http://www.theaha.org/

HT242 HT250

Portland State University - http://www.history.pdx.edu/ BA211 WR123

Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/dept/history/ Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/HISTORY.SHTML University of Oregon - http://darkwing.uoregon.edu/~history/ Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/socsci/ historydept.htm

HT206 BA212 EC201

17

Supervisory Management for the Hospitality Industry .......................................... 3 Travel and Tourism Marketing or HT260 Hospitality Industry Marketing ................. 3 Principles of Accounting I ...................................... 4 English Composition: Research or WR227 Technical Report Writing .......................... 3 Lab Science requirement3 ....................................... 4

Fifth Quarter (Winter)

Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in History. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

16

Introduction to Business........................................ 4 Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3 Statistics II .......................................................... 4 Hospitality and Tourism Elective2 ............................ 6

Fourth Quarter (Fall)

Transfer Schools’ Web Links Eastern Oregon University - http://www.eou.edu/history/

17

Computer Concepts III2 .......................................... 3 Probability and Statistics I..................................... 4 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 Hospitality and Tourism Elective2 ............................ 3

Third Quarter (Spring)

* Courses offered only as Independent Study options

Cr

Travel and Tourism Geography ................................. 3 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions1 ..................... 5 English Composition1 ............................................. 3 Hospitality and Tourism Elective2 ............................ 6

17

Hotel and Resort Operations Management ................ 3 Principles of Accounting II..................................... 3 Principles of Economics I (Micro) ............................ 3 Humanities requirement4 ........................................ 3 Lab Science requirement4 ....................................... 4

16

84


Sixth Quarter (Spring) HT230 BA205 BA213 BA231 EC202

18

Seventh Quarter (Summer) EC203

However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree in journalism, communications or new media may also transfer to other institutions, including Southern Oregon University, University of Portland, Oregon State University, Washington State University, the University of Washington and Marylhurst University. These institutions may require different courses within the various subject areas of General Education.

Hotel, Restaurant, and Travel Law ........................... 3 Business Communications ...................................... 4 Principles of Accounting III ................................... 4 Information Technology in Business ........................ 4 Principles of Economics II (Macro) .......................... 3

Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending, the faculty advisor and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.

Principles of Economics III (optional)2 .................... 3 Humanities requirement4 ........................................ 3

6

Pre-Fall Quarter (First and Second Year)

Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog. 2 PSU transfer students can choose from the following list five, 3-credit Hospitality and Tourism classes, of which 12 credits will transer to PSU: HT104, HT105, HT106, HT133*, HT142*, HT180A* or 180W*, HT181*, HT241, HT247*, HT270*, WE280HT. Those HT classes listed with an asterisk* are considered professional-technical courses. PSU will accept a maximum of 12 professional-technical credits. 3 PSU transfer students can choose lab science courses from the approved Science/Mathematics courses on pages 13-14. 4 PSU transfer students can choose humanities from the approved courses on page 13. 1

J215B Publications Lab* .................................................. 2 * This special session is required for journalism majors. It runs from 9 a.m. to 3 p.m. for 2 1/2 weeks just prior to the start of fall quarter. See fall course schedule for exact dates. The course includes orientation sessions, skill-building drills and production of the first newspaper of the year.

First Quarter CS125QRK J211 J215A J216 J226

Related MHCC Program Web Links http://www.mhcc.edu/hospitality/ Transfer Schools’ Web Links Portland State University - http://www.sba/pdx.edu

Second Quarter J215A J217 PH122 WR121

OSU/Cascades - http://www.osucascades.edu/orlt University of Nevada-Las Vegas - http://hotel.unlv.edu/ Washington State University - http://academics.wsu.edu/fields/ study.asp?ID=HBM#352 Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Hospitality and Tourism Management. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

Journalism

Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer MHCC Faculty Advisors Bob Watkins: 503-491-7413 - Room AC 1383

BI101 EC201 J204 J215B WR227

This curriculum is recommended for students interested in studying journalism at MHCC, earning an Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer Degree, and transferring to a four-year college or university to work toward a bachelor’s degree in journalism. This is not a degree in journalism. Students from MHCC most often transfer to the University of Oregon to work toward a Bachelor of Arts/Science degree in journalism. Students transferring from Mt. Hood Community College to the University of Oregon’s School of Journalism and Communication will be given full credit for the courses listed below upon acceptance to the university. This MHCC program is designed as an Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer (AAOT) which enables a student to enter the university with all lower division general education requirements met and three pre-major journalism requirements completed.

18

General Biology I .................................................. 4 Principles of Economics I (Micro) ............................ 3 Visual Communication ............................................ 4 Publications Lab ................................................... 2 Technical Report Writing ........................................ 3

Fifth Quarter BI102 EC202 HST202 J215B WR248

13

Publications Lab ................................................... 1 Copy Editing ......................................................... 3 History of the United States ................................... 3 Pre Calculus I: Elementary Functions ....................... 5 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 Creative Non-fiction Writing ................................... 3

Fourth Quarter watkinsb@mhcc.edu

13

Publications Lab ................................................... 1 Reporting II ......................................................... 3 General Astronomy ................................................ 3 English Composition. ............................................. 3 Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3

Third Quarter J215A J218 HST201 MTH111 WR122 WR226

Cr

Quark XPress for Journalism .................................... 1 Introduction to Mass Communication ...................... 3 Publications Lab ................................................... 1 Reporting I ........................................................... 3 Introduction to Journalism Production .................... 2 Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3

16

General Biology II ................................................. 4 Principles of Economics II (Macro) .......................... 3 History of the United States ................................... 3 Publications Lab ................................................... 2 Strategies for Revision: Advanced Professional Writing .......................................... 3

15

85


Sixth Quarter

Additional Journalism-Related Courses

HPE295 J202 J215B SP111

Individuals are encouraged to consider additional coursework from the list below to strengthen their skills and further develop their portfolio.

Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3 Information Gathering ........................................... 4 Publications Lab ................................................... 2 Fundamentals of Public Speaking. ........................... 3 Lab Science requirement2 ...................................... 4

ART261 J134 J205 J225 J280 SP111

16 The humanities literature course requirement may be satisfied with any of the following: FA257-258, ENG104-106, ENG107109, ENG202-203, ENG204-206, ENG212, ENG214, ENG222, ENG253-255. 2 The lab science course requirement may be satisfied with any of the following: CH104-106, CH151, CH170, CH221-223, G201203, GS104-106, PH201-203, PH211-213. 1

Mathematics Associate of Science

MHCC Faculty Advisor Cathy Curtis: 491-7396 - Room AC 2577 Sara Williams: 491-7475 - Room AC 2578

Related MHCC Program Web Link http://www.mhcc.edu/programs

curtisc@mhcc.edu williams@mhcc.edu

The mathematics program at Mt. Hood is nationally known for a mathematics curriculum focused on real applications, problem solving, appropriate technology use, conceptual understanding, mathematical skills, and a discovery/experiential approach to math. We enthusiastically welcome mathematics majors entering at all mathematical levels.

Transfer Schools’ Web Links University of Oregon - http://jcomm.uoregon.edu Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Journalism. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

The math department is pleased to honor exemplary mathematics students at all level with recognition awards, which may include scholarship funds. Details are available from your current math instructor around the fifth week of the term. There are many careers available for students majoring in math, including actuarial work, education, and positions as the math expert in industry and computer science4. For more information, please contact a math instructor, the career advising center, or visit the web site of the Mathematical Association of America www.maa.org.

Journalism, Recognition of Completion, may be awarded to

a student who completes the following courses. The courses are designed to provide a structured review of skills used by persons in the journalism field or for those seeking to add to their skill-base in communications, or for students who already hold a degree in another field. This set of courses encompasses skills specific to the profession, will help build a strong and diverse portfolio and offers the opportunity for practical experience in an accelerated format. Students may take coursework in reporting, technical writing, editing, computer design, publication production, photojournalism, advertising and public relations, among other areas.

Students interested in transferring to a specific university or fouryear college should consult with the institution they plan to attend regarding which MHCC courses will satisfy specific degree requirements and which will transfer as general electives. See an advisor to personalize this plan and/or to create a plan that starts with the math sequence before calculus. It is possible to start the calculus sequence as late as spring of the first year, take summer classes, and finish by spring of the following year.

Students may take a variety of other journalism-related courses from the additional list printed below. For more information on this nontranscripted, institutional award of attendance, consult the faculty advisor, Bob Watkins at 503-491-7413 or by email at watkins@mhcc. edu . Please note that the following courses will be offered based on sufficient enrollment. CS125QRK J202 J204 J211 J215A J215B J216 J217 J218 J226 WR227 WR248

Photography I (Su/F/W/Sp) .................................... 3 Photojournalism (W) .............................................. 3 Public Relations (W) .............................................. 3 Introduction to Advertising (W) ............................. 3 Cooperative Education Internships ......................3-12 Fundamentals of Public Speaking (Su/F/W/Sp) ......... 3

First Quarter MTH251 WR121

Quark XPress for Journalism .................................... 1 Information Gathering (Sp) .................................... 4 Visual Communication (F)....................................... 4 Introduction to Mass Communications (F/Sp) ........... 3 Publications Lab (Su/F/W/Sp)................................. 1 Publications Lab* (Su/F/W/Sp) ............................... 6 Reporting I (F/W) .................................................. 3 Reporting II (W) ................................................... 3 Copy Editing (Sp) .................................................. 3 Introduction to Journalism Production (F) ............... 2 Technical Report Writing (F/W/Sp) .......................... 3 Strategies for Revision: Advanced Professional Writing (Sp) ....................................... 3

Second Quarter MTH252 WR122

14

Calculus II ............................................................ 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 Humanities requirement1 ........................................ 3 Electives2 ............................................................. 6

Third Quarter MTH253 WR123

Cr

Calculus I ............................................................. 4 English Composition .............................................. 3 Computer Literacy1 ................................................ 1 Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............. 3 Elective2 ............................................................... 3

16

Calculus III .......................................................... 4 English Composition: Research ................................ 3 Oral Communication/Rhetoric requirement1 .............. 3 Social Science requirement1 .................................... 3 Elective2 ............................................................... 3

16

86


Fourth Quarter MTH254

Fifth Quarter MTH256

institution, which may require different courses within the various subject areas of General Education. It is recommended that students consult with their advisor and refer to the catalogs and websites of the institutions in which they have interest.

Vector Calculus I ................................................... 4 Humanities requirement1 ........................................ 3 Lab Science requirement3 .................................... 4-5 Electives2 ............................................................. 4

Please note: Oregon transfer students must fulfill a second language requirement. For admission: two college terms of the first year (101 and 102) of a language other than English OR four semesters in high school. For graduation with a B.A.: the second year (201, 202 and 203, or equivalent) of a language other than English.

15-16

Differential Equations ............................................ 4 Lab Science requirement3 .................................... 4-5 Electives2 ............................................................. 6

Sixth Quarter

Study Abroad options are available and recommended as part of language study at MHCC. Currently, there are spring term and summer programs in San Miguel de Allende, Mexico, for Spanish and a summer program in Kyoto, Japan, for Japanese. In both cases, language study is facilitated and enriched by cultural immersion. Check with the faculty advisor in Languages for details. (Programs may be changed or cancelled due to circumstances at the time of offering or departure.)

14-15

Social Science requirement1 .................................... 3 Electives2 ........................................................... 12

15 Refer to Associate of Science requirements, page 11. 2 Recommended Electives: MTH243/244 (some schools, including PSU, require a statistics sequence for math majors); CS161; German, French, or Russian (recommended for those pursuing graduate work in math); MTH211/212/213 (recommended for those interested in teaching math at any level, sequence starts fall); PH211/212/213 (sequence starts fall). Other areas of study that would support continuing education and/or employment in mathematics: Engineering, PHL203 - Elementary Logic, WR227 - Technical Report Writing, Economics, Computer Science, Science. 3 Lab science is required by most universities for a B.S. degree; it is not required for MHCC graduation. 4 Students hoping to teach at any level are strong encouraged to apply for work as a tutor in the Learning Assistance Center for hands-on experience. Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Mathematics. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements. 1

First Quarter WR121

Second Quarter WR122

Modern Languages

15

(Modern Language)1031 ........................................ 5 English Composition: Research ................................ 3 Health and Physical Education requirement2 ............ 1 Science/Math/Computer Sci requirement2 ............... 3 Social Science requirement2 ................................... 3

Fourth Quarter

15

(Modern Language)2014 ........................................ 4 Health and Physical Education requirement2 ............ 1 Humanities requirement (other than Modern Languages)2 ........................ 3 Lab Science requirement2 ................................... 4-5 Social Science requirement2 ................................... 3

Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer MHCC Faculty Advisor Paul Eckhardt: 503-491-7497 - AC 2377

16

(Modern Language)1021 ........................................ 5 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 Health and Physical Education requirement2 ............ 1 Oral Communication requirement3 .......................... 3 Social Science requirement2 ................................... 3

Third Quarter WR123

Cr

(Modern Language)1011 ......................................... 5 English Composition .............................................. 3 Computer Literacy requirement2 ............................. 1 Mathematics requirement2 ..................................... 4 Social Science requirement2 ................................... 3

eckhardtp@mhcc.edu

In a world that is increasingly interdependent, knowledge of other cultures and languages is crucial. In East Multnomah County, the three languages most needed by local businesses and service agencies, after English, are Spanish, Russian and American Sign Language (ASL). Statewide, Oregon’s two biggest trade partners are Japan (world’s second largest economy) and Canada (one-quarter French speaking). Other important Oregon customers and investors are Germany, France and Mexico. French is the world’s second most studied language. German is the second most prominent language in the global business world. Germany has the world’s third largest economy. Spanish is the second most spoken language in the United States, and the main language of 19 countries. All three are important heritage languages in the USA. MHCC offers: ASL, French, German, Italian (study abroad only), Japanese, Russian and Spanish.

Fifth Quarter

15-16

(Modern Language)2024 ........................................ 4 Lab Science requirement2 ................................... 4-5 Social Science requirement2 ................................... 3 Elective ................................................................ 3

Sixth Quarter

14-15

(Modern Language)2034 ........................................ 4 Lab Science requirement2 ...................................... 4 Electives .............................................................. 7

15

The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Arts in Modern Languages from a four-year public university in Oregon. Students transferring from MHCC may also seek a baccalaureate at a different

1

87

Modern Language includes French, German, Japanese, Russian, Spanish or ASL. ASL courses are 3 credits. Italian is offered as part of Study Abroad in Florence only.


Refer to Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer degree requirements and course options, page 10. 3 SP115, Intercultural Communication, is recommended. 4 Students taking second-year Spanish are also required to take one one-credit course of Intermediate Spanish Conversation during the year: SPAN 211 or 212 or 213. A similar requirement is being set up in the other languages. This would add one elective credit to one of the above terms. 2

Third Quarter MUP101-146 MUP171-192 MUS113 MUS116 MUS133

Band, Choir, or Orchestra..................................... 1-2 Applied Individual Lessons ..................................... 1 Music Theory III.................................................... 3 Sight Singing/Ear Training ...................................... 1 Group Piano .......................................................... 2 General Education classes5

Fourth Quarter

Recommended social sciences, humanities and elective courses: Social Sciences Courses: ANTH103, ANTH180, GEOG106, GEOG107, GEOG214, HST111, HST112, HST225, HST270, HST271, HST272, HST293

MUP201-246 MUP271-292 MUS211 MUS214 MUS261

Humanities courses: ART201, ART202, ART203, ENG107, ENG108, ENG109, ENG212, R210 Transfer Schools’ Web Links Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/dept/foreign_ lang/

Band, Choir, or Orchestra..................................... 1-2 Applied Individual Lessons ..................................... 1 Music Theory IV6 .................................................. 3 Keyboard Harmony I .............................................. 2 Music History I7 ................................................... 3 General Education classes5

Fifth Quarter

Portland State University - http://www-adm.pdx.edu/user/fll/

MUP201-246 MUP271-292 MUS212 MUS215 MUS262

University of Oregon - http://babel.uoregon.edu/romance/romance. htm (Romance Languages); http://darkwing.uoregon.edu/~gerscan/ (Germanic Languages); http://darkwing.uoregon.edu/~eall/ (East Asian Languages) Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Modern Languages. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific requirements of the transfer school.

Band, Choir, or Orchestra..................................... 1-2 Applied Individual Lessons ..................................... 1 Music Theory V ...................................................... 3 Keyboard Harmony II ............................................. 2 Music History II .................................................... 3 General Education classes5

Sixth Quarter MUP201-246 MUP271-292 MUS213 MUS224 MUS263

Music

Band, Choir, or Orchestra..................................... 1-2 Applied Individual Lessons ..................................... 1 Music Theory VI ................................................... 3 Advanced Sight Singing/Ear Training ....................... 2 Music History III ................................................... 3 General Education classes5

Direct Transfer Curriculum MHCC Faculty Advisors Dave Barduhn: 503-491-6970 - Room AC 2130 barduhnd@mhcc.edu Susie Jones: 503-491-7158 - Room AC 2133 joness@mhcc.edu Marshall Tuttle: 503-491-7010 - Room AC 2132 tuttlem@mhcc.edu

Four years of Ensemble courses are required by most baccalaureate programs. 2 Most baccalaureate programs require four years of Applied Individual Lessons. An approved instructor list is available in Performing Arts. 3 First year Music Theory and Sight Singing/Ear Training requires concurrent enrollment in Group Piano. Students who wish to strengthen their music background may also want to register for MUS101, Music Fundamentals. 4 One year of Group Piano (or proficiency) is required prior to taking Keyboard Harmony classes in the second year. 5 Fewer General Education classes are required for the Bachelor of Music (B.MUS or BM) degree than for other baccalaureate degrees. Students should consult an advisor to determine which General Education courses are required for transfer to their selected school. 6 Second year Music Theory requires concurrent enrollment in Keyboard Harmony or Advanced Sight Singing/Ear Training. 7 Two years of Music History are required for a baccalaureate degree. The second year of Music History is taken at the junior level.

1

The two-year program listed below is designed for direct transfer to four-year colleges/universities and completion of them does not result in an associate degree. Students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree in music may transfer to any four-year institution. These institutions may require different courses within the various areas of General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.

First Quarter MUP101-146 MUP171-192 MUS111 MUS114 MUS131

Cr

Band, Choir, or Orchestra1 ................................... 1-2 Applied Individual Lessons2 ................................... 1 Music Theory I3 .................................................... 3 Sight Singing/Ear Training3 .................................... 1 Group Piano4 ........................................................ 2 General Education classes5

Transfer Schools’ Web Links Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/dept/music/

Second Quarter MUP101-146 MUP171-192 MUS112 MUS115 MUS132

Portland State University - http://www.pdx.edu/ugradfinearts.phtml

Band, Choir, or Orchestra..................................... 1-2 Applied Individual Lessons ..................................... 1 Music Theory II ..................................................... 3 Sight Singing/Ear Training ..................................... 1 Group Piano .......................................................... 2 General Education classes5

University of Oregon - http://darkwing.uoregon.edu/~music Central Washington University - http://www.cwu.edu/music University of North Texas - http://www.unt.edu/pais/insert/umusic.htm University of Wisconsin Eau-Claire - http://www.uwec.edu/mus-the/index. html

88


Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Music. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

Third Quarter (Spring)

Outdoor Recreation Leadership and Tourism

PE285ON PS217

MHCC Faculty Advisors For Outdoor and Experiential Education : Steve Rubinstein: 503-491-7353 - Room PE145

PE280_

FT235 GS106 HPE295 PE282OL

Associate of Science

rubinsts@mhcc.edu

ANTH103 F240 HT241 HT250

GS104 MTH243 PE185RKI PE280_ WR123

Introduction to Cultural Anthropology..................... 3 Natural Resources Ecology ...................................... 4 International Hospitality and Tourism ..................... 3 Travel and Tourism Marketing or HT260 Hospitality Industry Marketing ................. 3 Humanities requirement1 ........................................ 3

16

Physical Science - Physics ...................................... 4 Probability and Statistics I5.................................... 4 Intermediate Rock Climbing.................................... 1 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 3 English Composition: Research ................................ 3

15

Seventh Quarter (Spring) BA226 BA231 PE185ON PE233 SP111

Students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other four-year institutions that require different courses within the various subject areas of General Education. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they plan on attending, the faculty advisor, and the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.

Introduction to Business Law or HT230 Hotel, Restaurant and Travel Law ........... 3-4 Information Technology in Business ........................ 4 High Angle Rescue ................................................. 1 Place Mapping: Place-Based Learning Methods ......... 2 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3

13-14

Commercial Recreation Management and Tourism (CRMT)

Outdoor and Experiential Education (OEE)

HE253 PE185OF PE185OG PE285OH SOC213 WR122

3

Sixth Quarter (Winter)

The two-year curriculum listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Science degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science in Outdoor Recreation Leadership and Tourism from Oregon State University - Cascade campus.

First Quarter (Fall)

Cr

BA131

Travel and Tourism Geography ................................. 3 Backpacking ......................................................... 1 Day Hiking ............................................................ 1 Beginning Rock Climbing ........................................ 1 Wilderness Survival ............................................... 3 English Composition: Nature Writing ....................... 3 Humanities requirement1 ........................................ 3

Second Quarter (Winter)

Cooperative Education Internship3 .......................... 3

Fifth Quarter (Fall)

A world of careers is open to students entering the Outdoor Recreation Leadership and Tourism (ORLT) program at Mt. Hood Community College. The program provides industry career paths ranging in scope from guiding mountaineering trips to managing an eco lodge to starting one’s own recreation-based small business. This unique program provides a core of courses including outdoor recreation, travel and tourism, hospitality, computer applications, management, and cooperative education internships. Then, students can select courses from one of three curricula - Commercial Recreation Management and Tourism, International Ecotourism, or Outdoor and Experiential Education. These curricula line up with options offered in the Bachelor of Science Degree in Outdoor Recreation Leadership and Tourism from Oregon State University - Cascades campus. The opportunities in this field are exciting and vast. Why not work at something you love?

HT140 PE185OA PE185OB PE185RK PE285OL WR121

17

Fourth Quarter (Summer)

For Commercial Recreation Management and Tourism ; and International Ecotourism Court Carrier: 503-491-7486 - Room AC 2665 carrierc@mhcc.edu

First Quarter (Fall)

Outdoor Recreation ............................................... 3 Physical Science: Geology2 or PH104 Descriptive Astronomy ............................. 4 Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3 Professional Activities: Outdoor Leadership Field Skills ........................................................ 2 Outdoor Leadership ............................................... 2 Introduction to Public Land Management: The Politics of Recreation................................... 3

HT106 HT140 WR121

Second Quarter (Winter)

15

HE253 HT107 HT141 PE285OH SOC213 WR122

Wilderness Advanced First Aid ................................ 3 Winter Camping ..................................................... 1 Backcountry Winter Mountain Travel ....................... 1 Adventure Education ............................................. 2 Race Relations in the United States......................... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 Outdoor Activity Course6 ........................................ 1

Cr

Introduction to Business Computing or CIS120/L Computer Concepts I and Lab ................ 4 Introduction to the Hospitality Industry ................. 3 Travel and Tourism Geography ................................. 3 English Composition: Nature Writing ....................... 3 Humanities requirement1 ........................................ 3

16

Wilderness Advanced First Aid ................................ 3 Introduction to Leisure and Recreation Management. 3 Customer Service Management ................................ 3 Adventure Education ............................................. 2 Race Relations in the United States......................... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

17

14

89


Third Quarter (Spring) GS106 HPE295 HT105 HT207 PE282OL PE285ON

Fourth Quarter (Fall) ANTH103 F240 HT241 HT250

PE233 SP111 WE280HT_

First Quarter (Fall) BA131 HT104 HT140 WR121

HPE295 HT142 HT144

16

Introduction to Cultural Anthropology..................... 3 Natural Resources Ecology ...................................... 4 International Hospitality and Tourism ..................... 3 Travel and Tourism Marketing or HT260 Hospitality Industry Marketing ................. 3 Humanities requirement1 ........................................ 3

16

Fifth Quarter (Winter) GS104 HT144 HT247 MTH243 WR123

16

Physical Science - Physics ...................................... 4 Destination Specialist ............................................ 2 Airlines, Cruises and Tours ...................................... 3 Probability and Statistics I5.................................... 4 English Composition: Research ................................ 3

16

Sixth Quarter (Spring) BA226 BA250 PE233 SP111 WE280HT_

17

Introduction to Business Law or HT230 Hotel, Restaurant and Travel Law ........... 3-4 Small Business Management ................................... 3 Place Mapping: Place-Based Learning Methods ......... 2 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4

15-16 Refer to Associate of Science requirements, page 11. Three credits must be selected to meet OSU’s Literature and Arts requirement; suggested courses are ART201-203, ENG104-106, ENG204-206, ENG212, ENG253-255 2 The Outdoor Recreation and Tourism Leadership program accepts either GS106 or PH104. 4 Program also accepts GS105 (GS104 or GS105). GS104 is offered winter term only; GS105 is offered fall term only. 5 MTH243 has a prerequisite of MTH105 or MTH111 with a grade of ‘C” or better. 6 Students must choose at least one other activity from the following and are encouraged to take more: PE185KY, PE185OD, PE185OJ, PE185OK, PE185OL, PE185OS, PE185OT. 1

12-13 Cr

MHCC Program Web Link: http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/programs/classes_programs_d/ hpe/outdoor_ed/outdoors/main.htm http://www.mhcc.edu/hospitality/

16

Wilderness Advanced First Aid ................................ 3 Introduction to Leisure and Recreation Management. 3 Customer Service Management ................................ 3 Adventure Education ............................................. 2 Race Relations in the United States......................... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

Third Quarter (Spring) GS106

14-17

Introduction to Business Computing or CIS120/L Computer Concepts I and Lab ................ 4 Introduction to Travel and Tourism.......................... 3 Travel and Tourism Geography ................................. 3 English Composition: Nature Writing ....................... 3 Humanities requirement1 ........................................ 3

Second Quarter (Winter) HE253 HT107 HT141 PE285OH SOC213 WR122

ANTH103 F240 HT241 HT250

Introduction to Business Law or HT230 Hotel, Restaurant and Travel Law ........... 3-4 Place Mapping: Place-Based Learning Methods ......... 2 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4

International Ecotourism (IE)

Professional Activities: Outdoor Leadership Field Skills ........................................................ 2 Outdoor Leadership ............................................... 2

Fourth Quarter (Fall)

Physical Science - Physics ...................................... 4 Hotel and Resort Operations Management ................ 3 Food, Beverage and Labor Cost Control .................... 3 Probability and Statistics I5.................................... 4 English Composition: Research ................................ 3

Sixth Quarter (Spring) BA226

PE285ON

Introduction to Cultural Anthropology..................... 3 Natural Resources Ecology ...................................... 4 International Hospitality and Tourism ..................... 3 Travel and Tourism Marketing or HT260 Hospitality Industry Marketing ................. 3 Humanities requirement1 ........................................ 3

Fifth Quarter (Winter) GS104 HT206 HT270 MTH243 WR123

PE282OL

Physical Science: Geology2 or PH104 Descriptive Astronomy ............................. 4 Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3 Catering, Restaurant and Food Management: Concept to Customer .......................................... 3 Managing and Programming of Recreation and Sports Facilities (alternating years) .............. 3 Professional Activities: Outdoor Leadership Field Skills ........................................................ 2 Outdoor Leadership ............................................... 2

Transfer Schools’ Web Links Oregon State University-Cascades - http://www.osucascades.edu/ partners/osu/orlt/orlt.php

17

Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Outdoor Recreation. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

Physical Science: Geology2 or PH104 Descriptive Astronomy ............................. 4 Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3 Travel and Tourism Agency Operations ..................... 3 Destination Specialist ............................................ 2

90


Outdoor Education, Recognition of Completion, may be awarded to a student who completes the following courses. The courses are open to individuals interested in integrating outdoor education into their current work. A small sample of individuals utilizing outdoor education techniques in their professions include; school counselors, physical education teachers, scout and youth group leaders, community organizers and group-home recreation coordinators.

and storms that are not responsible morally for what they do? 3. How should a human being live? Should I seek mainly my own happiness? How concerned with the welfare of others should I be? How should I treat others and expect others to treat me? It is true that philosophers rarely reach a consensus about which answer is indisputably the right one for any given philosophical question. But it is still the case that, like with wines, the connoisseur of ideas can at least identify the few best answers, and from these few he or she can sometimes reach personal closure - an intelligent and informed personal closure. So why let others answer these questions for you? Why settle for being a second-hand person? Isn’t it time to own your mind?

Applications for completion of the non-transcripted, institutional award of attendance are available in the Health and Physical Education Division (PE155). Please note that the following courses may not be offered each term (please refer to quarterly class schedules) and will be offered based on sufficient enrollment.

Required Courses HE253 PE185OB PE185OF PE185OG PE185ON PE185RK PE185RKI PE233 PE282OL PE285OH PE285OL PE285ON PS217 WR121 PE280_

The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Arts in Philosophy at Eastern Oregon University, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, University of Oregon or Western Oregon University. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions. These institutions may require different courses within the various areas of General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending, the faculty advisors and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.

Cr

Wilderness Advanced First Aid (W) .......................... 3 Day Hiking: Walking the Watershed (F) .................... 1 Winter Camping (W) ............................................... 1 Backcountry Winter Mountain Travel (W).................. 1 High Angle Rescue (Sp) .......................................... 1 Beginning Rock Climbing (Su/F/W/Sp) ..................... 1 Intermediate Rock Climbing (W).............................. 1 Place Mapping: Place-Based Learning Methods (W) ... 2 Professional Activities: Outdoor Leadership Field Skills (Sp) ................................................. 2 Adventure Education (W) ....................................... 2 Wilderness Survival (F/W/Sp).................................. 3 Outdoor Leadership (Sp)......................................... 2 Introduction to Public Land Management: The Politics of Recreation (Sp)............................ 3 English Composition: Nature Writing (F) ................. 3 Cooperative Education (2 quarters) ......................... 6 Activity Electives* ................................................ 2 Wilderness First Responder Certification Course (Su)

First Quarter MTH111 PHL201 WR121

Second Quarter PHL202 WR122

PHL203 WR123

Select two credits from the following: PE185KY PE185OA PE185OJ PE185OK PE185OL PE185OT

River Kayaking (F/W/Sp) ........................................ 1 Backpacking (F) .................................................... 1 Mountaineering Fundamentals (Sp) ......................... 1 Mountaineering Field Skills (Sp) ............................. 1 Progressive Fly Fishing, Level I (F/W/Sp) ................. 1 Snowboard and Ski: Backcountry Safety Skills (W) .... 1

14

Elementary Logic................................................... 3 English Composition: Research ................................ 3 First-year Language elective2 .................................. 5 Oral Communication/Rhetoric requirement1 .............. 3 Social Science requirement4 .................................... 3

Fourth Quarter

17

Humanities elective3........................................... 3-4 Lab Science requirement1 ....................................... 4 Social Science requirement4 .................................... 3 Elective6............................................................... 3

Philosophy

Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer MHCC Faculty Advisor: Chris Jackson: 503-491-7284 - Room AC 2672

17

Fundamental Ethics ............................................... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 First-year Language requirement2 ............................ 5 Humanities requirement 3 ........................................ 3

Third Quarter

Activity Electives*

Cr

Pre-Calculus I ....................................................... 5 Introduction to Philosophy .................................... 3 English Composition .............................................. 3 Computer Literacy requirement1 .............................. 1 First-year Language requirement2 ............................ 5

Fifth Quarter

jacksonc@mhcc.edu

13-14

Humanities elective3........................................... 3-4 Lab Science requirement1 ....................................... 4 Social Science requirement4 .................................... 3 Elective6............................................................... 3

Philosophers are interested in trying to provide plausible answers to life’s most profound questions. 1. What, ultimately, is going on? Is there a God who created us for some purpose? Must we grasp this purpose and take specific actions or be on the losing side of some great spiritual battle? Is God perhaps merely interested in watching the show? Is nature all there is and God a mere figment of our imaginations? 2. What kind of thing is a human being? Are we creatures of God possessing an immortal soul, or are we merely animals? Were we created by intelligent design, or are we the product solely of naturalistic evolutionary processes? Do we have sufficient freedom of the will to be truly deserving of praise and blame for what we do, or are we only complicated physical systems like computers

Sixth Quarter

13-14

Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............. 3 Humanities elective3........................................... 3-4 Lab Science requirement1 ....................................... 4 Social Science requirement4 .................................... 6

16-17

91


Refer to Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer degree requirements, page 10. 2 First-year language electives may be satisfied with the following course sequences FR101-103, GER101-103, JPN101103, SPAN101-103. 3 Suggested courses to fulfill humanities electives include PHL208, R210, SP112, SP114, ENG104 or FR201-203, GER201023, JPN201-203, SPAN201-203. Note: Oregon transfer students seeking a Bachelor of Arts degree must complete the second year of a language other than English (201-203 or equivalent) before graduation from their transfer school. 4 Suggested courses to fulfill social science distribution requirements include: ANTH103, PSY201-203, PS200, HST110, HST294. 5 Consult advisor for suggestions concerning course options. 6 Suggested courses to fulfill elective requirements include: PHL208, R210-212.

Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution of choice for advising/ admissions information and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.

1

NOTE: Oregon transfer students seeking a Bachelor of Arts degree must complete the second year of a language other than English (201-203 or equivalent).

First Quarter CH104 MTH111 PE131 WR121

Second Quarter CH105 MTH112 PSY201 WR122

Transfer Schools’ Web Links: Eastern Oregon University - http://www.eou.edu/catalog/philosophy. html

Third Quarter CH106 HPE295 SP111 WR123

Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/philosophy University of Oregon - http://darkwing.uoregon.edu/~uophil/ Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/humanities/ philosophy/prgrms96.htm

BI231 CIS120 CIS120L PSY237

14

Human Anatomy and Physiology I1 .......................... 4 Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3 Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1 Human Development .............................................. 4 Humanities requirement2 ....................................... 3

Fifth Quarter

Physical Education/ Exercise and Sport Science

BI232

MHCC Faculty Advisors Daryle Broadsword: 503-491-7350 - Room PE 153broadswd@mhcc.edu Terry Folen: 503-491-6983 - Room PE 157 folent@mhcc.edu Cindy Harnly: 503-491-7355 - Room PE 158 harnlyc@mhcc.edu Keith Maneval: 503-491-7140 - Room PE 161 manevalk@mhcc.edu Rob Nielson: 503-491-7451 - Room PE 156 nielsonr@mhcc.edu Diane Peterson, 503-491-7351, Room PE160 petersod@mhcc.edu Steve Rubinstein: 503-491-7353 - Room PE145 rubinsts@mhcc.edu Fred Schnell: 503-491-6984 - Room PE 159 schnellf@mhcc.edu

Sixth Quarter

15

Human Anatomy and Physiology II .......................... 4 Social Science requirement2 ................................. 6 Humanities requirement2 ....................................... 3 Elective1 ............................................................. 3

Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer

BI233

16

General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry III ......... 5 Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ........................... 3 English Composition: Research ................................ 3

Fourth Quarter

Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Philosophy. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

16

General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry II ........... 5 Pre-Calculus II: Trigonometry/Geometry .................. 5 General Psychology................................................ 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/dept/philosophy/ Portland State University - http://www.philosophy/pdx.edu/programs. html

Cr

General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I ............ 5 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ...................... 5 Introduction to Physical Education ......................... 3 English Composition .............................................. 3

16

Human Anatomy and Physiology III ........................ 4 Social Science requirement2 ................................... 3 Humanities requirement2 ...................................... 6 Elective1 ............................................................. 3

16 Prerequisite. See back of catalog for course descriptions. 2 Refer to Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer (AAOT) requirements, page 10. 1

Physical education is the study of sport, athletics, exercise and fitness. Historically, the major has prepared students to be teachers of Physical Education. The field has now broadened significantly to include opportunities in health and nutrition, exercise science, sports medicine, sports psychology, wellness, and fitness management.

Transfer School’s Web Links Eastern Oregon State - http://www.2.eou.edu/catalog/physical)ed. html Oregon State University - http://www.hhs.oregonstate.edu/ Southern Oregon University - http://wwwsou.edu/ssehpe.shtml University of Oregon - http://uoregon.edu/~ems

The two-year course of study listed below is designed to meet the requirements of the Associates of Arts Oregon Transfer (AAOT) degree and most closely aligns with four-year programs at Oregon State University, Portland State University, University of Oregon, Western Oregon University, Eastern Oregon University and Southern Oregon University.

92


Sixth Quarter

Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Physical Education. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

MTH299S PH213 SP111

Special Studies: Surface Integrals ........................... 1 General Physics with Calculus III ............................ 5 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ........................... 3 Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 3 Elective2 ........................................................... 3-4

15-16

Physics

1

Associate of Science MHCC Faculty Advisor David Faust: 503-491-7358 - Room AC 2593

2

faustd@mhcc.edu

Transfer Schools’ Web Links Eastern Oregon University - http://physics.eou.edu/

Physics is the study of the structure and organization of the universe. It encompasses the observation of forces and matter, of motion, of cause and effect, and of the intrinsic properties of space and time. Physics analyzes these concepts in detail and uses them to synthesize models of complex phenomena.

Oregon State University - http://www.physics.orst.edu/ Portland State University - http://physics.pdx.edu/ Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/physengineer. shtml

The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Science degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science/Arts in Physics at Eastern Oregon University, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, or University of Oregon. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions that require different courses within the various subject areas of General Education. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending, the faculty advisor, and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.

First Quarter CH221 MTH251 WR121

CH222 MTH252 WR122

Political Science Direct Transfer Curriculum

MHCC Faculty Advisor Janet Campbell: 503-491-7430 - Room AC 2677 campbelj@mhcc.edu

15

The courses listed below are designed for direct transfer to four-year colleges/universities and completion of them does not result in an associate degree. They transfer to most universities and colleges as a social science distribution requirement or elective. As transfer policies at four-year schools differ, it is vital to check with the transfer institution directly for specific information.

15

Each of the Political Science courses on this page is offered at least once a year at Mt. Hood Community College, and some are available in an Independent Study format. So why study politics? Many students think political science is “dry” and “boring.” NOTHING could be further from the truth. Politics affects the way you think, eat, dress, socialize, and work, so it may be worth knowing about. Once you DO know about it you can begin to 1) understand what is going on around you, and 2) think for yourself. Here’s what students say: “I feel more powerful now knowing what I know”, “it changed my life”, “it was fun!”

16

Vector Calculus I ................................................... 4 General Physics with Calculus I ............................... 5 Humanities requirement1 ...................................... 3 Elective2 .............................................................. 3

Fifth Quarter MTH256 PH212

Cr

General Chemistry III ............................................ 5 Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3 Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1 Calculus III .......................................................... 4 English Composition: Research or WR227 Technical Report Writing .......................... 3

Fourth Quarter MTH254 PH211

Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Physics. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific requirements of the transfer school.

General Chemistry II ............................................. 5 Calculus II ............................................................ 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 Social Science requirement1 ................................. 3

Third Quarter CH223 CIS120 CIS120L MTH253 WR123

University of Oregon - http://physics.uoregon.edu/

General Chemistry I ............................................... 5 Calculus I ............................................................. 4 English Composition .............................................. 3 Humanities requirement1 ...................................... 3

Second Quarter

Refer to Associate of Science requirements, page 11. Suggested electives include: PH109C, PH121-123, MTH243244, MTH261.

Cr PS200 PS201 PS203 PS204 PS205 PS209 PS215 PS217

15

Differential Equations ............................................ 4 General Physics with Calculus II ............................. 5 Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3 Elective2 .............................................................. 3

15

PS220

93

Introduction to Political Science1 ........................... 3 American Government1 .......................................... 3 State and Local Government1 ................................. 3 Introduction to Comparative Politics ....................... 3 International Relations .......................................... 3 Problems in American Politics ................................. 3 Global Issues ........................................................ 3 Introduction to Public Land Management: The Politics of Recreation.................................. 3 American Foreign Policy and World Order ................. 3


PS225 PS241 PS242 PS297 PS298 PS280_

First Quarter

Political Ideology: Ideas about Government ............. 3 Political Terrorism ................................................. 3 The U.S. Intelligence System .................................. 3 Introduction to Environmental Politics .................... 3 Political Science Research ...................................... 1 Cooperative Work Experience ..............................3-12

PS200 SP111 WR121

Second Quarter PHL202 PSY201 WR122

Courses offered in an Independent Study format:

1

NOTE: Students who are planning to major in Political Science upon transfer and want to obtain an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree are referred to the curriculum guide presented on the Pre-Law transfer page. It is suggested that the following courses be taken as electives within that curriculum: PS200 PS201 PS204 PS205 PS209 PS225

BI101 PHL203 WR123

CIS120 CIS120L EC201 GS105

Related MHCC Web Link: http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/programs/classes_programs_d/ bss/social_science/poli_sci/main.htm Transfer Schools’ Web Links Portland State University - http://www.pdx.edu/ University of Oregon - http://www.law.uoregon.edu/ Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Political Science. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact his/her four-year transfer school for specific requirements.

17

Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ...................... 5 Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 3 Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3 Science/mathematics requirement1 ........................ 3

Sixth Quarter GS106 HST203 SP114

15

Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3 Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1 Principles of Economics I (Micro) ............................ 3 Physical Science - Chemistry .................................. 4 Humanities requirement2 ....................................... 3 Elective3 .............................................................. 3

Fifth Quarter MTH111

14

General Biology I .................................................. 4 Elementary Logic................................................... 3 English Composition: Research ................................ 3 First-year language elective1 .................................. 5

Fourth Quarter

Students are highly encouraged to consult their MHCC faculty advisor and/or the Office of Academic Advising and Transfer Center for academic planning.

14

Fundamental Ethics ............................................... 3 General Psychology................................................ 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 First-year language elective1 .................................. 5

Third Quarter

Introduction to Political Science ............................ 3 American Government ............................................ 3 Comparative Politics .............................................. 3 International Relations .......................................... 3 Problems in American Politics ................................. 3 Political Ideologies ............................................... 3

Cr

Introduction to Political Science ............................ 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3 English Composition .............................................. 3 First-year language elective1 .................................. 5

14

Physical Science - Geology ..................................... 4 US History 1910 - Present....................................... 3 Argument and Critical Discourse ............................. 3 Humanities requirement2 ....................................... 3 Electives3 ......................................................... 4-6

17-19

Pre-Law

Refer to Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer degree requirements, page 10. 2 Oregon transfer students seeking a Bachelor of Arts degree must complete the second year of a language other than English (201-203 or equivalent) Language requirements may be satisfied with the following course sequences: FR201-203, GER201-203, JPN201-203, SPAN201-203. 3 Suggested courses to fulfill elective requirements include: BA211, BA226, CJA112, CJA211-213, EC202, ENG104-106, ENG107-109, ENG201-203, ENG204-206, ENG212, ENG214, ENG222, ENG253-255, HST112, HST201-202, PHL208, PS201, PS203, PS205, PS225, SOC206, SP221. Other courses meeting AAOT degree requirements may be substituted. 1

Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer MHCC Faculty Advisor Janet Campbell: 503-491-7430 - Room AC 2677 campbellj@mhcc.edu

This curriculum follows suggestions of the Association of American Law Schools for students contemplating the study of law. The required skills include language, critical thinking, and a broad liberal arts background. In addition, completion of these courses fulfills the degree requirements for the Associate of Arts-Oregon Transfer degree which provides junior standing at all of the Oregon University System schools. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions that require different courses within the various subject areas of General Education. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending, and an MHCC advisor or the Academic Advising and Transfer Center. These recommendations are meant to serve as a general guideline for students pursuing Pre-Law.

Transfer Schools’ Web Links University of Oregon - http://www.law.uoregon.edu/ Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to study Pre-Law. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

94


Pre-Professional (Medicine, Chiropractic, Dentistry, Pharmacy, Veterinary Medicine)

Fifth Quarter BI212 CH242

BI213 CH243

MHCC Faculty Advisors Pre-Medicine: Susan Spencer: 503-491-7335 - Room AC 2589 Lee Mitchell: 503-491-7441 - Room C 2595

spencers@mhcc.edu mitchell@mhcc.edu

Pre-Veterinarian: Lee Mitchell: 503-491-7441 - Room AC 2595

mitchell@mhcc.edu

1 2

sherpaj@mhcc.edu

Transfer Schools’ Web Links Eastern Oregon University - http://www2.eou.edu/%7Ejrinehar/ biodept.htm

The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Science degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science in the Biological Sciences at Eastern Oregon University, Oregon Health Sciences University, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, or University of Oregon. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions that require different courses within the various subject areas of General Education. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending, the faculty advisors, and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.

CH222 MTH252 PH202 WR122

Portland State University - http://www.bio.pdx.edu/ and http://www. pdx.edu/ugradlibarts.phtml Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/biology.shtml University of Oregon - http://biology.uoregon.edu/ Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Biological Sciences in pre-professional preparation. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific requirements of the transfer school.

Cr

17

Psychology

Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer MHCC Faculty Advisors Nicole Bragg: 503-491-7291 - Room AC 2680 Stephanie Cram: 503-491-7626 - Room AC 2678 Nancy Olson: 503-491-7426 - Room AC 2681 Larry Wise: 503-491-7308 - Room AC 2673

17

General Chemistry III ............................................ 5 General Physics III ................................................ 5 English Composition: Research ................................ 3 Humanities requirement1 ...................................... 3

Fourth Quarter BI211 CH241 SP111

Oregon State University - http://www.science.orst.edu/majors.html

General Chemistry II .............................................. 5 Calculus II ............................................................ 4 General Physics II ................................................. 5 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

Third Quarter CH223 PH203 WR123

Oregon Health and Science Univ. - http://www.ohsu.edu/academic/

General Chemistry I ............................................... 5 Calculus I ............................................................. 4 General Physics I ................................................... 5 English Composition .............................................. 3

Second Quarter

Refer to Associate of Science requirements, page 11. This sequence replaces the 300-level Organic Chemistry requirement at colleges and universities. With an acceptable score on the ACS National Exam and a minimum of a “C” or better in each course, this sequence transfers as 11-15 credits of 300-level coursework to all OUS schools.

Related MHCC Program Web Links http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/ transfers/other.htm

Many students plan to seek admission to health-related professional schools that provide advanced degrees in specialties such as medicine, dentistry, pharmacy and veterinary medicine. The Division of Science provides a complete array of courses that are required by professional schools for admittance.

CH221 MTH251 PH201 WR121

Biology III ........................................................... 5 Organic Chemistry II2 .......................................... 5 Health & Physical Education requirement1 .............. 3 Humanities requirement1 ...................................... 3

16

Pre-Dental: Dr. Jeff Brunner 503-491-6915 - Room AC 2731 brunnerjh@yahoo.com

First Quarter

14

Sixth Quarter

Associate of Science

Pre-Pharmacy: Dr. Joyce Sherpa: 503-491-7443 - Room AC 2565

Biology II ............................................................. 5 Organic Chemistry II2 ............................................ 5 Computer Literacy requirement1 ............................. 1 Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3

braggn@mhcc.edu crams@mhcc.edu olsonn@mhcc.edu wisel@mhcc.edu

The discipline of psychology encompasses the understanding of individual human behavior in the context of our social, cultural and physical environment. Psychology is inherently interdisciplinary as it adheres to the scientific method in its approach and explores fundamental questions concerning human motivation and values.

16

Biology I .............................................................. 5 Organic Chemistry I2 ............................................. 5 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3 Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3

The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science/Arts in Psychology at Eastern Oregon University, Oregon Institute of Technology, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, University of Oregon or Western Oregon University. However, students

16

95


from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions. These institutions may require different courses within the various areas of General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending, the faculty advisors and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.

First Quarter PSY201 WR121

PSY203 WR123

Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/dept/psychology/ Portland State University - http://www.psy.pdx.edu/ Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/psych.shtml

15

University of Oregon - http://psychweb.uoregon.edu/ Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/psychology/ Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Psychology. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

16

Sociology

17

Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer MHCC Faculty Advisor Dr. Naomi Abrahams, 503-491-7604, Room AC 2676 abrahamn@mhcc.edu

Probability and Statistics I..................................... 4 Humanities requirement 3 ....................................... 3 Lab Science requirement5 ...................................... 4 Elective6 .............................................................. 3

Fifth Quarter MTH244

Oregon Institute of Technology - http://www.oit.edu/index. html?method=psy

General Psychology................................................ 3 English Composition: Research ................................ 3 First-year Language elective2 ................................. 5 Oral Communication and Rhetoric requirement1 ....... 3 Social Science requirement4 ................................... 3

Fourth Quarter MTH243

Cr

Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ...................... 5 General Psychology................................................ 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 First-year Language elective2 ................................. 5

Third Quarter

The sociology transfer curriculum is designed to closely follow the lower division general education requirements for sociology majors at many universities and colleges in Oregon. Sociology majors develop a strong understanding of the social structures that create, maintain, and transform societies. A bachelor’s degree in sociology provides excellent liberal arts foundation for embarking on a wide range of career paths.

14

Statistics II .......................................................... 4 Humanities requirement 3 ....................................... 3 Lab Science requirement5 ...................................... 4 Social Science requirement4 ................................... 3

Sixth Quarter

Suggested courses to fulfill elective requirements include: ANTH101-103, PS200 or any PS course that fulfills AAOT requirements, PSY101, PSY151, PSY214, PSY216, PSY237, PSY239 or SOC204-206.

Transfer Schools’ Web Links Eastern Oregon University - http://www2.eou.edu/psych/

General Psychology................................................ 3 English Composition .............................................. 3 Computer Literacy requirement1 ............................. 1 First-year Language elective2 ................................. 5 Humanities requirement 3 ...................................... 3

Second Quarter MTH111 PSY202 WR122

6

The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC and prepare a student to obtain a Bachelor of Science/Arts in Sociology at Eastern Oregon University, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, University of Oregon, Western Oregon University, Lewis & Clark College, Reed College and University of Portland. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions. These institutions may require different courses within the various areas of General Education. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending, the faculty advisor and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.

14

Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 3 Humanities requirement 3 ....................................... 3 Lab Science requirement5 ...................................... 4 Electives6 ............................................................ 6

16 Refer to Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer degree requirements for course options, page 10. 2 First year language electives may be satisfied with the following course sequences FR101-103, GER101-103, JPN101103, and SPAN101-103. 3 Suggested courses to fulfill humanities requirements include: PHL201-203, SP112, SP114, R210, ENG104 or FR201-203, GER201-203, JPN201-203, SPAN201-203. NOTE: Oregon transfer students seeking a Bachelor of Arts degree must complete the second year of a language other than English (201-203 or equivalent) before graduation from their transfer school. 4 Suggested courses to fulfill social science elective requirements include: ANTH101-103, PS 200 or any PS course that fulfills AAOT requirements, SOC204-206. 5 Suggested course sequence to fulfill lab science requirements is BI101-103. 1

First Quarter SOC204 WR121

Second Quarter ANTH103 SOC205 WR122

Cr

General Sociology.................................................. 3 English Composition .............................................. 3 Computer Literacy requirement1 ............................. 1 First-year Language elective2 ................................. 5 Mathematics requirement1 ..................................... 4

16

Introduction to Cultural Anthropology..................... 3 General Sociology.................................................. 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 First-year Language elective2 ................................. 5 Oral Communication requirement4 .......................... 3

17

96


Third Quarter

University of Oregon - http://darkwing.uoregon.edu/~sociology/

PHL201 WR123

University of Portland - http://www.uofport.edu

Introduction to Philosophy .................................... 3 English Composition: Research ................................ 3 First-year Language elective2 ................................. 5 Health and Physical Education requirement 3 ............ 1 Electives1 ........................................................... 3

Fourth Quarter HST201

Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in sociology. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

15

U. S. History - Pre-Colonial - 1830........................... 3 Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3 Lab Science requirement7 ...................................... 4 Sociology elective5 ............................................... 3 Electives1 ............................................................ 3

Fifth Quarter HST202 MTH243

Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/socsci/ sociologydept.htm

Theatre Arts

16

Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer MHCC Faculty Advisor Rick Zimmer: 503-491-7157 - Room AC 2135 zimmerr@mhcc.edu Daryl Harrison-Carson: 503-491-7159 - Room AC2129 harrisod@mhcc. edu

U. S. History 1830 - 1917 ...................................... 3 Probability and Statistics I..................................... 4 Health and Physical Education requirement 3 ............ 1 Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3 Lab Science requirement7 ...................................... 4

Sixth Quarter

“The play’s the thing....,” Shakespeare said, and ever since people have been fascinated with the world of theater. This curriculum is recommended for students interested in studying theater arts at MHCC, earning an Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer degree, and transferring to a four-year college or university to work toward a bachelor’s degree in theater.

15

Health and Physical Education requirement 3 ............ 1 Humanities requirement6 ....................................... 3 Lab Science requirement7 ...................................... 4 Political Science elective8 ..................................... 3 Sociology elective5 ............................................... 3

Students in Theater Arts participate in quarterly productions and study a comprehensive program of courses that include acting and technical aspects of theatrical productions. After completing the Oregon Transfer degree at MHCC, they are prepared to transfer to a four-year college or university and pursue a baccalaureate degree in Theater. Students planning to transfer and complete a bachelor’s degree after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending, their faculty advisor, and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.

14 Refer to Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer degree requirements for course options, pages 10-14. 2 First year language electives may be satisfied with the following course sequences FR101-103, GER101-103, JPN101103, and SPAN101-103. 3 Suggested courses to fulfill health and physical education requirements include: HE202, HE206-208, PE185. 4 Suggested course to fulfill oral communication requirement is SP115 5 Suggested courses include: SOC206, 213, 215, 216, 232 6 Suggested courses to fulfill humanities elective requirements include: ART115, 201, 211, ENG104-107, 212, 214, 222, HUM110, MUS101or FR201-203, GER201-203, JPN201-203, SPAN201-203. NOTE: Oregon transfer students seeking a Bachelor of Arts degree must complete the second year of a language other than English (201-203 or equivalent) before graduation from their transfer school. 7 Suggested courses to fulfill lab science elective requirements include: BI101-103, 132, CH104-106, 170, FW251, 254, G201, GS104-106 8 Suggested courses include: PS105, 200, 201, 203-205, 241 1

Students interested in pursuing a two-year Associate of General Studies degree at MHCC, should consult the Special Studies programs in Acting/Directing and Technical Theater found on pages 63-65 of this catalog.

First Quarter TA106 TA141

TA153D WR121

Cr

Introduction to Theater I ....................................... 3 Acting Fundamentals I or TA111 Theater Technology I and TA114 Technical Theater Workshop - First Year .......................... 3-4 Theater Workshop: Children’s Workshop, First Year or TA227 Theatrical Makeup ............................. 2-3 English Composition .............................................. 3 Oral Communication requirement1 ........................... 3 Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 1

Second Quarter

15-17

TA107 TA142

Introduction to Theater II...................................... 3 Acting Fundamentals II or TA112 Theater Technology II and TA114 Technical Theater Workshop - First Year .......................... 3-4 TA153A/B/C Theater Workshops, First Year or TA121 Costuming ........................................ 1-3 WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 Mathematics requirement1 ...................................... 4

Transfer Schools’ Web Links Eastern Oregon University - http://www2.eou.edu/%7Ekdahl/ anthro_soc.html Lewis & Clark College - http://www.lclark.edu/COLLEGE/DEPAR/ SOAN Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/dept/sociology/ Portland State University - http://www.clas.pdx.edu/sociology/

14-17

Reed College - http://academic.reed.edu/sociology Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/socioanthro. shtml

97


Third Quarter

University of Oregon - http://theatre.uoregon.edu/

TA101 TA143

Eastern Oregon University - http://www2.eou.edu/theatre/

Appreciating Theater ............................................. 3 Acting Fundamentals III or TA113 Theater Technology III and TA114 Technical Theater Workshop - First Year .......................... 3-4 TA153A/B/C Theater Workshops, First Year or TA199A/B/C Special Studies in Theater ......... 1-3 WR123 English Composition: Research ................................ 3 Computer Literacy requirement1,2 ............................ 1 Health and Physical Education requirement1 ........... 1 Science/Math/Computer Science requirement1 ......... 3

Fourth Quarter

Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Theatre Arts. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

15-18

TA241

Intermediate Acting Techniques: Styles or TA227 Theatrical Makeup ................................ 3 TA253A/B/C Theater Workshops, Second Year or TA214A/B/C Technical Theater Workshop - Second Year .................................. 1-3 Lab Science requirement1 .................................... 4-5 Social Science requirement1 ................................... 6

Fifth Quarter

14-17

TA148

Movement for the Actor or TA213 Stage Lighting Design ....................... 2-3 TA253A/B/C Theater Workshops, Second Year or TA214A/B/C Technical Theater Workshop - Second Year .................................. 1-3 SP262 Voice and Articulation ........................................... 3 Lab Science requirement1 ................................... 4-5 Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3

Sixth Quarter

13-17

TA144

Improvisation or TA211 Scene Design ....................................... 3 TA253A/B/C Theater Workshops, Second Year or TA214A/B/C Technical Theater Workshop - Second Year .................................. 1-3 Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 1 Lab Science requirement1 .................................... 4-5 Social Science requirement1 ................................... 6

15-18 Refer to Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer (AAOT) requirements, page 10. 2 CIS120 and CIS120L are recommended to fulfill the Science/Math/Computer Science and the Computer Literacy requirements. 1

Related MHCC Program Web Links: MHCC Theatre Arts Department http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/programs/classes_programs_d/ humanities/perf_vis_arts/theatre/index.html Transfer Schools’ Web Links: Portland State University - http://www.theaterarts.pdx.edu/ Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/creativearts/ theater_dance/theatre_dance.htm Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/theatre_arts. shtml

98


COURSE

DESCRIPTIONS 99


Understanding Course Requirements Proficiency Levels

Mt. Hood Community College is committed to student success. The college offers courses for students who need additional academic preparation. Mt. Hood Community College requires that students are proficient in reading, writing, and math or a combination of these basic skills before they can enroll in most college courses.

Proficiency in reading, writing and mathematics can be determined by taking the College Placement Test (CPT) or by successfully completing previous college course work. There are two proficiency levels: Proficiency Needed or Proficiency Required. Proficiency levels for each course can be found at the end of individual course descriptions.

Proficiency is defined as course placement above:

RD90 Introduction to College Reading and Study Skills

Proficiency Needed

WR90 Basic Writing Skills

All students registering for proficiency-needed courses must meet the proficiencies in reading, writing, and mathematics either through the CPT or through self-evaluation. Self-evaluation can be used only if the student plans to enroll in five (5) or fewer credits. Students enrolling in five (5) or fewer must realize that they are expected to possess the needed reading, writing and math proficiencies to enroll in the specified course.

MTH20 Applied Arithmetic and Pre-Algebra Note: Students who have completed a reading, writing, or math prerequisite numbered higher than RD90, WR90 and MTH20 will meet the reading, writing, or math proficiency requirement.

Reading, Writing, and Math Proficiencies

Proficiency Required

All students registering for proficiency-required courses will be required to take the CPT and place above RD90, WR90 and MTH20 or prove proficiency with successfully completed college course work regardless of the number of credit hours taken.

Reading Proficiency A student who meets the reading proficiency generally is able to read pre-college textbooks (9th grade level) and find main ideas and supporting details. Students may still have great difficulty when the amount of reading material is high, content is abstract, or vocabulary is difficult.

Other Helpful Course Description Terms

Writing Proficiency

Proficiency:

A student who meets the writing proficiency is able to generate ideas to write a logical nonfiction paragraph on a single topic. The writing will be free of distracting technical errors. The student may have difficulty writing long papers or answering essay questions. They should have little difficulty writing one or two paragraph essays or lab reports.

Having suitable or sufficient skill, knowledge and /or experience.

Prerequisite: A requirement that must be successfully completed before taking the course.

Co-Requisite: A requirement or course that must be either successfully completed beforehand or taken in combination with the course.

Math Proficiency A student who meets the math proficiency is able to understand and do basic mathematical problems with fractions, decimals, and percentages. Note: A student who places beyond a specific course may not have all the skills contained within the prior courses.

Concurrent: A course that must be taken in combination with another course.

Recommended/Suggested Requisite: Students are strongly encouraged to complete the stated requirement in order to be better prepared for the course.

100


Course Descriptions AC38 Intermediate Accounting I

AH12 Medical Vocabulary

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course builds on the student’s understanding of accounting learned in the first two Accounting Principles courses. A more in-depth understanding and use of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles will enable students to determine whether information has been properly recorded (recognized, measured and classified) and clearly develop solutions to bring the financial statements into compliance. Recognizing both the value and the limitations of the financial statements, students will be ready to evaluate a company’s past performance and assess risks. Students will also develop their ability to research topics in accounting and present their findings both orally and in writing. This course will prepare students for accounting positions requiring them to detect and resolve accounting reporting problems. The students will also be prepared to make recommendations that will increase the efficiency and internal control of the accounting system. This course is also an excellent way to prepare for the rigorous accounting courses required in four-year accounting degree programs. Prerequisite: BA212. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp The basic elements of medical words (prefixes, words, roots and (suffixes) and medical abbreviations are studied so that the student is able to analyze, define and build medical terms that are most commonly used within the clinic/hospital environment. Proficiency Needed: Reading.

AH140 Clinical Emergency Procedures

Credits 2 (1 Lecture – 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F The principles and practices of medical emergency procedures commonly encountered in a hospital and/or other clinical setting are examined. Successful completion will lead to CPR for the Professional Rescuer, and Automatic External Defibrillator certifications. Limited to Physical Therapist Assistant majors. Prerequisite: Current Standard First Aid: Workplace Training Certification. Concurrent enrollment in AH140L is required.

AHX20 Central Service Technician

Credits 6 (6 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course will provide instruction for students who wish to function in entry-level positions in Central Service/Sterile Processing departments of health care facilities. It will also serve to broaden the knowledge base of practicing Central Service Technicians. This course is designed to prepare students for the National Certification Examination for Sterile Processing and Distribution Technician. Prerequisite: MMR immunization required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Please note, high school diploma or GED may be required for employment.

AC39 Intermediate Accounting II

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course is designed to enable students to continue applying Generally Accepted Accounting Principles to frequently encountered gray areas in financial reporting. Students will be able to distinguish between reporting requirements and options in the areas of inventory, fixed asset acquisitions vs. operating expenses, depreciation, revenue recognition, and commitments. When alternative reporting methods are available, students will make recommendations based on the resulting impact on financial statements. In addition, students will evaluate the merits of debt and equity financing. Prerequisite: BA212. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AM50 The Automotive Industry/Light Repair and Maintenance

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) This course introduces the student to a career in the automotive service industry. Shop safety, waste handling, use of service manuals and techniques of precision measurement will be taught. Students will also learn the different shop tools, equipment, fasteners, gaskets and sealants used today. Vehicle services and new car pre-delivery will also be covered using modern equipment and vehicles.

AC110 General Accounting I

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is an introductory course about basic accounting systems used by small businesses. This course is intended to provide the student with a practical knowledge of how accounting transactions are recorded and posted and eventually reflected on financial statements. The practical use of special journals, ledgers and worksheets will be emphasized. A computerized practice set will be used. This course assumes no previous accounting courses or experience. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Math.

AM51 General Brakes/Light Repair and Maintenance

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) This course teaches the fundamentals of braking systems as applied to the automotive industry today. Instruction will be given in theory of the modern brake systems. Students will be taught with a hands-on approach in the automotive shop using state-of-the-art braking systems equipment. Emphasis will be placed on application of processes using industry standards and equipment. Prerequisite: AM50.

AC120 Accounting for Professional Services

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Designed for a true novice to accounting theory; this course assumes no previous accounting courses or experience. An introductory course presenting a system of accounting for use in an office providing professional services. Using the cash basis of accounting, the complete accounting cycle is presented with special emphasis on analyzing transactions, posting and billing charges, payroll procedures and required payroll forms. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AM52 Exhaust System Fabrication/Light Repair and Maintenance

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) This course will cover the welding of ferrous metals using the reactive gas and wire feed welding process. Instruction will be given in tubing bending, fabrication, installation and supporting of the exhaust system. Discussion will include the components used in the automotive exhaust system and the tools used to perform a complete automotive exhaust system overhaul.

AH11 Survey of Body Systems

Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This is a general introductory course in human anatomy and physiology. Included in this course is a brief study of the structure and function of the ten major body systems. It includes laboratory exercises that parallel the lecture topics. Recommended as an introductory course and for those who have no background in human biology. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact advisor.

101

Course Descriptions


AM53 Steering and Suspension/Light Repair and Maintenance

AM120 Minor Vehicle Services - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) This is a course designed to provide a foundation in theory and handson experiences in the operation, service, and repair procedures of the modern suspension and steering systems used in the automotive industry today. Students will be taught with state-of-the-art modern equipment and vehicles. Prerequisite: AM50, The Automotive Industry/ Light Repair and Maintenance.

Credits 2 (2 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in shop safety, service manuals, techniques of precision measurement, shop tools and equipment, fasteners, gaskets and sealants, minor vehicle services and new car delivery.

AM127 Small Gas Engines

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp A theory and lab course on minor service, periodic maintenances and operating principles of small gas engines.

AM54 Basic Electrical/Light Repair and Maintenance

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) This course teaches the fundamentals of electricity as applied to the automotive industry. Students will be taught, with hands-on approach by building and troubleshooting electrical circuits on electrical training equipment and/or live vehicles. Emphasis will be placed on the application of general theories of electricity. Prerequisite: AM50, The Automotive Industry/Light Repair and Maintenance.

AM132 Automotive Electronics I Theory - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course covering advanced electrical circuit operation and diagnostics. The application of electrical components in complex circuits, with the corresponding methods of diagnosis and repair will also be covered. This course will include instruction on the basics of semiconductors such as diodes, LED’s, and transistors. Emphasis will be on learning to use diagnostic tools such as DMM’s, Scantools, and Oscilloscopes. Concurrent enrollment in AM133 is required.

AM100 - AM280 are limited to students in the Automotive DaimlerChrysler CAP, Honda PACT, and IMPORT Programs. AM100 Automotive Skill Building - DaimlerChryler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

AM133 Automotive Electronics I Lab - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) This is a self-study course designed to provide training in foundational automotive skills for individuals who desire to enter a full-time automotive program. Students will study a variety of fundamental topics such as internal combustion engines, basic electricity, auto shop safety, and nut and bolt identification. Instructor permission is required.

Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lab course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern electrical, electronic and computer control systems on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Emphasis will be on the use of digital multi-meters, scantools and oscilloscopes as diagnostic tools. Concurrent enrollment in AM132 is required.

AM110 Internal Combustion Engine Theory DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

AM136 Brake Systems Theory - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F A lecture course with complete analysis of construction, working principles and proper service procedures for modern internal combustion engines. The study of measurements and fittings also is included. Concurrent enrollment in AM111 is required.

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Theory of operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern disc and drum base braking systems, and anti-lock braking systems on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AM137 is required.

AM111 Internal Combustion Engine Lab - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

AM137 Brake Systems Lab - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction in overhaul methods, troubleshooting, general engine performance and testing, and service techniques covering valve, cylinder and bearing systems. Concurrent enrollment in AM110 is required.

Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Instruction is given in the diagnosis, servicing and repair of automotive disc and drum base brake systems, and anti-lock braking systems on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AM136 is required.

AM118 Electrical Systems Theory - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F A lecture course covering electrical and electronic theories and components commonly used in the charging, starting, ignition and accessory systems of the automobile. Computer controlled electrical systems and components also will be covered. Concurrent enrollment in AM119 is required.

AM152 Automatic Transmission Theory - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

AM119 Electrical Systems Lab - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

AM153 Automatic Transmission Lab - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lecture course dealing with the principles and theory of hydraulically operated transmissions, transaxles, torque converters and fluid couplings. Concurrent enrollment in AM153 is required.

Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in servicing charging systems, starting systems, ignition systems and accessory systems of the automobile. Computer controlled electrical systems and components also will be covered. Concurrent enrollment in AM118 is required.

Course Descriptions

Credits 3 (10 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Instruction in automatic transmission, including principles of operation, troubleshooting and overhaul procedures on hydraulically operated transmissions and transaxles common to the automotive field. Concurrent enrollment in AM152 is required.

102

See page 96 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.


AM156 Power Train Theory - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

AM253 Steering and Suspension Theory - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course covering the function, operation and design of the power train components such as clutches, transmissions, transaxles, drive axles, drive lines, u-joints, standard and locking differentials and four-wheel drive components. Concurrent enrollment in AM157 is required.

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Theory of operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern steering systems, suspension systems and alignments on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AM254 is required.

AM254 Steering & Suspension Lab - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

AM157 Power Train Lab - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in the diagnosis, servicing and repair of automotive suspension systems, steering systems and alignments on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AM253 is required.

Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lab class covering the diagnosis service and repair of the power train components such as clutches, transmissions, transaxles, drive axles, drive lines, u-joints, standard and locking differentials and four-wheel drive components. Safety and safety instruction will be conducted throughout this course. Concurrent enrollment in AM156 is required.

AM256 Heating & Air Conditioning Theory - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

AM170 Automotive Project I - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Theory of operation, service, repair, and diagnostic procedures of the modern heating, defrosting and air conditioning systems on late model import, domestic cars, and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AM257 is required.

Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Students will develop skills for life-long learning of automotive technology through research projects. Students will test, make application and present their topics related to engines, basic electrical, brakes, automotive electronics, or engine performance. Students are required to serve time working approved community service projects, automotive marketing/recruitment events, or organizations that promote professional automotive careers. Prerequisite: Automotive Major or consent of instructor.

AM257 Heating and Air Conditioning Lab - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in the diagnosis, trouble-shooting, service and repair of the auto air conditioning, heating, and defrosting systems on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AM256 is required.

AM216 Engine Performance I Theory - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course on terminology, principles of operation, and problems related to the fuel system, components, computer controls, emission systems, and diesel fuel delivery systems. Concurrent enrollment in AM217 is required.

AM258 Automotive Electronics II Theory - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern electrical, electronic and computer control systems on late model import, domestic cars, and light trucks. Emphasis will be on understanding computer controlled system operations and diagnostics, vehicle computer communications, and then using diagnostic equipment to troubleshoot these systems. Concurrent enrollment in AM259 is required.

AM217 Engine Performance I Lab - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

Credits 2 (8 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A course in techniques and procedures for overhauling and service of fuel injection systems, components and delivery system. Diagnosis and testing procedures involving fuel injection and emissions system are covered. Concurrent enrollment in AM216 is required.

AM259 Automotive Electronics II Lab - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lab course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern electrical systems, semiconductors, computer control systems and vehicle computer communications on late model import, domestic cars, and light trucks. Emphasis will be on diagnosing faults in computer-controlled systems. Concurrent enrollment in AM258 is required.

AM251 Engine Performance II Theory - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction in theory and operation of the automotive engine, engine computer controls, ignition and emission control devices as they relate to engine performance. Advanced methods of testing electrical and fuel injection system with emphasis on developing the ability to analyze and diagnose the operation of all components directly related to engine performance. Concurrent enrollment in AM252 is required.

AM270 Automotive Project II - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Students will develop skills for life-long learning of automotive technology through research projects. Students will test, make application and present their topics relating to any automotive area covered during the two-year program. Students are required to serve time working approved community service projects, automotive marketing/recruitment events, or organizations that promote professional automotive careers. Prerequisite: AM170 or consent of instructor.

AM252 Engine Performance II Lab - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

Credits 3 (10 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction in diagnosing malfunctions in the automotive engine, engine computer controls, ignition and emission control devices. Advanced methods of testing electrical and fuel injection system with emphasis on developing the ability to analyze and diagnose the operation of all components directly related to engine performance. Concurrent enrollment in AM251 is required.

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact advisor.

103

Course Descriptions


AM280 Automotive Dealership Experience DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Emphasis will be on the use of digital multi-meters, Scantools and oscilloscopes as diagnostic tools. Concurrent enrollment in AMF132 is required.

Credits 6 (40 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will be employed a minimum of forty (40) hours per week in an automotive repair facility. Through agreement with the employer, a program instructor will coordinate the student’s work experience with his/her college studies. Instructor permission is required.

AMF136 Brake Systems Theory - Ford Asset

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Theory of operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern disc and drum base braking systems, and anti-lock braking systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF137 is required.

AMF100 - AMF280 are limited to students in the Automotive Ford ASSET Program.

AMF137 Brake Systems Lab - Ford Asset

AMF100 Automotive Skill Building - Ford Asset

Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) This is a self-study course designed to provide training in foundational automotive skills for individuals who desire to enter a full-time automotive program. Students will study a variety of fundamental topics such as internal combustion engines, basic electricity, auto shop safety, and nut and bolt identification. Instructor permission is required.

Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Instruction is given in the diagnosis, servicing and repair of automotive disc and drum base brake systems, and anti-lock braking systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF136 is required.

AMF110 Internal Combustion Engine Theory - Ford Asset

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/ Sp A lecture course dealing with the principles and theory of hydraulically operated transmissions, transaxles, torque converters and fluid couplings. Concurrent enrollment in AMF153 is required.

AMF152 Automatic Transmission Theory - Ford Asset

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F A lecture course with complete analysis of construction, working principles and proper service procedures for modern internal combustion engines. The study of measurements and fittings also is included. Concurrent enrollment in AMF111 is required.

AMF153 Automatic Transmission Lab - Ford Asset

Credits 3 (10 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Instruction in automatic transmission, including principles of operation, troubleshooting and overhaul procedures on hydraulically operated transmissions and transaxles common to the automotive field. Concurrent enrollment in AMF152 is required.

AMF111 Internal Combustion Engine Lab - Ford Asset

Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction in overhaul methods, troubleshooting, general engine performance and testing, and service techniques covering valve, cylinder and bearing systems. Concurrent enrollment in AMF110 is required.

AMF156 Power Train Theory - Ford Asset

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F A lecture course covering electrical theories and components commonly used in the charging, starting and accessory systems of the automobile. Introduction to computer controlled electrical systems and components also will be covered. Concurrent enrollment in AMF119 is required.

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course covering the function, operation and design of the power train components such as clutches, transmissions, transaxles, drive axles, drive lines, u-joints, standard and locking differentials and four-wheel drive components. Concurrent enrollment in AMF157 is required.

AMF119 Electrical Systems Lab - Ford Asset

AMF157 Power Train Lab - Ford Asset

AMF118 Electrical Systems Theory - Ford Asset

Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lab class covering the diagnosis service and repair of the power train components such as clutches, transmissions, transaxles, drive axles, drive lines, u-joints, standard and locking differentials and four-wheel drive components. Safety and safety instruction will be conducted throughout this course. Concurrent enrollment in AMF156 is required.

Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in servicing charging systems, starting systems, ignition systems and accessory systems of the automobile. Computer controlled electrical systems and components also will be covered. Concurrent enrollment in AMF118 is required.

AMF120 Minor Vehicle Services - Ford Asset

AMF170 Automotive Project I - Ford ASSET

Credits 2 (2 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in shop safety, service manuals, techniques of precision measurement, shop tools and equipment, fasteners, gaskets and sealants, minor vehicle services and new car delivery.

Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Students will develop skills for life-long learning of automotive technology through research projects. Students will test, make application and present their topics related to engines, basic electrical, brakes, automotive electronics, or engine performance. Students are required to serve time working approved community service projects, automotive marketing/recruitment events, or organizations that promote professional automotive careers. Prerequisite: Automotive major or consent of instructor.

AMF132 Automotive Electronics I Theory - Ford Asset

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course covering advanced electrical circuit operation and diagnostics. The application of electrical components in complex circuits, with the corresponding methods of diagnosis and repair will also be covered. This course will include instruction on the basics of semiconductors such as diodes, LED’s, and transistors. Emphasis will be on learning to use diagnostic tools such as DMMs, Scantools, and oscilloscopes. Concurrent enrollment in AMF133 is required.

AMF216 Engine Performance I Theory - Ford Asset

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course on terminology, principles of operation, and problems related to the fuel system, components, computer controls, emission systems, and diesel fuel delivery systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF217 is required.

AMF133 Automotive Electronics I Lab - Ford Asset

Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lab course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern electrical, electronic and computer control

Course Descriptions

104

See page 96 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.


AMF217 Engine Performance I Lab - Ford Asset

systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Emphasis will be on diagnosing faults in computer controlled systems. Concurrent enrollment in AMF258 is required.

Credits 2 (8 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A course in techniques and procedures for overhauling and service of fuel injection systems, components and delivery system. Diagnosis and testing procedures involving fuel injection and emissions system are covered. Concurrent enrollment in AMF216 is required.

AMF270 Automotive Project II - Ford ASSET

Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Students will develop skills for life-long learning of automotive technology through research projects. Students will test, make application and present their topics relating to any automotive area covered during the two-year program. Students are required to serve time working approved community service projects, automotive marketing/recruitment events, or organizations that promote professional automotive careers. Prerequisite: AMF170 or consent of instructor.

AMF251 Engine Performance II Theory - Ford Asset

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction in theory and operation of the automotive engine, engine computer controls, ignition and emission control devices as they relate to engine performance. Advanced methods of testing electrical and fuel injection system with emphasis on developing the ability to analyze and diagnose the operation of all components directly related to engine performance. Concurrent enrollment in AMF252 is required.

AMF280 Ford Dealership Experience-Asset

Credits 6 (40 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will be employed a minimum of forty (40) hours per week in a pre-assigned Ford or Lincoln-Mercury dealership. Through agreement with the employer, a program instructor will coordinate the student’s work experience with his/her college studies. Instructor permission is required.

AMF252 Engine Performance II Lab - Ford Asset

Credits 3 (10 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction in diagnosing malfunctions in the automotive engine, engine computer controls, ignition and emission control devices. Advanced methods of testing electrical and fuel injection system with emphasis on developing the ability to analyze and diagnose the operation of all components directly related to engine performance. Concurrent enrollment in AMF251 is required.

ANTH101 Introduction to Biological Anthropology

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This class focuses on the physical aspect of humankind. Students will be introduced to the basic concepts of biological evolution as they apply to the human species. Emphasis on the narrative of human evolution is augmented by material on primatology and a discussion of human biological variation. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

AMF253 Steering and Suspension Theory - Ford Asset

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Theory of operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern steering systems, suspension systems and alignments on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF254 is required.

ANTH102 Introduction to Archaeology and World Prehistory

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This class is an introduction to the study of archaeology. Class topics include a brief introduction to archaeological methods and an overview of world prehistory from the mammoth hunters to the earliest civilization. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

AMF254 Steering and Suspension Lab - Ford Asset

Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in the diagnosis, servicing and repair of automotive suspension systems, steering systems and alignments on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF253 is required.

ANTH103 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Theory of operation, service, repair, and diagnostic procedures of the modern heating, defrosting and air conditioning systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF257 is required.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This class focuses on the Anthropological concept of culture. Students learn how culture is studied while performing cross-cultural analyses of various aspects of culture such as religion, language, economy, and technology. Emphasis is placed on understanding cultural differences. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

AMF257 Heating & Air Conditioning Lab - Ford Asset

ANTH180 Language and Culture

AMF256 Heating and Air Conditioning Theory - Ford Asset

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp How does language work? Where is it in the brain? How is it acquired by children? How does language affect thought and our perception of the world? How is our language different from that of other animals? How did human language evolve and develop throughout history? Is ‘Ebonics’ a language or a dialect? This course provides answers to these provocative questions by exploring the anthropological disciplines of descriptive, historical, and ethno linguistics. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in the diagnosis, trouble-shooting, service and repair of the automobile air conditioning, heating, and defrosting systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF256 is required.

AMF258 Automotive Electronics II Theory - Ford Asset

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern electrical, electronic and computer control systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Emphasis will be on understanding computer controlled system operations and diagnostics, vehicle computer communications, and then using diagnostic equipment to troubleshoot these systems. Concurrent enrollment in AMF259 is required.

ANTH211, ANTH212, ANTH213 Introduction to Field Archaeology

Credits 4,4,4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/Sp This class is an introduction to the methods and goals of American archaeology. Students will learn the basic techniques of scientific field archaeology, both in the classroom and at on-site archaeological digs and labs. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

AMF259 Automotive Electronics II Lab - Ford Asset

Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lab course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern electrical, electronic and computer control

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact advisor.

105

Course Descriptions


ANTH215 Introduction to Greek Archaeology

nology, various art movements and styles upon graphics, advertising, fashion, architecture, and industrial design is emphasized. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp How do we know what we know about ancient Greece? Introduction to Greek Archaeology investigates Greek archaeological sites central to our understanding of this ‘cradle of civilization’. Students will investigate the artifacts, ecofacts, and feature from the Bronze Age to Classical Greece and learn how archaeologists can reconstruct ancient Greek lifeways from the physical evidence. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART170 Basics of Relief Printmaking

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This is a course designed specifically for those wishing to explore the very basics of relief printmaking techniques. Black-and-white prints in linocut, woodcut and relief collagraph processes will be addressed. Non-art majors as well as students from the larger community seeking an enriching experience in printmaking are especially welcome.

ANTH231 Indian Cultures/Pacific Northwest

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F (alternate years) This class is a survey of Native American cultures in the Pacific Northwest from prehistoric to modern times. Archaeological findings, historical accounts and recent developments and issues are discussed. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART197 Gallery Design and Management

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) The class provides an administrative and practical experience in the operation and design of an exhibition space. Whether it is a museum, gallery or alternative space, proper procedure needs to be observed in the selection, documentation and exhibit design of artists’ work. Projects include planning, publicity and physical installation of artwork. Course requirements include independent reviews of current gallery exhibits. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ANTH232 North American Indians

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is designed to provide the student with a broad introduction to the culture, arts, and history of the American Indians north of Mexico. Traditional Native American cultures, history of Native/U.S. relations and contemporary Native American issues are emphasized. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART198 Independent Studies: Visual Arts

Credits 1–3 - maximum 9 (3-9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is designed for unique individual and/or group projects of a special nature for interdisciplinary or in-depth work in applied art not normally covered in an existing course. Maximum of three credits per term to a total of nine credits. Enrollment requires a written project proposal that must be approved by the instructor and dean before registration. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ANTH251 Archaeological Analysis and Interpretation

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp How do archaeologists reconstruct ancient environments, date ancient artifacts, and reveal ancient lifeways? This class provides hands-on experience with the analytical laboratory methods professional archaeologists use in solving the mysteries of the past. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART201, ART202, ART203 Introduction to the History of Art

Credits 3,3,3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F A historical survey of the visual arts from prehistoric to modern times. Selected works of painting, sculpture, architecture, and other arts are studied in relation to the cultures producing them. Designed for nonmajors as well as for art majors. ART201 covers c. 30,000 BC to c. 0 -prehistoric Europe, Ancient Near East, Egypt, Aegean, Greece. ART202 encompasses c. 500 BC to c. 1400 AD - ancient Roman, Byzantine, Medieval, Proto-Renaissance. ART203 includes c. 1400 to the present - Renaissance, Baroque, Rococo, Romantic, Realism, Impressionism, Modern. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART115 Basic Design I: Two-Dimensional

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This class explores the process of using art elements and organizational principles of design in inventing visual images. This course structure is built on the articulation of visual language, terminology, and a survey of processes. Class preparations in theoretical knowledge will be applied in final works of art using a variety of art materials and tools. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART116 Basic Design II: Color Theory

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp This class explores color theory and its applications in designing invented images. This course continues to apply art elements and organizational principles as explored in Basic Design I, adding the complexities of color harmonies. Students will have the opportunity to manipulate color by using a variety of media and supports in designing final art works. Prerequisite: ART115. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART211, ART212, ART213 Survey of Visual Arts

Credits 3,3,3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course is a survey of traditional and contemporary art forms with emphasis on the observer, the artist and the critic. Approximately half the course in any given term will involve field trips to museums, galleries, and studios. All terms also will include discussions of artist’s materials, visual resources, newsletters, gallery memberships, gallery openings, periodicals, research, libraries, schools, vocations, and trends. In addition, there will be a limited number of studio projects relating to a variety of art forms and concepts as presented in the lecture and field trip components. Sequential. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART117 Basic Design III: 3-Dimensional

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp This studio course is an introduction to the basic concepts of threedimensional design. This class begins with the most basic elements of three dimensional line and plane and works towards ideas of form, space and content. Assigned projects will help develop an understanding of sculptural and design considerations while expanding your conceptual and material ability. Demonstrations, lectures and critical discussions will contribute to developing a working vocabulary of spatial relations. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART214 Computer Graphics: Page Layout

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W In this visual arts course, students will use the Macintosh computer and a page layout software program to learn the basic principles of combining type and images for the printed page. Applied projects will cover five major layout types: advertising, business stationery, brochure, editorial layout and short catalog. Emphasis will be placed on use of the Macintosh computer as a fine art-making tool. Students will learn how to effectively format type, import graphics and photographs, and position elements according to a grid. Conceptual as well as technical issues will be covered. Prerequisite: Macintosh computer experience recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART167 History of Graphic Design

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F A survey of the history of modern design, beginning with the invention of movable type in the 15th Century to the present. The impact of tech-

Course Descriptions

106

See page 96 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.


ART219 Calligraphy

ART233 Drawing III

Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is a year-long course to enable the student to gain an understanding and technical competence of various calligraphic styles. You may start any term. Fall term is basic bookhand, plain and Roman capitals. Winter term presents italic with a variety of capital forms. A variety of historical styles - decorative hands are taught spring term. Layouts are developed in all alphabets.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Drawing III works on refining methods and techniques with a portfolio of finished drawings as a final result of having taken this course. In addition to previous drawing course objectives, Drawing III students will study contemporary art issues, genres, mixed media, a variety of formats, and color. Students in this course will be expected to articulate outcomes and processes in drawing media and to create a body of work. Prerequisite: ART232 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART225 Digital Art I

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This visual arts course will introduce the art student to the use of Macintosh computers and a vector-based drawing program as a visualization tool and a fine art medium. An overview of the Macintosh operating system and working with a variety of peripheral devices will be covered. Emphasis will be placed on use of the Macintosh computer as a fine artmaking tool. Through applied projects, students will learn how to use drawing tools, create paths, elemental graphic shapes, work with type and apply both color and gradient fills. Conceptual as well as technical issues will be covered. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART234 Life Drawing I

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course introduces the student to drawing the human form. Students will follow drawing methods that lead to observational documentation of the human form’s proportion, mass and structure. Students will explore the elements of line and value as enhancements to structure, issues in light, perspective, and surface anatomy and essential skeletal structures. Prerequisite: ART231 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART226 Digital Art II

ART235 Life Drawing II

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This visual arts course will introduce the art student to the use of Macintosh computers and an image-editing program as a means to digitally manipulate photographs as well as create original images. Students will learn how to use a flatbed scanner, digital camera, work with stock photography and other image sources. Emphasis will be placed on use of the Macintosh computer as a fine art-making tool. Paint tools, filters, color correcting, selection methods, color modes and file formats will be explored. Through assigned projects, students will learn how to alter, improve, create and manage bitmap images. Conceptual as well as technical issues will be covered. Prerequisite: Macintosh computer experience recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is an intermediate level course in a year-long sequence in the study of the human form and anatomy. This course builds upon skills developed in ART234, Life Drawing I, to delve deeper into studies of skeletal and muscular structure to concentrate on the anterior and posterior views of the torso through overlay drawings. In-class exercises will further students’ ability to respond to drawing the human form with accuracy and precision. Extended studies will investigate the potential of the human form as subject matter in explorations regarding color theory and composition. Prerequisite: ART234, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART236 Life Drawing III

ART227 Digital Art III

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is an advanced level course in a year-long sequence in the study of the human form and anatomy. This third level of study will include expanded skeletal and musculature studies through the method of overlay drawings of the head, neck, arms and legs. Although students in ART236 will continue to draw directly from the model in class, this course expands beyond the basic form and structure of the figure to discover conceptual and media explorations. Students will develop drawings that exhibit a personal or expressive component beyond the classical descriptive studies done in ART234 and ART235. Proposals for extended studies will be discusses in class and approved by the instructor. Prerequisite: ART235, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp In this visual arts course, students will use the Macintosh computer and a modeling, rendering, and animation software program to learn the basic principles of 3-D or digital animation. Applied projects will cover such issues as the major model types, lighting and camera placement, rendering, surface maps, textures and 3-D environments. Emphasis will be placed on use of the Macintosh computer as a fine art-making tool. Simple 3-D images or animations will be created using a variety of approaches. Conceptual, as well as technical issues, will be covered. Prerequisite: Macintosh computer experience recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART231 Drawing I

ART240 Drawing - Cartooning I

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This is an introductory course designed for both the novice and the art major. This course content focuses on training the eye to see perceptually, developing a confidence of using traditional drawing tools, manipulating basic art elements such as space, value, line, shape and form, and on composing imagery reflecting volume and mass through the understanding of light. Sequential. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp This is an introductory course in the art of cartooning which covers character development and marketing for various types and formats of cartoons. Prerequisite: None, however ART231 is recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART241 Drawing: Cartooning II

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Emphasis will be on the use of Macintosh computer software and hardware in the design, development and production of cartoons. Applications introduced are: Adobe Streamline, Adobe Illustrator, and QuarkXpress. Idea gathering, refining of composition, hand-building and computer conversion are the major issues of the course, with preparation of files for printing also covered. Prerequisite: ART240 is recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART232 Drawing II

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk)- Su/F/W/Sp Drawing II continues the study of perceptual seeing with an emphasis on drawing methods and techniques. Students will experience a larger variety of drawing tools and supports, encouraging an exploration of process and content cohesion. Drawing II provides opportunity to enhance eye-hand coordination, improve methodologies in composition, form, spatial issues and mass. Prerequisite: ART231 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact advisor.

107

Course Descriptions


ART254 Ceramics I

ART257B Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing I

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An introductory course designed for the student with limited or no previous experience in pottery/ceramics. The student will be introduced to the materials, tools, and manipulative skills necessary to create both utilitarian and aesthetic three-dimensional art forms. Beginning with an investigation of cultural influences on primitive processes and continuing through contemporary techniques, visual literacy will be developed through a study and application of the elements of design by creating both hand built and wheel thrown projects, utilizing various techniques of decorating and glazing, and evaluating student work. The theory and practice in loading and firing the electric kiln will be explored. ART254, ART255 and ART256 are sequential courses. Prerequisite: None, but ART117 strongly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) -F/W/Sp This is an introductory course designed for the student with limited or no previous jewelry/metalsmithing experience. The course is a combination of the applied design principles and jewelrymaking/metalsmithing as an art media. It will include the continuing development of sound metalsmithing skills, design application, craftsmanship and expertise in the use of power equipment and hand tools related to art metal. The student will become familiar with technical processes used by the professional jeweler, practicing artisan and metalsmith. ART257B, ART258B, and ART259B are sequential courses. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART258 Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing II

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is the continuation of the study of applied design principles in metals, emphasizing original designs. Students will continue to learn manipulative skills with hand tools and power equipment related to more advanced technical processes. Each student should gain greater insight into design opportunities and appreciation of the art forms of jewelrymaking and metalsmithing. Prior experience in fundamental techniques and process allow the student to operate at higher levels of competency and have more latitude in their creative experiences. The use of related materials will be introduced as part of designing and the construction process. Both individual, and group discussions of jewelry/art metal and how it related to fashion design, as well as historical and contemporary implication will be explored. In addition, students considering a career in the jewelry and metalsmithing trades will receive practical guidelines for pursuing their profession. ART257, ART258, and ART259 are sequential. Prerequisite: ART257. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART255 Ceramics II

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp A course for the student with previous ceramic training. Students will be introduced to an in-depth study of skill building techniques, materials, tools, design and glaze applications. Each student will be allowed to develop his/her wheel throwing or hand building skills or a combination thereof. Those choosing to concentrate on wheel throwing will practice the skill necessary to create the five basic pottery forms. Those interested in hand building skills will explore construction methods using five of the basic techniques. Emphasis in both areas will be on the implementation of design elements and their application to form. A basic understanding of decorating, glazing and kiln firing will be covered as well as the theory of glaze firing. ART254, ART255 and ART256 are sequential courses. Prerequisite: ART254 or consent of instructor. ART117 not required, but strongly recommended. Sequential. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART258B Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing II

ART256 Ceramics III

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) -F/W/Sp A course for the serious ceramic student with previous ceramic training in throwing and hand building skills. Students will be expected to demonstrate a proficiency in clay manipulation, development of form and use of tools in the formation of visual images. Students will learn to understand and recognize the role of visual and conceptual elements as they affect structure and form. Students will have the opportunity to evaluate various claybodies. Discussions of pottery as a business/ profession and marketing techniques will be explored. The student will have the opportunity to experiment with and test glaze formulations, as well as participate in firing the glaze kilns. Evaluation through interaction with other students, instructor and self criticism. ART254, ART255, and ART256 are sequential courses. Prerequisite: ART255 or consent of instructor. ART117 not required, but strongly recommended. Sequential. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is a continuation of the study of applied metalsmithing design principles, emphasizing original designs. Students will develop greater manipulative skills related to both hand tools and power equipment through an in-depth study of one main metalsmithing process. Each student should gain greater insights into design opportunities and a greater appreciation of the art forms of jewelrymaking and metalsmithing. As a result of prior experiences in fundamental techniques and processes, the student will be able to operate at intermediate levels of competency and will be allowed more latitude in creative experiences. Individual and group discussions of jewelry/art metal and how it relates to fashion design, as well as historical and contemporary implications will be explored. In addition, students considering a career in the jewelry and metalsmithing trades will receive practical guidelines for pursuing their profession. Prerequisite: ART257B. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART257 Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing I

ART259 Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing III

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An introductory course designed for the student with limited or no previous jewelry/metalsmithing experience. The course is a marriage between the applied design principles of an art class and metalsmithing and jewelry as an art media. The course will further the student’s design awareness in combination with the continuing development of a sound, step-by-step metals technique, design application, craftsmanship skills and expertise in the use of power equipment and hand tools related to art metal. The student will become familiar with technical processes used by the professional jeweler and practicing artisan. Evaluation will be based upon a combination of applied design principles, original design concepts, craftsmanship, and a demonstration of competency in the use of tools. ART257, ART258, and ART259 are sequential courses. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Course Descriptions

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp The third term student will be expected to build on the skills acquired in the two preceding terms. Students will have more latitude in project selection, which will incorporate several advanced metalsmith techniques. Students will implement strategies in transferring applied design elements, manipulating tools and fabricating materials. This experience will help develop an insight on the process in order to successfully complete areas of study selected. Students will discuss and critique each other’s work and discuss basic aesthetics of art metal design and construction, thus expanding the student’s perception of themselves within an historical as well as contemporary context. In addition, students considering a career in the jewelry and metalsmithing trades will receive practical guidelines for pursuing their profession. ART257, ART258, and ART259 are sequential courses. Prerequisite: ART258. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

108

See page 96 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.


ART259B Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing III

ART271 Printmaking I

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp The third term student will be expected to build on the skills he/she has acquired in the two preceding terms. Students will be allowed more latitude in project selection and development. Students will implement specific advanced strategies in transferring applied design elements, manipulating tools and fabricating materials during an in-depth study of one main metalsmithing process. Student work and basic philosophies in art metal design and construction will be discussed and critiqued, thus expanding the student’s aesthetic perception within an historical as well as contemporary context. In addition, students considering a career in the jewelry and metalsmithing trades will receive practical guidelines for pursuing their profession. ART257B, ART258B, and ART259B are sequential courses. Prerequisite: ART258B. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This class is the first in a three-course sequence of printmaking. The emphasis in this first level is to introduce the novice to the direct method of image design and transfer to a block, to practice basic cutting and incising techniques, inking and pressing a print. Relief printmaking will be the focus of this first course covering both the Western and Japanese methods of registration and printing. In addition, the student will have the opportunity to experience silkscreen and intaglio using drypoint. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART272 Printmaking II

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This class is the second in a year-long sequence of studio practices in printmaking. The emphasis in Printmaking II is to further the objectives of Printmaking I and to explore additional printmaking processes. In this course, students will have the chance to explore black and white relief, practice traditional Japanese carving and printing techniques, such as the sabitsuke cut, work in the painterly monotype, and continue silkscreen and intaglio practices and methods. As in Printmaking I, students will use both the direct and indirect method of imagery development. Prerequisite: ART271 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART261 Photography I

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp A beginning black and white course emphasizing visual and technical proficiency using small format cameras. Camera mechanics, exposure control, lighting, film processing and printing are explained and practiced through lectures, visual illustration and lab work. Emphasis on design and composition. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. Adjustable camera is necessary.

ART273 Printmaking III

ART262 Photography II

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This class is the third in a year-long sequence of printmaking. Students will continue to practice relief, working to perfect the Uki-yoi carving technique, silkscreen, intaglio and will be introduced to stone and plate lithography. The emphasis in Printmaking III is to begin a personal exploration of imagery and to choose an area of interest (thematic) within the scope of printmaking processes and methods. It is expected that students in this course will be well practiced in the fundamentals of print materials and techniques. Students will build on their imagination, inventiveness and craftsmanship of the print. In addition, students will explore the history of the print as an art form. Prerequisite: ART272, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An intermediate black and white course designed to build proficiency beyond basic skills. Emphasis is on photo content, composition, lighting and darkroom practices that produce quality images. Students create a photo essay on a single theme. Covers advanced black and white photographic processes and techniques. Prerequisite: ART261 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

ART263 Field Photography

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This is an advanced black and white course in creative or applied photography through completion of four sets of prints from four field trips. Field trips provide experience in group practice, discussion and criticism. Emphasizes camera and darkroom skills and “seeing photographically”. Prerequisite: ART262, or consent of instructor.

ART279 Integrated Media Survey

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Through the use of lecture and guest speakers, students will see examples of how graphic design, photography, film and videography, and sound-based technologies converge, integrate and emerge. This survey course explores the relationship between words, images, sound, motion, time and space in the context of interactive, integrated digital media. It seeks to clarify the relationship of integrated technologies to human thought, perception and cultural change. Through applied projects, students will gain an understanding of the production stream of conceptualization, collaborative design processes, problem solving, integrated media production and distribution. Limited to Graphic Design, Photography, Radio Production, and Television Production majors only.

ART264 Portrait Photography

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Portrait-making technique in both studio and natural light environments are explored. Subject lighting, background setting, and photographer/ subject rapport are covered. Basic black and white photographic processes and/or digital processes are used. Advanced understanding of lighting and camera equipment is emphasized. Prerequisite: PHO131.

ART266 Color Slide Photography

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This film-based course serves as an introduction to the use of color in photography. Students will study film construction and manipulation through the use of filters. Properties of color balance, light, and composition-using color will be explored. All assignments will be executed using color slide film with either small or medium format film cameras. Prerequisite: ART261 or consent of instructor.

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact advisor.

ART281 Painting I

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk)- Su/F/W/Sp The objectives of this course are: 1) manipulation of tools and materials, 2) introduction to basic color wheel, color properties, their mixtures, approaches and interactions, 3) an introduction to basic compositional concerns including placement and scale of subject matter, pictorial balance, volume and spatial depth, and 4) application of the above to the process of painting. Both individual and group criticisms, combined with discussions of painting ideology expand the students perception of themselves as artists within an historical and contemporary context. Prerequisite: None, but ART231 is recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

109

Course Descriptions


ART282 Painting II

bending. Finishing processes such as grinding and surface treatment are also included. The possibility for sculptural exploration throughout the process will be emphasized as students work on independent projects. Studio work is supplemented with practical demonstrations, slide lectures, field trips, and critical discussions. Prerequisite: ART291, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is the second of a three-course sequence. The objectives of the course are 1) to learn a higher mastery of the tools and materials of traditional easel painting, 2) to achieve a theoretical understanding of basic color theory, interaction and perception, and 3) to apply the above to the processes of painting. The student is encouraged to begin and sustain the process of self-examination by dealing with diversified subject matter in both “object” and “non-objective” idioms. Both individual and group criticisms, combined with discussions of painting ideology, expand the student’s perception of themselves as artists within a historical and contemporary context. Prerequisite: ART281. ART231 is recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART291 Sculpture I

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is an introduction to the sculpture studio. Traditional sculptural processes including modeling, mold making and construction are taught alongside contemporary sculptural concepts of form and content. Using plaster, clay, wood and material of your own choosing, you will learn how material and process interrelate to create form. You will be given an introduction to sculptural ideas and history with a view toward developing a personal form of expression. Studio work is supplemented with practical demonstrations, slide lectures, field trips, and critical discussions. Prerequisite: None, but ART117 is strongly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing

ART283 Painting III

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is the third of a three-course sequence. The objectives of the course are 1) to apply the tools and materials of traditional easel painting to more expanded forms and ideas, 2) to address the fundamental issues of contemporary abstraction in painting, narrative painting, and society and issues in painting. Both individual and group criticism, combined with discussions of painting ideology, expand the student’s perception of themselves as artists within a historical and contemporary context. Prerequisite: ART282. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART292 Sculpture: II

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp An intermediate level sculpture class. This course is an introduction to the constructive techniques of welding and woodworking and their application to sculptural ideas and forms. Students are encouraged to continue developing their ideas from beginning sculpture in a variety of media. The development of a personal sculptural aesthetic will be emphasized. Studio work is supplemented with practical demonstrations, slide lectures field trips, and critical discussions. Prerequisite: ART291 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART287 Sculpture: Ironcasting

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course is an introduction to iron casting. Students will learn to transform a sculptural form from sand mold to molten iron to finished sculpture. Students work on an individual basis with the instructor to complete their projects and to begin developing a personal aesthetic. The purpose of this course is to gain a working knowledge of cast iron sculptural form, vocabulary and history through lecture material, demonstrations of process, visual experience, physical practice, and critical discussion. Prerequisite: ART291 or equivalent experience. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART293 Sculpture III

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp This course is an advanced study of sculptural form, space and content. Students will be introduced to installation and site-specific sculpture. Working independently, students explore their own creative philosophy while sculpting in any medium including metal, wood and mixed media. This course is also an introduction to metal casting, with instruction in mold-making and casting techniques for bronze and aluminum. Studio work is supplemented with practical demonstrations, slide lectures, field trips, and critical discussions. Prerequisite: ART292 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART288 Sculpture: Ceramic

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is a beginning level sculpture class. Clay is one of the oldest sculptural media. Using low fire clay students will develop sculptural forms through a variety of techniques including slab and coil construction, mold making and slip casting. Instruction will include several finishing and glazing techniques. Students work on an individual basis with the instructor to complete their projects and to begin developing a personal aesthetic. Studio work is supplemented with practical demonstrations, slide lectures, field trips, and critical discussions. Prerequisite: None, but ART117 is strongly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART294 Watercolor I

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is an introductory course in Watercolor exploring basic English Transparent Watercolor techniques and their uses. Emphasis is on the technical uses of the media utilizing a limited palette of color as well as composition, color theory and mixing, design elements and principles. Imagery will include still-life, landscape, figurative, and abstract subject matter. Sequential. Prerequisite: None, however, ART231 is highly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART289 Sculpture: Metalcasting

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp An advanced level sculpture class, this course is an introduction to working in the metal casting foundry. Students will learn to transform a sculptural form from sand or investment mold to finished bronze or aluminum sculpture. The possibility for sculptural exploration throughout the process will be emphasized as students work on independent projects. Studio work is supplemented with practical demonstrations, slide lectures, field trips, and critical discussions. Prerequisite: ART292 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART295 Watercolor: Figure Painting

Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course uses watercolor techniques to paint from live models. The course will emphasize drawing techniques to gain control of proportion and values in order to give the figure a feeling of form and vitality. Prerequisite: None. However, ART231 or ART281 are recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART290 Sculpture: Welding

ART296 Watercolor II

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is an introduction to the materials, processes and forms of welded sculpture. Knowledge of welding techniques is fundamental, not only for finished sculptural forms, but also as a structural foundation for other materials, and for finishing cast metal pieces. Instruction will cover fabrication processes including welding, brazing, cutting and

Course Descriptions

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This is a course in Watercolor, further exploring English Transparent Watercolor and its combination with other materials such as fabrics and painted papers as a means of expression and communication. A variety of content issues will be addressed. Prerequisite: ART294. Also,

110

See page 96 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.


ART231 and ART295 are highly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

munication in American Sign Language at the intermediate level. Studies ways in which signers construct meanings and messages in ASL, grammatical variation and discourse strategies over a variety of topics, with an emphasis on accuracy and fluency. Prerequisite: ASL202 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

ART297 Watercolor III

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This advanced level watercolor class explores the creative potential of water-based media. The course covers all of the materials and methods of ART294 and ART296, but extends the focus to include experimental uses of non-traditional watercolor materials and their expressive potential. Aside from an extended personalized palette, the student is expected to work independently under the direction of the instructor who will encourage an individual direction in choices of subject matter, technique, and materials with the end result being the creation of a body of mature work suitable for portfolio presentation. Prerequisite: ART294 and ART296. Also, ART231 and ART295 are highly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

*** BA101 Introduction to Business

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp An introductory course designed to acquaint the student with the various phases of business and the changing role of technology in business. Emphasis is placed on ownership and organization, marketing, human resource management, business ethics, financial management, and the ways that new technology impacts these areas. The purpose of the course is to show the interrelationship between business disciplines and technology. Proficiency Needed. Reading.

ASL101 First-year American Sign Language I

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course introduces communication techniques, cultural information about Deaf people and the ASL continuum. The course includes the manual alphabet, numbers, vocabulary items, facial markers and some grammar, along with a variety of everyday phrases and dialogues used both expressively and receptively. Prerequisite: None. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

BA131 Introduction to Business Computing

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This four-credit hour course introduces computer software applications for business documentation, data analysis, and database creation, storage and retrieval. This includes word processing, spreadhseets, databases, presentations, and operating systems software. This course is designed for all majors and meets the computer literacy requirement. Students will receive a combination of lecture, specific examples, and individual assistance accompanying their hands-on learning. Prerequisite: CIS90 or equivalent computer exposure. Co-requisite: Keyboarding skill of 20 words per minute (to be tested in first class sesions) or BT11F or BT121. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ASL102 First-year American Sign Language II

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course continues the introduction to the conversational use of American Sign Language, with additional vocabulary and linguistic devices used by Deaf people, including appropriate sign choice, quantifiers, classifiers and gloss, directional verbs and verb tenses. Continues the study of Deaf Culture. Prerequisite: ASL101 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

BA150 Developing a Small Business

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp The course is designed for students to learn important elements and steps involved in starting a small business as well as start-up financial assessment. Students learn how to evaluate and quantify risk v. reward analysis, as well as, appropriately test and protect business ideas. They learn how to formulate a mission statement and produce a cash flow projection to determine cash needs. In addition, students learn about choosing a business legal structure, building a company image, people decisions, selling, and insurance. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

ASL103 First-year American Sign Language III

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp This course concludes the introduction to American Sign Language, Deaf Culture and receptive-expressive communication as used by Deaf people, including technology. Additional classifiers, verb tenses, and directional verbs will be taught. Introduces expressive signing of song performances. Prerequisite: ASL102 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

BA177 Payroll Accounting and Payroll Tax Filing Requirements

ASL201 Second-year American Sign Language I

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course is designed to enable students to process payroll and meet the needs of the employer and legal requirements. Students will learn the basic payroll rules and regulations. In addition, students will prepare all necessary payroll journal entries, updating the general ledger accounts and employee earning records, federal, state and city tax forms. Students will demonstrate in-depth understanding of payroll by completing a computerized payroll project for a three-month cycle. Prerequisite: BA211 and BA131; or BA211 and CIS90. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Continues the work of ASL103 by reviewing, expanding and perfecting expressive and receptive skill, structure and vocabulary for the purpose of active communication in American Sign Language. Includes non-manual behavior, ASL structure, fluency and story telling. Deepens student understanding of and appreciation for Deaf Culture. Prerequisite: ASL103 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

ASL202 Second-year American Sign Language II

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course provides a further expansion and perfection of expressive and receptive skill, structure and vocabulary for the purpose of active communication in American Sign Language, with a special focus on increasing sign clarity, fluency and non-manual behavior. Continues study of Deaf Culture. Prerequisite: ASL201 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

BA200 Marketing Warfare

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is designed for students to learn the fundamentals of marketing for small business. Students will learn about the customers, what they are really buying and why, and how to segment and target customers. Students will also learn about the market, researching the market, developing the right market image, creating uniqueness in marketing and exploring many specific and helpful advertising and promotional techniques for the small business owner. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

ASL203 Second-year American Sign Language III

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Concludes the review, expansion and perfecting of expressive and receptive skill, structure and vocabulary for the purpose of active comThe letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact advisor.

111

Course Descriptions


BA202 Customer Service and Employee Relations

planning, budgets, responsibility accounting, and capital budgeting decisions. Some assignments will be done using an electronic spreadsheet. Prerequisite: BA211 or equivalent and an electronic spreadsheet course. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp The course is designed for students to learn about employees and customers and how to satisfy their goals and objectives. Personnel selection, hiring, training, compensation, and treatment are discussed. Students learn the fundamental skills of managing, motivating and communicating with people through a variety of methods including role playing. The course also focuses on systems, methods and strategies used to establish and maintain quality customer service in order to reap resulting profit. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BA215 Cost Accounting I

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course should enable the student to analyze manufacturing and services costs for purposes of decision making and understand the ramification of their behavior. The student will be able to make production and pricing decisions, allocate costs, and make management decisions. The course focuses on cost management and covers activity-based costing as well as job costing. Prerequisite: BA213 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA205 Business Communications

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) -F/W/Sp This course develops required skills to effectively communicate in a business environment. Technology is viewed and used as an efficient tool for processing and presenting information in a business setting. Students learn and practice effective strategies for writing, persuasive, good and bad news letters and memos. They learn interpersonal and organizational communication skills for working in groups as well as with individuals. Students will collaborate to research, write, and present business reports. Email, word processing, spreadsheets, online research, and presentation software will be used to enhance the communication process. Prerequisite: BA131 and WR121; or BA131 and WR101; or CIS120L and WR121; or CIS120L and WR101. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BA218 Personal Finance

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W This course provides students with practical decision-making skills for managing their financial resources. Topics covered include: setting personal goals, budgeting, use of credit, consumer spending and saving, and personal investment options. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA220 Tax Accounting

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course should enable students to prepare Federal individual tax returns including Schedules A, B, C, D, and E and forms 2106, 3903, 2441, and 4562. Students will also become familiar with the basic tax returns for Sub S Corporations, partnerships, and corporations. Students will review the state tax returns. Prerequisite: BA212. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA206 Management and Supervisory Fundamentals

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course encompasses the study, analysis, and application of management and supervision functions, structure, and roles. Major management processes of planning, decision-making, organizing, leading, and controlling will be covered. There will be an emphasis on application of effective management and supervision behaviors. Current relevant management and supervision issues such as diversity, ethics, and global business will be covered. Prerequisite: BA101. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA222 Finance

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp An introductory study of financial management. The course covers issues such as the sources of capital financial statement analysis, the time value of money, capital budgeting, working capital management, financial structures and other factors that influence the financial decisions of management. Prerequisite: BA211 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA211 Principles of Accounting I

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This is an introductory accounting course designed to serve students who plan to pursue an associates degree in a business area and/or transfer to an undergraduate degree program in any area of business. This course will emphasize external financial reporting for business enterprises. Information gathering, recording, and financial statement preparation will be covered with an emphasis on understanding, interpreting and applying accounting information. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA223 Principles of Marketing

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course offers a general introduction to fundamental marketing principles and policies. Course units include: marketing functions; price policies and controls; trade channels; merchandising; market research; competitive practices; government regulations; and integration of marketing with other activities of the business enterprise. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BA212 Principles of Accounting II

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This is the second course in the basic accounting sequence designed to serve students who plan to pursue an associates degree in a business area and/or transfer to an undergraduate degree program in any area of business. This course emphasizes external financial reporting. Topics covered will include long-term assets, current and long-term liabilities, stockholder’s equity, the statement of cash flow, financial statement analysis, international accounting and inter-company investments. Prerequisite: BA211. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA224 Human Resources Management

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sp This course provides perspectives on important traditional, current, and emerging practices to help the student develop a practical, realistic, and modern view of human resources management (HRM). Students study the HRM functions of the line executive or supervisor as well as functions of the HRM director in today’s business environment. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BA213 Principles of Accounting III

BA226 Introduction to Business Law

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This is the third course in the basic accounting sequence designed to serve students who plan to pursue an associates degree in some business area and/or transfer to an undergraduate degree program in any area of business. This course will emphasize the use of accounting information by managers. Topics covered will include managerial accounting systems, product costing, standard costs, cost behavior and analysis, profit

Course Descriptions

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Emphasis will be placed on the student’s ability to understand and apply rules of law applicable to business operations. Business topics include constitutional basis, ethics and social responsibility, courts and procedures, torts, intellectual property, business crimes, contracts, warranties, formation of LLC, anti-trust, and e-contracts and international law. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

112

See page 96 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.


BA228 Computer Accounting Applications

and materials are related to “bricks and mortar” and “pure play” internet companies developing and using electronic business. Prerequisite: BA131 or CIS120. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course focuses on using accounting general ledger software, including a commercial general ledger package. It provides a good review of accounting procedures and topics. Prerequisite: BA211 and CIS90; or BA211 and BA131. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA267 eBusiness Project Management

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This is a hands-on class for students who want to work with an on-line business. Working on project teams, students consult on projects for area businesses and service organizations drawing on previous course knowledge to solve business management problems. Students will have an opportunity to work with students in a variety of majors. This is a final course in the Business/eBusiness Marketing and Management Program. Prerequisite: BA131; BA264 recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA231 Information Technology/Business

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp The purpose of this course is to present business professionals with the basic concepts and skills for the strategic use of information systems in the organization. This course describes how information systems can be applied to business processes by supporting communications, improving decision making, and increasing organizational performance. The components and development of the appropriate personal, workgroup and enterprise systems will be examined. Additional lab time is required for hands-on applications experience in the use of information and computer technology for communication and decision making. Prerequisite: BA131 or CIS120L or successful completion of CIS120L equivalency test. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA271 Financial Statement Analysis

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is designed to enable students to interpret and analyze real world financial reports of various manufacturing, retailing and service firms from the perspective of investors, creditors, and prospective employees. This analysis will be used to assess a company’s liquidity, profitability and solvency in order to judge whether there is a viable basis for relationship. Students will also develop their ability to locate comparable industry data, rating services and credit reporting services and apply this information in their evaluation of a company’s past performance and assessment of the company’s future risks and rewards. Prerequisite: BA212 and AC38; or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA238 Sales

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An examination of the salesperson’s role in modern marketing. Emphasis is placed on buyer behavior, the sales communication process, prospecting for customers, planning the sales call, developing and giving the sales presentation, handling objections, and closing the sale. Presentations give the students opportunities